You are on page 1of 292

AS CHEMISTRY

BOOK 1

BILAL HAMEED
1

Contents

Atomic Structure 5
Atomic Structure WS 1 20

Atomic Structure WS 2 27

Atomic Structure WS 3 28

Atomic Structure WS 4 30

Atomic Structure WS 11 33

Atomic Structure WS 12 44

Electronic Configuration 67
Electronic Configuration WS 1 102

Electronic Configuration WS 2 104

Electronic Configuration WS 3 107

Electronic Configuration WS 4 110

Electronic Configuration WS 11 113

Electronic Configuration WS 12 122

Periodic Trends 131


Periodic Trends WS 11 147

Periodic Trends WS 12 157

Covalent Bonding 177


Covalent Bonding WS 1 193

Covalent Bonding WS 2 195

Covalent Bonding WS 3 197

Covalent Bonding WS 11 200

Covalent Bonding WS 12 206

Shapes of Molecules 207


Shapes of Molecules WS 1 220

Shapes of Molecules WS 2 222

Shapes of Molecules WS 3 224

Shapes of Molecules WS 11 226

Intermolecular Forces 237


Intermolecular Forces WS 1 253

Intermolecular Forces WS 2 255

Intermolecular Forces WS 3 257

Intermolecular Forces WS 11 259

Intermolecular Forces WS 12 269

Data Booklet 231


3

Homework

Date Particulars
5

1 Atoms, molecules and stoichiometry


This topic illustrates how quantitative relationships can be established when
different substances react. (The term relative formula mass or Mr will be used for all
compounds including ionic.)

1.1 Relative masses of atoms and molecules

1.3 The determination of relative atomic masses, Ar

2 Atomic structure

2.1 Particles in the atom

2.2 The nucleus of the atom

Atomic Structure


Atomic Structure
Cambridge International AS and A Level Chemistry 9701 syllabus Syllabus content


Physical chemistry
1 Atoms, molecules and stoichiometry
This topic illustrates how quantitative relationships can be established when different substances react.
(The term relative formula mass or Mr will be used for all compounds including ionic.)

Learning outcomes
Candidates should be able to:

1.1 Relative masses a) define and use the terms relative atomic, isotopic, molecular and
of atoms and formula masses, based on the 12C scale
molecules

1.2 The mole and the a) define and use the term mole in terms of the Avogadro constant
Avogadro constant

1.3 The determination a) analyse mass spectra in terms of isotopic abundances


of relative atomic (knowledge of the working of the mass spectrometer is not required)
masses, Ar b) calculate the relative atomic mass of an element given the relative
abundances of its isotopes, or its mass spectrum

1.4 The calculation a) define and use the terms empirical and molecular formula
of empirical and b) calculate empirical and molecular formulae, using combustion data or
molecular formulae composition by mass

1.5 Reacting masses a) write and construct balanced equations


and volumes (of b) perform calculations, including use of the mole concept, involving:
solutions and gases)
(i) reacting masses (from formulae and equations)
(ii) volumes of gases (e.g. in the burning of hydrocarbons)
(iii) volumes and concentrations of solutions
When performing calculations, candidates’ answers should reflect the
number of significant figures given or asked for in the question. When
rounding up or down, candidates should ensure that significant figures
are neither lost unnecessarily nor used beyond what is justified (see also
Practical Assessment, Paper 3, Display of calculation and reasoning on
page 52)
c) deduce stoichiometric relationships from calculations such as those in
1.5(b)

Back to contents page www.cie.org.uk/alevel 17


Cambridge International AS and A Level Chemistry 9701 syllabus Syllabus content

2 Atomic structure
This topic describes the type, number and distribution of the fundamental particles which make up an
atom and the impact of this on some atomic properties.

Learning outcomes
Candidates should be able to:

2.1 Particles in the atom a) identify and describe protons, neutrons and electrons in terms of their
relative charges and relative masses
b) deduce the behaviour of beams of protons, neutrons and electrons in
electric fields
c) describe the distribution of mass and charge within an atom
d) deduce the numbers of protons, neutrons and electrons present in both
atoms and ions given proton and nucleon numbers and charge

2.2 The nucleus of the a) describe the contribution of protons and neutrons to atomic nuclei in
atom terms of proton number and nucleon number
b) distinguish between isotopes on the basis of different numbers of
neutrons present
c) recognise and use the symbolism xy A for isotopes, where x is the nucleon
number and y is the proton number

2.3 Electrons: energy a) describe the number and relative energies of the s, p and d orbitals for

 levels, atomic the principal quantum numbers 1, 2 and 3 and also the 4s and 4p orbitals
orbitals, ionisation b) describe and sketch the shapes of s and p orbitals
energy, electron
c) state the electronic configuration of atoms and ions given the proton
affinity
number and charge, using the convention 1s22s22p6 , etc.
d) (i) explain and use the term ionisation energy
(ii) explain the factors influencing the ionisation energies of elements
(iii) explain the trends in ionisation energies across a Period and down a
Group of the Periodic Table (see also Section 9.1)
e) deduce the electronic configurations of elements from successive
ionisation energy data
f) interpret successive ionisation energy data of an element in terms of the
position of that element within the Periodic Table
g) explain and use the term electron affinity

18 www.cie.org.uk/alevel Back to contents page


8
of the atom itself. Eventually, Rutherford was able to chip away from this nucleus small
positively charged particles. He showed that these were also identical to each other, no
matter which element they came from. This positive particle is called the proton. It is
much heavier than the electron, having nearly the mass of the 9hydrogen atom.
1
erford (right) and
ratory at Manchester
They are seen with
used to detect and
are the nuclei of 1. 1 What we know about atoms
Atoms are mostly empty space!

Atoms have 2 charged particles:

Positively charged protons.

Negatively charged electrons.

Atoms have 1 uncharged particle called a neutron.

The total number of protons, neutrons and electrons in any one atom
Itdetermines
was another its
20 properties.
years before the last of the three sub-atomic particles, the neutron,
was discovered. Although its existence was first suspected in 1919, it was not until 1932
that James Chadwick eventually pinned it down. As its name suggests, the neutron is
electrically neutral, but it is relatively heavy, having about the same mass as a proton.
Scientists had therefore to change the earlier picture of the atom. In a sense the
picture had become more complicated, showing that atoms had an internal structure,
and were made up of other, smaller particles. But looked at in another way it had
become simpler – the 90 or so different types of atoms that are needed to make up
1. 2 Illustration of an atom
the various elements had been replaced by just three sub-atomic particles. It turns
out that these, in different amounts, make up the atoms of all the different elements.

of the atom in the

most of the volume


the nucleus is very small; of the atom is occupied
it contains the protons by the electrons
and the neutrons

21

02_02 Cam/Chem AS&A2

Barking Dog Art


21/10/14 9:22 AM

1. 3 Sub-atomic particles

Relative Relative
Mass / g Charge / C
mass charge

PROTON 1.672 x 10-24 1.602 x 10-19 1 +1

NEUTRON 1.675 x 10-24 0 1 0

ELECTRON 9.109 x 10-28 1.602 x 10-19 -1


1836

BilalHameed
Bilal Hameed Atomic structure Atomic Structure
10
2

1. 4 Example
Calculate the mass of a carbon-12 atom.

A neutral 12C atom has 6 protons, 6 neutrons, and 6 electrons.

Therefore, its mass is:

(6 x 1.672 x 10-24) + (6 x 1.675 x 10-24) + (6 x 9.109 x 10-28)

= 2.0089 x 10-23 g PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

2.2 The properties of the three


sub-atomic particles
Table 2.1 lists some of the properties of the three sub-atomic parti
Table 2.1 The properties of the sub-atomic
Property Electron Proton
particles. Note that the masses in the last row
1
are given relative to 12 the mass of an atom electrical charge/coulombs −1.6 × 10−19 +1.6 × 10−19
of carbon-12. These masses are often quoted charge (relative to that of the proton) −1 +1
relative to the mass of the proton instead,
when the relative mass of the electron is 1 , mass/g 9.11 × 10−28 1.673 × 10−
1. 5 Behaviour of particles in an electric
mass/amufield
and the relative masses of the proton and
(see section 1.4)
1836
5.485 × 10−4 1.007
neutron are both 1.
Because of their relative masses and charges, the three particles be
n
p+ an electric field, as shown in Figure 2.3. Neutrons are undeflected
neutral. Protons are attracted towards the negative pole, and elect
e– positive pole. If their initial velocities are the same, electrons are d
greater extent than protons because they are much lighter.
– +
The picture of the atom assembled from these observations is a

● Atoms are small, spherical structures with diameters ranging fro


3 × 10−10 m.
● The particles that contribute to the atom’s mass (protons and neu
within a very small central nucleus that has a diameter of about 1
● The electrons occupy the region around the nucleus. They are to b
inside the atom but outside the nucleus, which is almost the whole
● All the atoms of a particular element contain the same number o
equals the number of electrons within those atoms.
beam of particles ● The atoms of all elements except hydrogen also contain neutron
Figure 2.3 The behaviour of protons, nucleus along with the protons. Almost the only effect they hav
neutrons and electrons in an electric field of the atom is to increase its mass.

02_03 Cam/Chem AS&A2


2.3 Isotopes
Barking Dog Art
At the same time as Rutherford and his team were finding out abo
the nucleus, it was discovered that some elements contained atom
masses, but identical chemical properties.
1. 6 Isotopes These atoms were given the name isotopes, since they occupy
place (topos) in the Periodic Table. The first isotopes to be discove
of the unstable radioactive element thorium. (Thorium is element
Isotopes are atoms with the same number of protons and electrons but
Periodic Table.) In 1913, however, Thomson was able to show tha
different number of neutrons.
obtained from liquid air contained atoms with a relative atomic m
as those with the usual relative atomic mass of 20. These heavier n
They have the same atomic number but different massstable,
number.

unlike the thorium isotopes. Many other elements contain i


which are listed in Table 2.2.
Chemical properties ofTable
isotopes
2.2 The are identical,
relative abundance ofwhereas, Isotope
physical Mass relative to hydrogen Relative
some isotopes
properties (such as density) can differ. boron-10 10.0 20%
boron-11 11.0 80%
neon-20 20.0 91%
neon-22 22.0 9%
magnesium-24 24.0 79%
magnesium-25 25.0 10%
The isotopes of an element differ in their
magnesium-26 26.0 11%
composition in only one respect – although
they all contain the same numbers of Most of the naturally occurring isotopes are stable, but some, like t
electrons and protons, they have different and also many artificially made ones, are unstable and emit radiatio
numbers of neutrons. radioactive isotopes.

22
Atomic structure Bilal Hameed

Atomic Structure 181333_02_AS_Chem_BP_020-043.indd 22


Bilal Hameed
Because of their relative masses and charges, the three particles behave differently in
n
p+ an electric field, as shown in Figure 2.3. Neutrons are undeflected, being electrically
neutral. Protons are attracted towards the negative pole, and electrons towards the
e– 11 are deflected to a
positive pole. If their initial velocities are the same, electrons
3
greater extent than protons because they are much lighter.
+
The picture of the atom assembled from these observations is as follows.

● Atoms are small, spherical structures with diameters ranging from 1 × 10−10 m to
3 × 10−10 m.
1. 7 Isotopes of hydrogen
● The particles that contribute to the atom’s mass (protons and neutrons) are contained
within a very small central nucleus that has a diameter of about 1 × 10−15 m.
● The electrons occupy nucleus. They are to be found intritium
protium the region around the deuterium the space
inside the atom but outside the nucleus, which is almost the whole of the atom.
electron neutron
● All the atoms of a particular element contain the same number of protons. This also
equals the number of electrons within those atoms.
proton
eam of particles ● The atoms of all elements except hydrogen also contain neutrons. These are in the

e behaviour of protons, nucleus along with the protons. Almost the only effect they have on the properties
ectrons in an electric field of the atom is to increase its mass.
protons 1 1 1

m AS&A2
2.3
neutrons
Isotopes
1
0 1
2
2
3
isotopic symbol H
At the same time 1as Rutherford and his team were H H
1 finding out about the structure 1 of
the nucleus, it was discovered that some elements contained atoms that have different
Figure 2.8 The atomic structure
masses,andbut
isotopic symbols
identical for the three
chemical isotopes of hydrogen.
properties.
These atoms were given the name isotopes, since they occupy the same (iso)
place (topos) in the Periodic Table. The first isotopes to be discovered were those
the nucleon numberofafter the the name.radioactive
unstable For example, The chloride
element thorium. (Thorium ion has
is element a single
number negative
90 in the charge because
the isotopes of hydrogen can be called hydrogen-1, there are 17 protons
Periodic Table.) In 1913, however, Thomson was able to show that a sample of neon (+) and 18 electrons (−).
hydrogen-2 and hydrogen-3.
obtained from liquid air contained atoms with a relative atomic mass of 22 as well
2+
as those with the usual relative atomic mass of 20. These Mgheavier→ neon atomsMgwere + 2e−
1. 8 Examples of more isotopes
stable, unlike the thorium isotopes. Many other elements magnesium magnesium
contain isotopes, some of 2 electrons
Check-up which are listed in Table 2.2. atom ion removed
relative abundance of 12 protons 12 protons
3 Use the Periodic Table on page 497 to Mass relative to hydrogen Relative abundance
Isotope
12 electrons 10 electrons
help you. boron-10 10.0 20%
a Write isotopic symbols for the following
boron-11 11.0 The magnesium 80% ion has a charge of 2+ because it has 12
neutral atoms:
neon-20 20.0 protons (+) but only 10 electrons (−
91% ).
i bromine-81 neon-22 22.0
Th e isotopic
9%
symbol for an ion derived from sulfur-
33 2−
ii calcium-44magnesium-24 24.0
33 is 16 S . Th
79%
is sulfide ion has 16 protons, 17 neutrons
iii iron-58magnesium-25 25.0
(because 33 − 16
10%
= 17) and 18 electrons (because 16 + 2 = 18).
of an element differ in their
iv palladium-110
magnesium-26 26.0 11%
only one respect – although
b
n the same numbers of
What is the number of protons and
Most of the naturally occurring isotopes are stable, but some, like those of uranium
neutrons in
protons, they have different andeach
alsoof these
many cially made ones, are unstable Check-up
atoms?
artifi and emit radiation. These are called
utrons. radioactive isotopes.
4 Deduce the number of electrons in each of
2.4 How many protons, these ions:

neutrons and electrons?


40
a 19K+

43.indd 22 In a neutral atom the number of positively charged b 157N3− 15/10/14 12:19 PM
protons in the nucleus equals the number of negatively 18 2−
c 8O
1. 9the nucleus.
charged electrons outside Relative
Whenmasses
an atom
gains or loses electrons, ions are formed which are d 71
31Ga
3+

Theexample:
electrically charged. For
12C (carbon-12) isotope is chosen as a standard and given a relative

mass of exactly 12.

Cl + e− → Cl−
chlorine atom Important relative
1 electron chloride measured
masses ion against this standard are:

gainedAtomic Mass (Ar)



Relative
17 protons 17 protons
The relative atomic mass (Ar) of an element is the weighted average
17 electrons 18 electrons
mass of the naturally occurring isotopes of the element relative to one-
twelfth the mass of the Carbon-12 isotope.

2 Atomic structure 29

Bilal Hameed Atomic structure

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure


12
4

1. 10 Relative masses
Relative Isotopic Mass

The relative isotopic mass of an element is the mass of an atom of the
isotope of the element relative to one twelfth of the mass of an atom of
the isotope carbon-12.

Relative Molecular Mass (Mr)



The relative molecular mass (Mr) of a compound is the mass of a
molecule of that compound relative to one-twelfth the mass of the
Carbon-12 isotope.

1. 11 Skill check
How many protons, electrons and neutrons are present in a sulphide ion,
S2-? Sulphur has atomic number 16 and mass number 32.

1. 12 Skill check
How many protons, neutrons and electrons are present in a potassium
ion, K+? Potassium has atomic number 19 and mass number 39.

Atomic structure Bilal Hameed

Atomic Structure Bilal Hameed


13
5

1. 13 Mass spectrometer
A mass spectrometer is used to calculate the relative atomic mass of
an atom by comparing it with the mass of a 12C atom.

You can also use a mass spectrometer to calculate the relative


abundance of different isotopes of any element.

2 .1 T H E N U C L E A R ATO M

Alternatively: ● The relative atomic mass, Ar , is the ratio of the average mass of the
atom to the unified atomic mass unit. Study tip
Relative atomic mass is a ratio
Ar − mass number ofAslighter isotope
mentioned in sub-topic 1.2, the average mass of the atom is a weighted
so it does not have units.
× 100
average of the atomic masses = isotopes
of its % of heavier
and theirisotope
relative abundances.
difference in mass number of two isotopes
The mass spectrometer
(192.22 − 191)
In the example here: × 100 = 61%
The mass spectrometer is an instrument used to determine the relative
(193atomic
− 191)
mass of an element. It can also show its isotopic composition.
1. 14 How does a mass spectrometer work?
detector
lighest particles (stage 5)
positive ions are (deflected most)
accelerated in the electric
field (stage 3)
heating filament to vaporize magnet (stage 4)
determine the proportion of sample (stage 1)
n element. Figure 2.6 shows a
inlet to inject heaviest particles
meter. sample (deflected least)
N

electron beam to
ionize sample (stage 2)

Figure 10 Schematic diagram of a mass spectrometer

There are five stages in this process:


● Stage 1 (vaporization): The sample is injected into the instrument
where it is heated and vaporized, producing gaseous atoms or
molecules.
1. 15 Stage
● Mass spectrometer
2 (ionization): stage
The gaseous atoms 1 & 2 by high-
are bombarded
energy electrons, generating positively charged species:
100
X(g) + e- → X+(g) + 2e- 80.1 (area under peak)
Relative abundance

● Stage 3 (acceleration): The positive ions are attracted to negatively


charged plates and accelerated
– in the electric field. 50
● Stage 4 (deflection): The positive ions are deflected by a magnetic
field perpendicular to their path. The degree of deflection depends on 19.9 (area under peak)
+
the mass-to-charge ratio (the m/z ratio). The species with the smallest
0
mass, m, and the highest charge, z, will be deflected the most. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Particles with no charge are not deflected in the magnetic field. m/z
+
● Stage 5 (detection): The detector detects species of a particular m/z Figure 11 Mass spectrum of boron. The two
ratio. The ions hit the counter and an electrical signal is generated. peaks correspond to two isotopes
The instrument can be adjusted so that only positive ions of a single
charge are detected. The deflection will then depend only on the mass.
The mass spectrum is therefore a plot of relative abundance (of each
isotope) versus m/z or the mass number, A. The height of each peak
indicates the relative abundance of the respective isotope.

to produce gaseous atoms/molecules.


Bilal Hameed Atomic structure 47
+ –
Bilal Hameed
h high-energy electrons to produce Atomic Structure
+

+ –
+

+
14
6

1. 16 Mass spectrometer stage 3

ed and vaporised to produce gaseous atoms/molecules.


+ –
e bombarded with high-energy electrons to produce
+
2.7):
+ –
(g) + 2e−

ectrons knock other electrons out of the atoms.

e accelerated in an electric field (Figure 2.8).

1. 17 Mass spectrometer stage 4

The positive ions are deflected in a magnetic fi

+ Note: particles are deflected according to


The positive ions are deflected in a magne
(m/z) ratio; i.e. lighter ions and particles
+
+ deflected more.
Note: particles are deflected accordin
+ (m/z) ratio; i.e. lighter ions and part
+
deflected more.
+
A greater magnetic field is required to cause su
with higher mass :charge
A greater ratiofiso
magnetic eld that they tohitcaut
is required
with higher mass :charge ratio so that they

Usually the particles have only a single posit


Usually the particles have only a single
are therefore sorted according
are therefore to mass.to mass.
sorted according

Note: a particle will onlyNote: a particle will only undergo


undergo
deflection in a magnetic field if it is
deflection in a magnetic charged
field if–ituncharged
is particles are For one particular magnetic field, particles
charged – uncharged particles
not deflare
ected. For one particular magnetic These
the spectrometer. field,hitparticles of oan
the detector
not deflected. the spectrometer. of an electrichit
These current, which is proportion
the detector and pro
1. 18 Mass spectrum the detector. The magnetic field is varied t
of an electric current,
values. which is proportional to
The mass spectrum is a plot of the detector. The magnetic field is varied to sca
values.
relative abundance (of each In the mass spectrum of an element, we ge
isotope) versus m/e or the mass individual isotopes. The height of each p
under each peak) is proportional to the nu
number. The height of each peak In the mass spectrum
present inof
thean element,
sample. wespectrum
The mass get on
indicates the relative abundance of Figure 2.10.
individual isotopes. The height of each peak
The relative atomic mass can be calculated
the respective isotope. 
 under each peak) is proportional to the numbe
(78.6 × 24) + (10.1 × 25) + (11.3 × 2
present in the sample.
Ar = The mass spectrum of ma
100
Figure 2.10.
The relative atomic mass can be calculated as:
Sometimes it happens that more than one
(78.6 ×atom
24) when
+ (10.1
it is× 25) + (11.3
bombarded 26)
with×high-ene
Ar = is produced: 100 =
M(g) + e− M2+(g) + 3e−
This ion will be deflected twice as much a
the charge (there is very little difference in
Sometimes it happens that more than one elect
an extra electron). A 24Mg2+ ion will there
The smaller the massatom
: chargewhen it is bombarded24with high-energy e
value of 12 (i.e. 2 ) (see Figure 2.11). Thu
Atomic structure ratio, the more the ion is Bilal Hameed
is produced: (m/z = 24), 40Ca2+ (m/z = 20) and 48Ti3+
deflected for a certain magnetic
smallest mass : charge ratio, it will be deflec
M(g) + e−
field in a mass spectrometer. Min
field
2+
(g) + 3e
a mass

spectrometer.
Atomic Structure Bilal Hameed
This ion will be deflected twice as much as M+
the charge (there is very little difference in mas
24 2+
15
7

1. 19 Mass spectrum of Mg

Ar of neon
=
(20.0 × 90.9) (21.0 × 0.3) (22.0 × 8.8)
= 20.2 Fact file
100 A high-resolution mass spectrometer can give very a
16
5 Chromium has four naturally occurring isotopes, Indium relative isotopic masses. For example O = 15.995 a
Note that this answer is given 7toa3 significanthas two naturally occurring
figures, isotopes:
1. 20 Skill check
and their masses and natural abundances are shown
which is consistent
32
S = 31.972. Because of this, chemists can distinguis
indium-113 and indium-115. The relative
with the data given. molecules such as SO2 and S2 which appear to have
in the table below. atomic mass of indium is 114.82. Calculate
relative molecular mass.the
The graph shows the mass spectrum of natural abundance of each isotope.
Neon.
b Gallium has two naturally occurring isotopes:
90.9 %

100 gallium-69 and gallium-71. The relative atomic


How many isotopes does Neon contain?

80
mass of gallium is 69.723.1.4 Amount
Calculate of substance
the natural
Relative abundance / %

abundance of each isotope. The mole and the Avogadro constant


What are the relative isotopic masses of 60 8 Arrange the following ions Thin eterms
formulaofofhow
a compound
much shows us the num
the isotopes of Neon?
atomsspectrometer
they will be deflected in a mass of each element present in one formula
(the
40
Calculate the relative atomic mass of chromium to molecule
one that will be deflected most of the compound. In water we know
first):
What are the two
relative amounts
decimal places. of the 84 2+ 81 + atoms
120 of 2+hydrogen2 3(Ar =+1.0) combine with on
20 2 3Kr 35Br 50Sn 11Na
8.8 %

of oxygen (Ar = 16.0). So the ratio of mass of h


0.3 %

isotopes of6Neon?
Silicon has three naturally occurring isotopes and 0 atoms to oxygen atoms in a water molecule is
their details are given in the table below. 19 20 21 22 23 matter how many molecules of water we have
Mass/charge (m/e) ratio will always be the same. But the mass of even
is far too small to be weighed. We have to scal
Figure 1.5 The mass spectrum of neon, Ne. more than this to get an amount of substance
easy to weigh.
Ar of neon The relative atomic mass or relative molecul
=
(20.0 × 90.9) (21.0 × 0.3) (22.0 × 8.8)
= 20.2 Fact file a substance in grams is called a mole of the su
100 Check-up A high-resolution mass spectrometerSocan give very
a mole
16
accurate (A = 23.0) weighs 23.0 g
of sodium r
Calculate the relative atomic mass 2 of silicon
Look at to
the two
mass
Note that this answer is given to 3 significant figures, spectrum
relative isotopic masses. For example
of germanium, Ge.
O = 15.995for
abbreviation anda mole is mol. We define the

1. 21 Skill check
32
decimal S = 31.972. Because of this, chemists canof
distinguish between
whichplaces.
is consistent with the data given. terms the standard carbon-12 isotope (see p
molecules such as SO2 and S2 which appear to have the same
relative molecular mass.
36.7 %

Calculate the average relative atomic mass of40neon using the information
below: One mole of a substance is the amount of t
27.4 %
90.9 %

100 30 substance which has the same number of sp


1.4 Amount of substance
20.6 %
Abundance / %

particles (atoms, molecules or ions) as there


80 20 atoms in exactly 12 g of the carbon-12 isoto
Relative abundance / %

The mole and the Avogadro constant


7.7 %

7.6 %

60 The formula of a compound shows us the number of


10
atoms of each element present in one formula unit or one
40 0 molecule of the compound. In We wateroften refer tothat
we know thetwo
mass of a mole of substa
70
atoms
75
of hydrogen
80
(A molar mass (abbreviation M). The units of m
r = 1.0) combine with−1 one atom
20 Mass/charge (m/e) ratio are of
g mol
mass. of hydrogen
8.8 %

of oxygen (Ar = 16.0). So the ratio


0.3 %

0 atoms to oxygen atoms in a waterTh


Figure 1.6 The mass spectrum of germanium.
e number
molecule of atoms in a mole of atoms is
23 is 2 : 16. No
19 20 21 22 23 matter how many molecules of 6.02 water× 10 atoms.
we have, thisTh is number is called the A
ratio
a Write the isotopic formula
Mass/charge (m/e) ratio for the
will always beheaviest constant (or Avogadro
the same. But the mass of even 1000 atoms number). The symbol
isotope of germanium.is far too small to be weighed. We Avogadro
have toconstant
scale up ismuch
L. The Avogadro constan
Figure 1.5 The mass spectrum of neon, Ne. b Use the % abundancemore of each
thanisotope
this to get an amount toof
atoms, molecules,
substance whichionsis and electrons. So in
to calculate the relativeeasyatomic mass of
to weigh. sodium there are 6.02 × 1023 sodium atoms an
germanium. of sodium
The relative atomic mass or relative chloride
molecular (NaCl)
mass of there are 6.02 × 10
a substance in grams is called a ions
mole and
of the × 1023 chloride ions.
6.02substance.
Check-up
So a mole of sodium (Ar = 23.0) weighs 23.0 g. The
Bilal Hameed 4 1 Moles and equations Atomic structure
abbreviation for a mole is mol. We define the mole in
2 Look at the mass spectrum of germanium, Ge.
terms of the standard carbon-12 isotope (see page 1).
Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure
36.7 %

40
One mole of a substance is the amount of that
27.4 %

30 substance which has the same number of specific


%
/%
16
8

1. 22 Skill check
Boron has two naturally occurring isotopes with the natural abundances
shown.

Calculate Boron’s relative atomic mass.

Isotope Relative abundance/%

10 B 19.9

11 B 80.1

Ar of neon
=
(20.0 × 90.9) (21.0 × 0.3) (22.0 × 8.8)
= 20.2 Fact file
100 A high-resolution mass spectrometer can give very accurate
1. 23 SkillNote
check
16
relative isotopic masses. For example O = 15.995 and
that this answer is given to 3 significant figures, 32
S = 31.972. Because of this, chemists can distinguish betw
which is consistent with the data given. molecules such as SO2 and S2 which appear to have the sam
Calculate the average relative atomic mass of lead using the information
relative molecular mass.
below:
90.9 %

Isotopic100mass Relative abundance/%


1.4 Amount of substance
20480 2
Relative abundance / %

The mole and the Avogadro constant


60 The formula of a compound shows us the number o
206 24
atoms of each element present in one formula unit o
40
molecule of the compound. In water we know that
207 22 atoms of hydrogen (Ar = 1.0) combine with one ato
20
8.8 %

of oxygen (Ar = 16.0). So the ratio of mass of hydrog


0.3 %

2080 52 atoms to oxygen atoms in a water molecule is 2 : 16.


19 20 21 22 23 matter how many molecules of water we have, this r
Mass/charge (m/e) ratio will always be the same. But the mass of even 1000
is far too small to be weighed. We have to scale up m
Figure 1.5 The mass spectrum of neon, Ne. more than this to get an amount of substance which
easy to weigh.
The relative atomic mass or relative molecular ma
a substance in grams is called a mole of the substanc
1. 24 Skill check Check-up
So a mole of sodium (Ar = 23.0) weighs 23.0 g. The
2 Look at the mass spectrum of germanium, Ge. abbreviation for a mole is mol. We define the mole
Calculate the average relative atomic mass of Germanium usingterms theof the standard carbon-12 isotope (see page 1
information below:
36.7 %

40
One mole of a substance is the amount of that
27.4 %

30 substance which has the same number of specific


20.6 %
Abundance / %

particles (atoms, molecules or ions) as there are


20 atoms in exactly 12 g of the carbon-12 isotope.
7.7 %

7.6 %

10

0 We often refer to the mass of a mole of substance as


70 75 80 molar mass (abbreviation M). The units of molar m
Mass/charge (m/e) ratio are g mol−1.
The number of atoms in a mole of atoms is very la
Figure 1.6 The mass spectrum of germanium.
6.02 × 1023 atoms. This number is called the Avogad
a Write the isotopic formula for the heaviest constant (or Avogadro number). The symbol for th
isotope of germanium. Avogadro constant is L. The Avogadro constant app
b Use the % abundance of each isotope to atoms, molecules, ions and electrons. So in 1 mo
to calculate the relative atomic mass of sodium there are 6.02 × 1023 sodium atoms and in 1
germanium. of sodium chloride (NaCl) there are 6.02 × 1023 sodi
ions and 6.02 × 1023 chloride ions.
Atomic structure Bilal Hameed
4 1 Moles and equations

Atomic Structure Bilal Hameed


17
9

1. 25 Calculating abundance
Naturally occurring potassium consists of potassium-39 and
potassium-41. Calculate the percentage of each isotope present if the
average is 39.1:

Assume there are x nuclei of 39K in every 100, so there will be (100 – x)
of 41K

This means that:


39x + 41 (100 – x) = 39.1

100

1. 26 Mass Spectra: calculating abundance


therefore 39x + 4100 - 41x = 3910

thus - 2x = - 190

x = 95

There will be 95% 39K and 5% 41K.

1. 27 Skill check
Silver has two isotopes. 51.35% of the atoms are Silver-107 and 48.65%
of the atoms are Silver-109. Calculate the relative atomic mass of Silver.

Bilal Hameed Atomic structure

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure


18
10

1. 28 Skill check
The relative atomic mass of copper is 63.5. Calculate the relative
abundance of the two copper isotopes with relative isotopic masses of
63.0 and 65.0

1. 29 Skill check
Silver has two isotopes. 51.35% of the atoms are Silver-107 and 48.65%
of the atoms are Silver-109. Calculate the relative atomic mass of Silver.

1. 30 Skill check
A sample of element X contains 69% of 63X and 31% of 65X. What is the
relative atomic mass of X in this sample?

Atomic structure Bilal Hameed

Atomic Structure Bilal Hameed


19
11

1. 31 Mass spectrum of molecular ions


Molecules also give peaks in their mass spectrum.

For example the mass spectrum of chlorine gaseous molecule includes


both peaks of its isotopes and peaks of its molecular form (molecular
ions):

1. 32 molecular ions of chlorine


Cl2+ molecular ion produces three peaks:

peak at m/e @ 70: 35Cl - 35Cl 



Species responsible: 70Cl2+

peak at m/e @ 72: 35Cl - 37Cl 



Species responsible: 72Cl2+

peak at m/e @ 74: 37Cl - 37Cl 



Species responsible: 74Cl2+

Bilal Hameed Atomic structure

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure


1
11
ATOMIC STRUCTURE WS 1 1
ATOMIC STRUCTURE
20
WS 1
ATOMIC
ATOMIC STRUCTURE WS 11
ATOMIC STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE
SECTION A WS
WS 1
1
Which
Atomic Structure WS 1
SECTION A
Which one the following has more neutrons
one the following has more neutrons
SECTION
SECTION thanA
thanA
electrons and more electrons than
1 protons? SECTION Aelectrons and more electrons than
1 protons?
Which
Which one
one the the following
following has has more
more neutrons
neutrons thanthan9 electrons
electrons and and more
more electrons
electrons than
than
111 Which
A 19F-- one the following has more neutrons than
protons? C electrons and more electrons than
Be
protons?
A 19F-- C 9Be
protons?
B 19F
A
A
37
19 Cl
-- -- D 99Be
C 2+
37F C
D 9Be
--
B 19
A FCl
-- -- C Be 2+
B 37Cl--
B 37 Cl-- D
D 99Be
9
Be2+
2+
B 37Cl-- D Be2+
2 Chlorine exists as two isotopes 35Cl with an abundance of 75.5% and 37Cl with an abundance
2 Chlorine
of 24.5%.exists as two isotopes Cl with an abundance of 75.5% and 37Cl with an abundance
35

2 of 24.5%.exists
Chlorine exists asas two
two isotopes
35Cl with an abundance of 75.5% and 37Cl with an abundance
22 Chlorine isotopes 35 35Cl with an abundance of 75.5% and 37 Cl with an abundance
2 Chlorine
Phosphorus
of 24.5%. exists
has asonly
twooneisotopes
isotope, Cl31with
P. Theanmass
abundance
spectrum of 75.5%
of PCl3and Cl with
has37four linesanatabundance
m/z = 136,
of 24.5%.
Phosphorus
140 and has 142.only one isotope, P. The mass spectrum of PCl3 has four lines at m/z = 136,
31
of 24.5%.
138,
138, 140 andhas
Phosphorus
Phosphorus 142.only
has only oneone isotope,
isotope, 31
31P. The mass spectrum of PCl3 has four lines at m/z = 136,
Phosphorus has onlylines
one will
isotope, 31P. The mass spectrum of PCl3 has four lines at m/z = 136,
P. The massheight?
spectrum of PCl3 has four lines at m/z = 136,
Which
138,
138, 140
140 oneand
and of these
142.
142. have the smallest
Which
138, 140one andof142.
these lines will have the smallest height?
A 136 one
Which
Which of
of these
these lines
lines will
will have
have thethe smallest C height?
138
A 136 one
Which one of these lines will have the smallest
smallestC height?
138
height?
B 136
A
A 140 D 138
C 142
B 136
A 140
136
C
D 138
C 142
138
B
B 140
140 D
D 142
142
B 140 D 142
3 Antimony has two isotopes Sb and Sb. The relative atomic mass of a naturally occurring
121 123
3 Antimony
sample of has two isotopes
antimony is measured
121Sb and 123Sb. The relative atomic mass of a naturally occurring
as 121.75.
sample of antimony is measured as 121.75.
33 Antimony has two isotopes
3 121Sb and 123Sb. The relative atomic mass of a naturally occurring
Antimony has two isotopes 121 121Sb and 123Sb. The relative atomic mass of a naturally occurring
3 Antimony
Which
sample one
of has
of twofollowing
the
antimony isotopes
is is
measured Sb
the and
best
as 123Sb. The relative atomic mass of a naturally 121
approximate estimate of the percentage of occurring
121.75. Sb
sample
Which one of antimony
of the is measured
following is the asas 121.75.
best approximate estimate of the percentage of 121Sb
sample
present of
in antimony
the is measured
naturally occurring 121.75.
sample?
presentone
Which
Which one in the
of naturally
of the
the following
following occurring
is
is the sample?
the best
best approximate
approximate estimate
estimate of of the
the percentage
percentage of of 121Sb
121
Sb
Which
A 20%
present onein of the
the following
naturally is the best
occurring sample?approximate
C 40% estimate of the percentage of 121Sb
present in the naturally occurring
A 20% in the naturally occurring sample? C 40% sample?
present
B 20%
A
A 60% D 40%
C 80%
B 20%
A 60%
20%
C
D 40%
C 80%
40%
B
B 60%
60% D
D 80%
80%
B 60% D 80%
4 When sulfur, 32S is bombarded with neutrons 1n, two particles are formed. One of them is a
4
4 When
hydrogen sulfur, 32S 1is bombarded with neutrons 1n, two particles are formed. One of them is a
atom, H and the other is an element, X.
4 hydrogen
When
When sulfur,
sulfur,atom, 1H and the other is an element,
32S is
32S is bombarded with with32neutrons
1n, X.
1n, two particles
particles areare formed.
formed. One
One ofof them
them is is a
4
4 When sulfur, 32S 1is bombarded
bombarded with
neutrons
neutrons
two
1n 1n, two 1H particles are formed. One of them
a
is a
hydrogen atom, H and the
hydrogen atom, 1H and the other is32an other is anS +
element, X. + X
S element, X. 1H + X
1
hydrogen atom, H and the other is an + 1n
element, X.
Which one of the following correctly 32Srepresents
+
32S + 1n
1n X?11H ++ X
Which one of the following correctly 32Srepresents
+ 1n X?1HH + X
X
A 32S one
Which
Which of the following correctly represents C 33X?S
X?
A 32S one of the following correctly represents C 33
Which one of the following correctly represents X?S
B 32S
A
A
32
32 P D 33
C 33P
33 S
32S
B 32 P C
D 3333S
A S C SP
B 32
B 32 P
P D
D 33
33 P
P
B 32P D 33P
55 What is the number of protons, electrons, and neutrons in boron-11?
5 What is the number of protons, electrons, and neutrons in boron-11?
5
5 A 5 protons,
What
What is
is the 5 electrons
the number
number of and 11electrons,
of protons,
protons, neutrons and Cneutrons
5 protons, in 5 electrons and 6 neutrons
in boron-11?
5 A 5 protons,
What is the number5 electrons and 11electrons,
of protons, neutrons and
electrons,
neutrons
andCneutrons
5 protons, boron-11?
5 electrons and 6 neutrons
in boron-11?
B 5
A
A 5 protons,
protons, 5 5 electrons
electrons and and 11 10.8
11 neutrons
neutrons D5
C
C 11 protons,
protons, 5 11electrons
electronsand
and6 5neutrons
neutrons
B
A 5 protons, 5 electrons and 11
neutrons 10.8
neutrons D5
C
protons,
protons, 5
511 protons,
electrons
electronsand
511electrons and6
and
neutrons
65neutrons
neutrons
neutrons
B
B 55 protons,
protons, 5 5 electrons
electrons and and 10.810.8 D
D 1111 protons,
protons, 11 11 electrons
electrons and
and 55 neutrons
neutrons
B 5 protons, 5 electrons and 10.8
neutrons D 11 protons, 11 electrons and 5 neutrons
neutrons
neutrons

CEDAR COLLEGE ATOMIC STRUCTURE WS 1


CEDAR COLLEGE ATOMIC STRUCTURE WS 1
CEDAR
CEDAR COLLEGE
COLLEGE ATOMIC
ATOMIC STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE WSWS 11
CEDAR COLLEGE ATOMIC STRUCTURE WS 1
Atomic Structure 1 Bilal Hameed
2
2
2
2
21
6 What is the number of protons, electrons, and neutrons in 34S2--?
6
6 What
What is
is the number of protons, electrons, and
and neutrons
neutrons in
34S2--?
is the
the number of
of protons, electrons, in 34S2--?
66 What number
A 18 protons, protons,
16 electrons electrons,
and 18 neutronsandCneutrons in 3418
16 protons, S2--electrons
? and 18 neutrons
A
A 18
18 protons,
protons, 16
16 electrons
electrons and
and 18
18 neutrons
neutrons C 16 protons, 18 electrons and
and 18
18 neutrons
A 18 protons,
B 16 protons, 18
16 electrons
electrons and
and 18 neutrons C
18 neutrons C 16 protons,
D 16
16 protons,
18 electrons
protons, 18
16 electrons
electrons and
and 18
neutrons
18 neutrons
neutrons
B
B 16 protons, 18 electrons and 18 neutrons D 16 protons, 16 electrons and 18 neutrons
B 16
16 protons,
protons, 18
18 electrons
electrons and
and 18
18 neutrons
neutrons D D 16
16 protons,
protons, 16
16 electrons
electrons and
and 18
18 neutrons
neutrons

7 Which statements about the isotopes of chlorine, 35Cl and 37Cl are correct?
7 Which statements about the isotopes of chlorine, 3535Cl and 37 37Cl are correct?
77
7 Which
Which statements
statements about
about the
the
I. They
isotopes
isotopes of
of chlorine,
have the chlorine, 35Cl
same chemical Cl and 37Cl
Cl are
are correct?
andproperties. correct?
I.I. They have
have the
the same
same chemical
chemical properties.
I.II.They
TheyThehave
havethe
thesame
samechemical
atomic number.
properties.
properties.
II.
II. The
The have
have the
the same
same atomic
atomic number.number.
II.
III.The
Thehave
havethe
thesame
sameatomic
physical number.
properties.
III.
III. The have the same physical
physical properties.
A I and II only III. The
The have
have the
the same
same
C IIphysical
an III only
properties.
properties.
A
A I and
I and II only
IIII only C
C II an
II an III III only
A
B II and
and III only
only C
D III, an
II andIII only
only
III
B
B I and III only D I, II and III
B II and
and III
III only
only D
D I,I, IIII and
and III
III

8 A sample of element X contains 69% of 63X and 31% of 65X. What is the relative atomic mass
8
88 A
of
A sample
X in thisof
sample element
sample?
of element X
X contains
contains 69%
69% of
of
63X and 31% of 65X. What is the relative atomic mass
63X and 31% of 65X. What is the relative atomic mass
8 A
of sample
X in thisof element
sample? X contains 69% of 63X and 31% of 65X. What is the relative atomic mass
of
of X in this sample?
A X in this sample?
63.0 C 65.0
A
A 63.0
63.0 C
C 65.0
A 63.6
B 63.0 C 65.0
D 65.0
69.0
B
B 63.6 D 69.0
B 63.6
63.6 D
D 69.0
69.0

99 What is the relative atomic mass of an element with the mass spectrum shown below?
9
9 What
What is the relative atomic mass of an element with the mass spectrum shown below?
9 What is
is the
the relative
relative atomic
atomic mass
mass of
of an
an element
element with
with the
the mass
mass spectrum
spectrum shown
shown below?
below?

A 24 14 C 26
A
A 24
24 C
C 26
26
A
B 24
25 C 26
ATOMIC STRUCTURE
D 27 WS 2
B
B 25
25 D
D 27
B 25 D 27
27
101 Give the numbers of protons, neutrons and electrons present in each of the following atoms:

a) 40Ar c) 197Au+

b) 127I d) 52Cr3+

2 This question concerns the following five species:


CEDAR COLLEGE ATOMIC STRUCTURE WS 1
CEDAR
CEDAR COLLEGE
COLLEGE
16O2-- 19F 20Ne 23Na ATOMIC
25Mg2+
ATOMIC STRUCTURE WS 1
Bilal Hameed
CEDAR COLLEGE ATOMIC STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE WS
WS 111
Atomic Structure
a) Which two species have the same number of neutrons? ........................................
a)
a) Ar
Ar c)
c) Au
Au
b)
b)
b) 127III
127
127 d)
d)
d)
52 Cr3+
Cr3+
52Cr
52 3+

22

2
11 This question
This question
2 This
2 concerns
question concerns the
concerns the following
the following five
following five species:
five species:
species:
16 O
16O
16 2--
O2--
2-- 19 F
F
19F
19 20
20 Ne
Ne
20Ne 23
23 Na
Na
23Na 25 Mg 2+
Mg2+
25Mg
25 2+

a) Which
a) Which
a) two
Which two species
two species have
species have the
have the same
the same number
same number of
number of neutrons?
of neutrons? ........................................
neutrons? ........................................
........................................
b) Which
b) Which
b) two
Which two species
two species have
species have the
have the same
the same ratio
same ratio of
ratio of neutrons
of neutrons to
neutrons to protons?
to protons? ........................................
protons? ........................................
........................................
c) Which
c) Which
c) two
Which two species
two species do
species do not
do not have
not have 10
have 10 electrons?
10 electrons? ........................................
electrons? ........................................
........................................

12
3 The element
The element
3 The
3 Rhenium
element Rhenium (Re)
Rhenium (Re) has
(Re) has two
has two main
two main isotopes,
main isotopes, 185
isotopes, 185 Re with
Re with
185Re an
with an abundance
an abundance of
abundance of 37.1%
of 37.1% and
37.1% and
and
187 Re with
Re with
187Re
187 an
with an abundance
an abundance of
abundance of 62.9%.
of 62.9%.
62.9%.
Calculate the
Calculate the
Calculate weighted
the weighted mean
weighted mean atomic
mean atomic mass
atomic mass of
mass of rhenium.
of rhenium.
rhenium.

4
13 Antimony has
Antimony has
4 Antimony
4 two
has two main
two main isotopes,
main isotopes, 121
isotopes, 121 Sb and
Sb and
121Sb 123
and 123 Sb. A
Sb. A
123Sb. forensic
A forensic scientist
forensic scientist was
scientist was asked
was asked to
asked to help
help aaa
to help
crime investigation
crime investigation
crime investigation byby analysing
by analysing the
analysing the antimony
the antimony in
in aaa bullet.
antimony in bullet. This
bullet. This was
This was found
was found to
found to contain
to contain 57.3%
contain 57.3% of
57.3% of
of
121 Sb and
Sb and
121Sb
121 42.7%
and 42.7% of
42.7% of 123
of 123 Sb.
Sb.
123Sb.

a) Calculate
a) Calculate
a) the
Calculate the relative
the relative atomic
relative atomic mass
atomic mass of
mass of the
of the sample
the sample of
sample of antimony
of antimony from
antimony from the
from the bullet.
the bullet. (Write
bullet. (Write your
(Write your
your
answer to
answer to
answer three
to three significant
three significant figures)
significant figures)
figures)

b) State
b) State
b) one
State one similarity
one similarity and
similarity and one
and one difference
one difference between
difference between isotopes
between isotopes in
isotopes in terms
in terms of
terms of subatomic
of subatomic particles.
subatomic particles.
particles.
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................

CEDAR
CEDAR COLLEGE
CEDAR COLLEGE
COLLEGE ATOMIC STRUCTURE
ATOMIC STRUCTURE
ATOMIC WS
STRUCTURE WS 2
WS 2
2

Atomic Structure 1 Bilal Hameed


15
23

514 Bromine exists as a molecule with two bromine atoms combined together. Bromine has two
isotopes: bromine-79 and bromine-81

a) A molecule of bromine containing two atoms of bromine can be written as 79Br2. Write the
formulae for the two other possible molecules of bromine.

...............................................................................................................................................................................

b) The mass spectrum of molecules of bromine is shown below:

i. Explain why these peaks are observed.

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

ii. The peaks at 79 and 81 are the same height. What does this tell you about the relative
abundances of the two isotopes?

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

iii. Explain why the peak at 160 is twice the height of the peaks at 158 and 162.

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

6 a) Explain why the relative atomic mass of copper is not an exact whole number?

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

Bilal Hameed
CEDAR COLLEGE Atomic Structure
ATOMIC STRUCTURE WS 2 1
...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................
24

15 a) Explain why the relative atomic mass of copper is not an exact whole number?
6

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................
16
...............................................................................................................................................................................

b) The relative atomic mass of copper is 63.5. Calculate the relative abundance of the two
copper isotopes with the relative isotopic masses of 63.0 and 65.0.

CEDAR COLLEGE ATOMIC STRUCTURE WS 2

7 Chlorine exists as a molecule with two chlorine atoms combined together. Chlorine has two
isotopes: chlorine-35 and chlorine-37.

The mass spectrum of chlorine os shown below:

a) The peak at 35 is three times as high as the peak at 37. Calculate the relative atomic mass
of chlorine.

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

b) Explain why the peaks are observed at 70, 72 and 74.

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

c) The heights of the peaks at 70, 72 and 74 are in the ratio 9 :6 :1. Explain why the heights
areStructure
Atomic in this ratio.
1 Bilal Hameed
...............................................................................................................................................................................
25

16
7 Chlorine exists as a molecule with two chlorine atoms combined together. Chlorine has two
isotopes: chlorine-35 and chlorine-37.

The mass spectrum of chlorine os shown below:

a) The peak at 35 is three times as high as the peak at 37. Calculate the relative atomic mass
of chlorine.

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

b) Explain why the peaks are observed at 70, 72 and 74.

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

c) The heights of the peaks at 70, 72 and 74 are in the ratio 9 :6 :1. Explain why the heights
are in this ratio.

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................

CEDAR COLLEGE ATOMIC STRUCTURE WS 2

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 1


copper isotopes with relative isotopic masses 10 List the particle
of 63.0 and 65.0. increasing radiu
17
26 11 Explain why th
3 The data about silicon in the table below were noble gases dec
17 The data about silicon in obtained
8 from were
the table below a mass spectrometer.
obtained from a mass spectrometer.
12 The successive
m/z % abundance X, are given in
28 92.2 periodic table d
29 4.7 Ionisation
30 3.1 1st

Calculate the relative atomic mass of silicon to 2nd


Calculate the relative atomic mass of silicon to one decimal place.
one decimal place. 3rd
4th
4 Bromine has two isotopes of mass numbers
5th
79 and 81. The mass spectrum of a sample of
6th
bromine is shown below.
7th
Relative 8th
intensity
9th
10th

13 Discuss the rela


of ESI and TO
14 By considering
and d electrons
158 160 162 m/z why the differe
of fluorine and
a) Identify the particles responsible for the between chlori
peaks.

807404_C02_Edexcel_GF_Chem_009-036.indd 35

Atomic COLLEGE
CEDAR Structure 1 Bilal Hameed
ATOMIC STRUCTURE WS 2
can
ofan
NH also be, and
logarithms
Clionic usually
ofin
the H—Cl + –
● Worked
H example 1cleaves
ng(as4 inwith
sber bond
Figure Barking 6126protons
Dog Art and here
6 neutrons, withstrong
a which
mass of number of 12
3s tomost
row,
-cross no 2.28
diagram for below).
‘steps’ to other C elements).
is the
Importantly, symbol
ofThis
carbon for
atoms carbon-12,
allows the
form millions
2pmassbonds
is organic
the other common
35 compounds
andcarbon
isotope,
to be
37,Handatoms
containing
stable.
(as a1sThe
doabundances
few –

ener
ergies
NH4Clof magnesium Chlorine
14 5.5 consists two isotopes, with numbers with
+ relative

energy
● 66 C is the symbol for here
acarbon-14, which contains 6 compounds
protons and
sber
(as in diagram
Figure 2.28
for below). The other
76% protons
simplest and
molecule
elements).
and
shape 24% 6 with
neutrons,
This
twoallows
respectively. withmillions
the
Calculate athe
carbon–carbon mass number
bond
yof
xaverage organic of
z relative 12
is ethane (see
atomic to8 as
Figure
mass of
neutrons,
be3.6).
stable.
chlorine.
with
1sThe a
d-cross Chlorine
H Nof the of
consists ammonium isotopes,
H ion is2p
with
Cl amass
regular tetrahedron,
numbers 35 the
H and 37, same
N and with that
H relative ofabundances
Cl
● mass number of with 14.
14
simplest 6C 5 is the
molecule symbol for acarbon-14, carbon–carbon 2s which contains
bond isHethane 6 protons (see and
Figure 8 neutrons,
3.6). with a
methane molecule (see Figure 3.14). Allxaverage four y N z¬ bonds aremass exactly the same. It is
AS&A2 More
The
not
76%03_13
Answer
The
H mass
shapeand
proton
possible
Cam/Chem 24%
number
5Cam/Chem
Nthan
of the
tonumber tellAS&A2
AS&A2
respectively.
of four
ammonium
which
14. (atomic
H valence-shell
one
Calculate ion
was 2s formed
number)
the
Clis a regular tetrahedron,
of an in atom a¬
relative
dative
electrons
isbonds
the
atomic
H 27 the
way. number
N sameHas that of Cl
of chlorine.
of protons in its It is
methane molecule (see Figure 3.14).took All 100four N Hatoms at are exactly 76 the same.
AS&A2
not
More
The
When
03_13
Answer
Barking
nucleus.
The
percentages
the
proton
possible
Dog Hthan
The number
to
Art tellof
mass
number tell
four
which
us that
number valence-shell
(atomic H—Cl one
ifvalence-shell
1swe
of an
number)
was
electrons
atom
formed isofthe
chlorine
an in
issum
atom
a
greater ofis
dative
electrons
thethethan
way.numbers
number
random,
four,
H the maximum
of2sprotons
of protons
of them
and
in
would
itspossible
MISTRY have a mass of 35 units, and 24 of them would have a mass of 37 units.
Atomic Structure WS 2
monium ion and TheBarking
number percentages
H Dog
ofThe bondsArt tell
isof us
not that always if 1s we took
formed. 100 chlorine H atoms at random, 76 of them would
When
An neutrons.
nucleus. 4.5the
alternative Hnumber mass is the numberlong cleaves
valence-shell
H—Cl linear of an electrons
atom
form, isThistheissum
specifying because
greater of the
individual atoms
than numbers Hpoforbitals:
four, the
of2sprotonselements
maximum and ofpossible
the
MISTRY
ahedral.
monium ion and have
02_27
second
number total
neutrons.
a
4.52 2
mass
Cam/Chem
mass
Hof bonds
row of
of
of 35
the
the units,
AS&A2
is 100
Periodic
not
and
here
random
always
cleaves
24
Table of
atoms them
have
formed. = would
(35
onlyThis ×
2p four
is76)have +H
because
a
(37
orbitals mass × 24)
in
atoms
of their37
of
units.
valence
the elements shells (2s,
of the2px,
ahedral. An alternative1szCam/Chem2sand 2p 2is the
2p 2 long
2pzrandom 2 linear
3s2Table 3pxatoms 2 form,
3p 1 specifying
==more
1 individualThe p orbitals:
structure of the atom
Atomic
2p
secondWorked
02_27 ,
total 2p Structure
)
mass
row example
of
of so
x thethe AS&A2
cannot 100
yPeriodic here
accommodate have y 3p 3548
(35
only ×
2pfouramu
than
76) +
four (37
orbitals ×
pairs 24)
in of
their electrons.
valence The
shells number(2s, 2pof x,
y z
The Barking shape 2N+ 2of the
Dog Art2 ammonium 2 2 ion 2 is 1a regular tetrahedron, the same as that of
log (IE)
Atomic
bonds Worked 1s they 2s
Structure 2p
form
example 2p is
2
2p
restricted 3s 3p
by 3p
this 3p=
overall
1
3548 amu
maximum C of eight The structure
electrons, becauseof the everyatom
our stable isotopes,
2p
Below
1 methane
The
How
new
bonds
03_13
3.5 Covalent bonding with third-row
,
y shape
Barking 2p
many
log (IE)
bond
4 )
is
so
and
Dogthe
molecule
zCam/Chem
N+ brings
4they
of
form
Art
average
protons
so
shortened
x
theHAS&A2 cannot y
(see
ammonium
and
another
is
mass
restricted
z accommodate
linear
Figure
neutronsof one
electron bywas
form,
x
ion 3.14). y
areisthere
atom
this into
which
a=
overall
more
All z3548
regular
the
four
in each
100
than
is
valence
maximum
the
N four
¬ofHthe
tetrahedron,most
C shell.
bondspairsusual
ofway.
H the
following
For
eight
of electrons.
representation:
are same
example,
exactly
atoms?
electrons,
asthe The
thatsame.
nitrogen
because
number
of It is
has every five
of
ers 50,
ourH stable 52,isotopes,
53 and 54, Hnot
a
Below
methane
How 03_13
3.5 Covalent bonding with third-row
18 1s
possible
elements
Barking
valence-shell
new
Hnot possible 8
many
Obond
2 is the
molecule
Cam/Chem
2sDog
so 2
2p to
protons
bbrings235
shortened
6
averageH3s
Art
tell 2
UHanother
electrons.
92
AS&A2
3p which
(see
and
4
mass linear
Figure
neutrons
In of one
the
electron
one form,
3.14).
molecule atom
are there
into
which
formed All
==the
3548
H
35.5
of
four
100
in
is
in
each
ammonia
Nthe
a ¬dative
amu ofshell.
valence
H in a dative way.
Hmost bonds
the
(NH H
usual
3 )
For
H
following are
there
representation:
example,
exactly
areatoms? three
the
nitrogen N
same.
¬ H bonds.
has
It is
five

ndances
bers
mmonium H 50, 52, 4.3%,
ion53 and 83.8%,
and 54, Worked 2 2 example
1sinvolve 2s
Hshorter
to6 3s
2p235 tell 3p4 1is: of
2 which one was formed H (NH
elements
These
An
a 18even
Barking
valence-shell O3.5 Dog b H
Art
the
electrons. U formsharing In the threemolecule nitrogen = 35.5
of electrons
ammoniaamu with H )three
there from
are the
three hydrogen
N ¬ H bonds.
respectively. Calculate Answer 8 92 that is, Ar = 35.5 3
ndances 4.3%, and83.8%, Worked example 1
3.8 Multiple bonding
rahedral.
s,
mmonium
tive
electrons
atomic
ionand
mass of atoms.
Chlorine
These
Unlike
An even These
involveHshorter
consists
elements three
4 ofin
the twoadditional
sharing
form theprotonisotopes,
is:second of electrons
three with
row of bring
mass
nitrogen the numbers Chemical
the valence
electrons
Periodic H35Table, andbonding
with shell
37,
three
thoseand total inintothe
with
from simple
eight.
relative
the hydrogen
third Themolecules
andouter
abundances
respectively.
in each of the Calculate The
Answer subscript
3.5
[Ne] 3s2 3p gives the thatnumber, is, Ar =that 35.5 is, the number of protons. So for oxygen,
s,rahedral.
MISTRY
tive
electrons
in each
d-cross
atomic
n Tablediagram
and
mass of
of the
2.2 (page 22)
shell
76%
2 number
atoms.
subsequent
Chlorine
The
where
remaining
shell
They
76%
3.8 Multiple bonding
Worked
Unlike is
and
subscript
[Ne]
is
can
and
therefore
These
of
[Ne]
24%
consists
elements
N3s +protons
therefore
24% two
rows
example
2 gives
3p
therefore
4 ofin=
3sof the
represents
filled,
respectively.
three cantwo
the
filled,
respectively.
additional
form
use
five
with
isotopes,
8,2proton
the and
the
second
with
their
more
a
Calculate
fornumber,
filled
electrons a
Calculate
full
electrons
d
with
uranium,
full than
octet
shells
the
orbitals
row mass
in
octet
the
ofthat the
in
of
average
bring
number
nitrogen’s
four of
average
in
numbers
is,
the
Chemical
electrons.
the relative
bonding,
Periodic valence
theofnumber
neon
electrons.
covalent valence
relative
protons
Cbonds
No
35Table,
atom,
No
atomic
as
and of
atomic
bonding
further
shell
well
37,
shell
=those
1s
further
to
mass
92.
protons.
2 2
2s
as
remain
other
mass
bonds
total
and with
2p
bonds
ofin
their
of
to
in6 the
.
atoms.
simple
can
chlorine.
eight.
s
Sorelative
for
unbonded,
can
chlorine.
and
third form.
Thep
oxygen,
form.
Like
molecules
abundances
and The
outer
orbitals.
as
The
nitrogen, a
MISTRY
d-cross
average diagram
relative atomic
Double
Answer
03_14
lone
Subtracting
subsequent
Worked
number
Calculate
where
remaining
So
phosphorus for
3
Cam/Chem
Sometimes,
pair,
of+protons
[Ne]
oxygen,N the and
rows
example
occupying
two (1s
the
3s
AS&A2
ifof
average
represents
number 2 we
2s
H=
can
the 2triple
proton
2p
8,2
are an
use
five
and
relative
6the
of 3s
number
only
forbonds
their
2 filled
orbital
electrons
neutrons3p )
dfrom
uranium,
3concerned
atomic has
orbitals
shells
associated
= mass
in18
five
the
−in
nitrogen’s8
mass
number
with
of
in bonding,
the
with
=
electrons krypton
10,
number
which
neon
of protons
only C
valence
and in fromshells
atom,
the
for
its
gives
as well
the
shell
uranium,
valence
= 92.
H
1s
nitrogen are
the
2table
2s
asnumber
remain 2p
their s and
filled,
2 in6 Figure
atom
number
shell. . rather
(see
unbonded,
But
of neutrons.
of 2.6.
p orbitals.
thanaswhich
Figure
because 3.7).
a

niesTable 2.2 common


(page 22) They can
3 therefore form more than
fromfour covalent bonds atto other atoms. Like nitrogen,
average
of some
, neon and magnesium
relative atomic
Double
H
The
Answer
03_14
Atoms
Barking
neutrons
itSo
Subtracting
Element
sub-shells,
The
Calculate
lone can for
percentages
Cam/Chem
can
Sometimes,
Dog
pair,general
make = theshare
Artthe
235 and
use
the
AS&A2
H−
if
rule
average
occupying
tell
2more
electron
we
92
of
proton
H 2is triple
us
=
fiveare
that
than
that:
143.
relative
an
number
only 2 one
orbital
6 orbitals
if we
configuration bonds took
Symbol
electron
3concerned
atomic associated
(one = 18 mass
100theHchlorine
3s,of pair
mass number
the
with
of
three
− electrons
with
sulfur
krypton
with
= 10, which
3ponly
atoms
Group
their
and atom
fromshells
the
gives
one the
H
neighbours.
H can
nitrogen are
3d)
the
random,
table
number
beitfilled,
described
in
atom
can
of of
76Covalency
Sharing
rather
Figure
use (see
them
all
neutrons.
as
2.6. two
than
Figure
five
would
2.8.6, which
of 3.7).
cies of some common Hphosphorus
Answer
have
The a oxygen,
mass of(1s
percentages number
35tell 2s units, us2pthat ofand3sneutrons 3p
if 24 we )ofhas them
took five100 would 8Hchlorine have and in
a mass
atoms for
its uranium,
valence
at ofrandom,
37 units. number
shell. 76 Butthem
of ofbecause would
n, ce.neon and magnesium Barking
S&A2 electron
Atoms
its Element
meaning
hydrogen
sub-shells,
electronic
neutronsThe can
valence-shell
Dog pairs
general Art the
235 produces
=2configuration
electrons
share H more
−electron
rule electrons
92 is=in143. athe
than
that: double first
inone
configuration HSymbol
bonding bond,
shell;
electron ofand
8with electrons
pair
the sharing
with
sulfur
fluorine. Group
in three
1atom
their the
It one produces
second
neighbours.
H can
therefore beit shell;
described
forms aSharing
triple
1Covalency
and
phosphorus6asbond.
electrons
two2.8.6, The
Weit Worked
Answer
have can
Elements
2.5
cana makeextend
mass of example
use
of
the the
35 of
secondunits, five
100-random-atom orbitals
and
period 24 withof (one
themmore
3s,
idea would three
from
than
3p
Worked
have
four
and
a mass
electrons example of 3d)37
in 1
units.
their
can
to outer
use
include allfractions
shells
five
form
of of
has
ce.
S&A2 two isotopes, with covalencies
in
electron total
meaning the
hydrogen
3.8
beryllium
pentachloride,
electronic
its
atoms. valence-shell
Worked
mass
third
n)isThus
2.5
pairs
Multiple bonding
of
still
shell.
2configuration
electrons
the
example
the
conform
produces
PF 100
electrons
average asinwell
5,100-random-atom
randomto
amass
the double those
inas first atoms
Hone
Be
bonding
of
in
bond,
shell;
phosphorus atom
=
Table (35
8withand ×
3.1.
electrons
of
76)
sharing
trifluoride,
fluorine.
krypton
+
Examples (37
in21three
the ×
It PF
24) of
second oxygen,
produces
3 (see Figure
therefore shell;
1 forms
nitrogen
a21triple
and
3.10).
phosphorus6bond.electrons The
91
MISTRYhasand two193, isotopes,and its with and We
What(8
Elements
covalencies
in
(8Worked
atoms.

2.5
the
beryllium
can
3.8
carbon
total
boron Thusexample
pentachloride,
extend
covalent
mass
the
third
× 0.3)
The mass spectrometer
ofatoms
Multiple
the
bonding
of
total
still
shell.
the+PF
the
the bonds,
second
forming
number
conform
average
100
5, as ×2 2.3)
where
period
random
well of
to
mass
multiple n
orbitals
those
+ (82
with= the
atoms
Be
asofBphosphorus
n =one
in
×the
more
inbondsidea
number
== 3548
the
Table
atom
(35
from
than
fifth
+ of
×
are
3.1.
of
amu
76)
Worked
valence-shell
four
shown
shell? +
Examples
trifluoride,
krypton
×shown
(37electrons
How
2 in×
example
Figure
24)
many
of
13 PF3 (see Figure3 3.10).
11.5) +in(84
electrons.
inof
oxygen,
×electrons.
their
3.15. to outer
these
include
are
nitrogen
2
+ (86 × 17.4)
d
fractions
shells form of
orbitals?
atomic
91 and mass
nd-cross
MISTRY
our will
ative
e,
atomic
d-cross PF
be
stable
193, is
diagrams
in:
abundances
, and
mass
diagrams
nd-cross diagrams for 2
3
and
isotopes,
192.23.
phosphorus
is
its
for
ofO ,
192.23.
for
and What
Double
Answer
Similarly,
03_14
The
Write Worked
boron
carbon 2.5
−(78
= carbon
n)is covalent
2 so
Cam/Chem
masses
(78 out:
the
×
The mass spectrometer
atoms
oxygen
0.3)
total
and
average
example
and + AS&A2
(80
bonds,
the
(80
forming
number
(2s
×triple
mass 2p
relative
where
2.3)
4ofmultiple
),
of
+
orbitals
with
one bonds
CB
abundances
(82
six
atom
×
11.6)
inbonds
11.6)
number
= 3548
the
electrons
=
3548
100
+100
3548
(83
fifth
of
areamu
(83
ofshell?
×
in
individual
valence-shell
its
11.5)
14
How Figure
13valence
+
many
F isotopes
(84 ×
56.9)
shell, of3.15.
56.9) are
these
can43form
+easily
are d only
(86 ×2 measured
orbitals?
17.4) 5
two
in
covalent
Total = = 83.9number bonds, 1 of with 2
orbitals 2 two = 34 5 2
lone = 25. 4 pairsOf 5
of
these, electrons
5 6 are d 7
remaining.
orbitals. 8 (There 9
Fluorine are 10five (2s d 11
2p
orbitals ), 12
with in
de,
ers
ss.our
d-cross
will
ative
ndances
50,
PF
be
stable
,
52,
and
in:
abundances 53
isotopes, and
phosphorus
3 diagrams for O2,
4.3%,
of
83.8%,
54,
Double
aAnswer
Similarly,
03_14
a
The
Atoms
carbon
nitrogen
mass
Write
Barking
every
seven the
masses
2
Cam/Chemso
can above
out:
Dog
shell
valence-shell
oxygen
spectrometer.
Art
‘electrons-in-boxes’
and
average
and
share AS&A2 the
(2s
more
the
triple
mass 2p
relative
third
2 electrons,
This
than
),
of with
one
2 one
shell.)
representation
is Nbonds
C a
abundances
can
six
atommachine
electron
number
form
electrons
==
5 of
35.5
100
100 of in
pair
of
onlythe
amu
F in
which
individual
its
with7bond,
6electrons
one
silicon
14 valence
15atoms
their F
removed
atom
isotopes that
neighbours.
8leaving
shell,
H have
are
9 three
can 34
been
easily
form
Sharing
lone
only
ionised
measured
2 11 5two12 in
pairs
two
H by
berss. 50, 52, 53 and 54, covalent
3Total
the = 83.9
Orbitals
nitrogen
oxygen
F lossnumber of bonds,
P
1 of orbitals
containing
electrons with
F aretwo
lone =3accelerated
5 lone = 25.
pairs ON
4pairs Of
are of
these,
larger
to aelectrons
high 5than are d remaining.
Fvelocity,
those orbitals.
15
16 P containing
and (There
F
Fluorine
theirH arebonded 10
five
trajectories
23 (2s 2p
d pairs,
orbitals ), with
(paths) and Hin
a
electron
Atoms mass can spectrometer.
pairs O produces
share more This
a (see
than double
ofone
is a machine
bond,
electron = 35.535.5
and in
pair amu which
sharing
with atoms
three
their that
produces
neighbours. have been
C aSharing triple ionised two by
Cbond. The
respectively.
ndances 4.3%, Calculate
83.8%, b
Barking
around
every
seven
a the O shell Dog
shortened
the
valence-shell Art
fluorine
above linear
the atomform
third
electrons, that
shell.) is,
the Figure
can A
numberr =3.8).
electronic
N form of
only confi
Nelectrons
one gurationbond, removed ofleavingthe magnesium
three lone atom pairs
tive atomic mass of
are
covalencies
electron
c
the
take
3floxygen
the F then
Orbitals
loss
uorine
the
‘electrons-in-boxes’
long
up of
pairs Pmore
deflected
containing
electrons
still
linear produces
space
F from
conform
form are
of
around
lone a
the
representation
aaccelerated
to straight
pairs
double those theare
FO
electronic
central
line
in
bond, larger
to
Table by
confi
of Chemical
aand
the
atom.
passing
high than
3.1.
guration
silicon They
those
velocity,
sharing
F Examples them
16
17 ofPbonding
atom therefore
three
the
through
containing
andfl of F their inrepel
oxygen,
produces
uoride
asimple
magnetic
bonded 2the
trajectories
ion. 1nitrogen
a triplemolecules
other
pairs,field. pairs
(paths)
bond. and AThe
respectively. Calculate bWorked
around the O shortened the O linear
fluorine atom form(see thatofbendingtheis,
Figure Ar =3.8).
electronic
N 35.5 confi
N causes guration ofangle the magnesium C atom C lone
-cross diagrams for water, that surround example the atom more strongly. byChemical
This bonding
the Hinparticles
asimple
between molecules
two
2.9 Chemical
Putting electrons
energy into the orbitals
magnetic
fltake up field
morestillhas space afrom similar around Fthe in centraleffect on moving
atom. They charged
therefore repel theas otherthe electric
pairs
tive
uoride,
d-cross
atomic HF.
diagrams
mass ofcan
Oxygen for water,
andare
covalencies
Worked
caluminium
Answer
field
the
Worked
pairs
that2.6
then
carbon
uorine
in
long to
deflected
Figure
surround be
atoms
example
F linear
examplelarger
2.3
conform
form
the
forming
(see than
atom2
of
page
ato
thethe
straight
multiple
more
those
angle
22).
Al
electronic
line bonds
Table
between
strongly.
confi
passing
are
3.1.
guration
This a
F shown
Examples
lone
causes
them
17
13 of
pair
Fin
the
the
through
Figure
andflofuoride
angle
oxygen,
a
3.15.
bonded ion.
between
magnetic
31nitrogen
pair,two
field.
whichlone
HA
in
2.9 Chemical
Putting electrons
energy into the orbitals
magnetic
02_30 Cam/Chem field has AS&A2 a similar bending effect on moving charged particles as the electric
n6 Table
flaverage
tic
= 2) and
uoride,
nd-crossdiagram
6 Table
2.2fl(page
HF.
2.2 of
relative
diagrams
uorine22)
Oxygen
fl(page
a mass
just
atomic
uorine22)
can
for O2,
and
The
For
a
In
fieldWorked
Answer
Calculate
102_30
8844
The
The
turn 2.6
aluminium
silicon
pairs
carbon
first
Silicon in
vaporised
atoms
concept
aexample,
first
similar
isOfive
to has
larger
the
Figure
kJCam/Chem
molfive
be
−1
of
atoms
successive
F example
proton
.both
oflarger
average 2.3
different
successive
way,
than
AS&A2
energy
forming
(see number
hydrogen,
sulfur
the
than 2 ionisation
relative pageangle
elementsthe
is central
ionisation
can
multiple
14,
use
angle
atomic
22).
H
Alenergies
Si
so
between
2,all
there
contain
bonds
between
mass
toitsour
and
energies
are
fluorine,
of are
two
of 14
different
of
H shown
element
a
krypton
understanding
valence-shell element
electrons
bonded
lone
F2, 15
13XFare
14
are
pair
from
numbers
X
Fin 631,
pairs:
Fare
electrons
to and
the
Figure
of
non-polar
accommodate,
631,
a
table
of
how
H
1235,
1235,
in
3.15.
bonded
H 2389,
H
six
in
electrons.
changes
43
Figure
molecules,2389,
as
pair,
7089 Hand
shown
2.6.
A7089 which
hydrogen
come but Hand
H
in
,
= 2) and
neon and magnesium
just a
Barking
silicon
phosphorus
in
sample
Silicon
turn Figure
O is O Dog
has O2.28.
larger
Art
proton Note
than numberthat
the the
angle 14,
+ PSi
last so
betweentwo
there N electrons
are
twoN 14 H go
electrons
bonded 14
into theto
pairs: 3px and
accommodate, H 3porbitals
yC34orbitals,
oras 5C (one
shown with 3s,
H
tic diagram
averagediagrams
nd-cross of a
relative atomicmass
for O2, hydrogen Calculate
atom1 How
about Hvaporised
atoms
(LP–LP inmany
contains theof
the −1 H.average
electrons
just
physical
angle) different one>arelativeare electron.
world.
(LP–BP elements incentralatomic
the Our
angle) outer
An mass
study
contain shell
>atom toof
(BP–BP of ofkrypton
of
different element
uranium
chemicalangle) from
numbers X? the
contains
reactions oftable 92 in
depends
electrons. FigureAon
electrons. 2.6. Howenergy
hydrogen
Answer
For 8844
The
three
In kJ
concept
3p
aexample,
unpaired
Barking
phosphorus
sulfur similar mol
fluoride
and
Dog way,
spins.
Art of
two
both hasenergy
3d)hydrogen,
sulfur large
to isform
can dipole
use H sulfur
SP2,all andto
dueits our
hexafluoride,
fluorine, understanding
the
valence-shell much F2,16 15SFlarger
are 6.the
ofelectronegativity
Chlorine
non-polar
electrons how in doeschanges
molecules,
six 3porbitals notor 45form
3orbitals,
come
ofbut
(one ClF 3s,7,
ce.
, neon and magnesium fluorine these in
sample Figure
O electrons O2.28. areNote
arrangedthat the +thein last
the two Nelectrons
various N orbitals go into
is called 3px and
the H atom’s y2 C or
C 6with H
electronic
concepts.
Weatom
about
however. How
H canO (see
(LP–LPin many
contains
extendthe Figure
The H electrons
angle)
O just
physical
the
chlorine >a (LP–BP
one
100-random-atom
3.27). are
world.
atom in
electron. Our
angle)
is outer
too An studyidea
small shell
>hexafluoride,
atom (BP–BP of
from
forof
of element
uranium
chemical
Nseven Worked
angle) X?
fluorinecontains
reactions
example atoms 92
1 depends
to
H electrons.
toincludeassemble on How
energy
fractions Haround of
has two isotopes,
ce. Figure with Answer
hydrogenthree
403_10
2.28 configuration. unpaired
Although
sulfur
1schlorine
3p fluoride
and spins. two
theyAS&A2 hasare 3d)
2p
large
to
very important form dipole sulfur
S 3 3s
Cl
N
due to
in determining
accelerating
the much
3p electric 16
17
SF larger.
thefield
6 Chlorine electronegativity
shape of a molecule, does C not
12 or of
form
34 or
of C
56
ClF
the lone 7,
atoms.
these
Bonding Chemical
concepts. ionisation
Cam/Chem
Thus
electrons 2s the energy This
average
are is is
arranged a key
made
mass +feature
ofin up one
the of intwo
atom
various determining
components
of krypton
orbitals the is –chemical
kinetic
called the reactions
energy,
atom’s which an
electronic element.
is a
91 it.
We
fluorine
The
however.
Answer Chlorine
Worked can (see
differences
O extend does,
example
Figure
The the
between
Ochlorine though,
100-random-atom
3.27). the
atom formsuccessive
is ClF3molecule’s
too and
idea
small
N ionisation ClF
from
forN5seven inWorkedaddition
energies fluorine example
are to as ClF.
atoms 1H
follows:toFor toinclude
C assemble fractions
Cthe around
H of
hasand two193, isotopes,and its
Figure with2.28 measure 403_10
1s
pairs
Although
chlorine
bromine
The
chamber are
electrons
of2s the
not
they included
are
around
motion 2pis very xthe
aof
when
yimportant
nucleus
atoms, z Br Clthe 3 of inan
accelerating
molecules
3s determining
atom 3p
and
shape
are xions17
electric
–most ythe isfield
in
described.
shape
likely
a to toHof
chemical be afound 1 example,
molecule,
substance,orin 3 the
oran5situation
and
the lone
onegativity difference configuration.
Worked
atoms.
Bonding
it. Chemical

ionisation
Chlorine Cam/Chem
Thus
× example
the energy
does, + − This
AS&A2
averagethough, × is
= key
made
mass +
form feature
+ up
ofmol one
×
ClF of
–−1 intwo
atom
and determining
+ components
of
ClF krypton
× in the
addition + –chemical
kinetic × ClF. reactions
energy,
+ ×
of
which is Ha
element.
atomic
91 mass
anddipole. is
193, and its 192.23. The Worked
2
Barking
=
(78
molecules
pairs 1:
differences
chamber Dog 1235
0.3)
arepossible
2 electrons
electron example
Art
not CHgun between631
(80
4, NH
included 2.3)
xand
604
thewhenFyis
kJ(82
successive
H2zOthe 11.6)
all molecule’s
3 ionisation
have four (83 + 5 11.5)
pairsenergies
shape
xFions
(84
ofiselectrons
17ydoubly
are
described. as56.9)follows:
in For (86
the example, 17.4)
valence shell the
+Chemical bonding inthemselves
simple molecules
aonegativity
large H Drawof
potential
b lowest
bromine
iodine
measure The H diagrams
Magnesium of energy,
the showing
has around F 3the
energy.
which the That
bonding Bris,
akJImeasure
nucleus they
in−1
of nitrogen
anof will
atom Hhow occupy
trifluoride,
are strongly
–most orbitals
NF a3, chemical
these
likely and as close
hydrogen
toparticles
be Hfound 1tosixor the
peroxide,
attract
3
in or
thenucleus
5oneor H7H
situation 2Oas2.
ative
atomic abundances difference
mass is 192.23. of Worked
Worked
3 2
of
Barking −−
(78 2:
the
molecules 1: ×
Dog 2389example
1235 example
0.3)
central ArtCH +−−motion 631
(80
atom
,
proton
1235 NH × ==
2.3)
(see
of
and
number
1154
604+Figure
atoms,
kJ
H (82 mol
O mol×
12.
–−1
all11.6)
3.18).
The
molecules
have
12
100
+These(83
four
electrons
and
× 11.5)
four
pairs +
pairs
of
in
(84 ×
occupy
arrange
electrons
H
56.9) in +
the
the
substance,
(86 ×
orbitals
valence 17.4) in
Hlowest
and
a
shell
Draw 03_08
possible.
another.= = a dot-and-cross
Cam/Chem
2 electron The single AS&A2
gunenergy. diagram
electron and
in a
hydrogen line diagramwill of
therefore the carbon
be in thedioxide 1s molecule,
orbital. The CO 2.H
electronic
a
s.ative large dipole. H of
Draw
potential
03_15
Answer
in
iodine
b AS&A2
4 H energy:
83.9
lowest
− 3:
of−athe
Worked
diagrams
Cam/Chem
Magnesium 7089possible
energy, showing
−− 2389
hasAS&A2
4
proton F
which 3 the
== fashion.
number
4700 is That
bonding
F akJ
2 is,
measure
I
kJ mol
in
12. Thethey
−1
−1 nitrogen ofwill
12 Hhow Chemical
occupy
trifluoride,
electrons F
strongly
17 doublyNFbonding
orbitals ,
these and
3 occupy as closeinthemselves
hydrogen
particles Hthe simple
1to the
peroxide,
attract
or 3
six orbitals ormolecules
nucleus
5 one
or
as aH
7 2 2.
lowest O as
2 example
plinear
elementabundances
formYof is theofCam/Chem
in,
02_28 3
(roughly) 2:
O central 2389 Otetrahedral 1235
atom (see 1154 Figure molBut 3.18). only
Ndiagram100 the
1N methane
These four pairs molecule
arrange is described
C C CO in having
O Draw
configuration
Draw 03_08
possible.
another.
5 in −
= 83.9 a dot-and-cross
diagram
2Cam/Chem
energy:
4: The
8844 6of
single
− to hydrogen
show
2AS&A2
7089 diagram
electron= the
1755 is and
in written
bonding
kJ a
hydrogen
mol line
−1 in as 1s
chlorine
will (and of the
spoken
pentafluoride,
therefore carbon
be as
in thedioxide
‘one
ClF 1s .ess molecule,
orbital. one’). The The next
electronic .
3.9 Answer −1s 2s 2p 3s −1
1Chemical
4bonding
magneticin
Worked example isissimple molecules 2
s.rn
wing
ation mass successive
spectrometer
offormeach ofin,theCam/Chem
Figure 03_15
Answer a4
Barking Cam/Chem
3:
tetrahedral Dog7089 Art −AS&A2 2389 =Ammonia
shape. 4700 kJ mol is pyramidal (it has only three bonds),
5 field
2C and
up element
linear Yof is
02_28
the Barking AS&A2
(roughly) ODog Art
O tetrahedral fashion. But only
Nits theN methane molecule described Cwater
as having is
:wing
rration
O
ions.
rn mass successive
ofspectrometer
Barking
each Figure
DogThe
of the 3.9them
Art
TheKinetic
element,
The
Answer
Answer
cWhat
Barking
two
configuration
Draw 5
Worked
Barking −
described
Fluorine
For
a 1s C“O
a4:
covalencies
largest 2s
example,
tetrahedral
Dog
helium,
2diagram
Dog
2jump
8844has2p energy
bonds
example
Art
Art
of
6of
asproton −
3s to has
hydrogen
oxygen
2
comes
7089
ashape.
both
show
bentnumber
intwo =carbon
hydrogen,
the
and
between
1755
molecule
Ammonia
electrons,
isbonding
carbon
kJ
9.
dioxide
written the
mol(it
The
H is
−1
,
so
has
F
in
are
third

and
as
ion
pyramidal
are1s
chlorine
2only
electronic
and
will
polar,
(and4
the
Chemical
fluorine, two
therefore
(it
but
spoken
pentafluoride,
respectively.
fourth
H
bonds).
hasF
configuration
, 4
are
because
bonding
only
asThe
ionisation
magnetic
have
heavier (9
non-polar
three
ClFthe
‘one
+
particlesin
1)
ess
5.field
only H
=
bonds),
1s
angle
simple
one’).
possible
energies,
10
molecules,
(‘one between
electrons:
and
The ess
bonding
therefore
molecules but
water
two’).
next
H X
is
For reasons
Fcould be that
the we
formulae shall look
of compounds at so later, we
formed find that
from each
theof orbital,
following no
pairs inmatter
2 of what
elements?
Kinetic is 180°, exact
energy cancellation occurs, and the molecule CO is non-polar.
rmulae of theBarking three element, helium, has two 2 2
−1 DogThe Art
Thehas two
arrangement three
covalenciesC“O is
electrons bonds
therefore
of Ncomes
oxygenin inits carbon
O“C“O,
outer
and Felectrons, dioxide
shell.
carbon and are the its
are
2 electronic
polar,
electrons Hbut
4 respectively.are configuration
because
shared The as the shown
only is
Hangle
1s
possible (‘onebetween
Figure ess
bonding 3.16. two’).
2recorder
The largest jump 2 energies, H X
r3: ions.
6474, 3+8144 kJ mol Answer 2between the third and the fourth ionisation therefore
Kinetic
2.6 Chemical energy
energy increases as the temperature increases. Chemists use a scale of
−due
Oof Al of the
sulfur? Figure 3.11 A hydrogen
c
aWhat
shell
similar described
Fluorine
For
boron 1sor 2s
example,
and
subshell
situation fluoride
2has
2p as 2proton
nitrogen a
2p bent
both 2has 2p
itcancellation
is a
number
hydrogen,
in, large
molecule 9. dipole
b tetrachloromethane,
cannot phosphorus (it
The
H ,has
accommodateF and ion only to
will
fluorine,
andwe the
two
oxygen moremuch
therefore bonds).
F , larger
have
particles
are
heavier
than (9
non-polar
two of +
particles 1) =
electronegativity
intermediate
electrons. 10
molecules, electrons:
The mass of
thirdbut
Noccurs in but
For reasons x that we z shall look at2 later, find 2 not
that each inof chloromethane
orbital, of (see
Fcould be the 2 is no inmatter what
yformulae
rmulae
apes of8144 methane, threeCam/Chem
03_27 them has AS&A2
Worked
arrangement isthree 180°, exact
example
Helectronsis therefore in its O“C“O,
outer F of compounds
occurs,
shell. and the and formed
the
electrons from
moleculeare the
shared following
CO
asthis shown pairs
non-polar. Figure elements?3.16.
6474, kJ mol−1 temperature 2recorder called the a2absolute temperature scale, and on scale the kinetic
2.6 Chemical energy
Oof 3write Al 3+the formulae fluorine
Figure Kinetic
hydrogen
electron
a boron 1s
F 3.28). (see
energy
2sin
and
2fluoride
2p Figure
lithium, 2increases
nitrogen F2p 2has 3.27).
2p
therefore, as
large
b thehas
phosphorus temperature
dipole to due
occupy and tooxygenincreases.
the
the O lighter
much
orbital Chemists
larger
particles
of Oparticles
next use
electronegativity
ofelectrons.
intermediate
lowest a scaleenergy, ofthird
mass ofthe
are sulfur?
as predicted Figurefrom 3.11 A
03_27 Cam/ChemAnswer shell
Worked
similar or
AS&A2 Hexample subshell
situation x it
occurs
y is in,z in cannot tetrachloromethane,accommodate morebut than
not in two chloromethane The (see
hapes of methane,
compounds
owing write
ctrons the
around
the
Barking Dog ArtDraw
formed
formulae
bonding the central
in First
energy
2s. Worked
temperature
fluorine
The
electron F The concept
a ionisation
iselectronic
(see
dot-and-cross
in
Cl
example
directly called
Figure
ofFenergy
lithium,
proportional
the3.27).
diagram
configuration
therefore, is energies
absolute central and has
toof a the
temperature
toline
tolithium temperature
our diagram
occupy understanding
is 1s
the
2scale,
of 2sOthe (see
1 lighter
orbital . and
carbonsection
Beryllium ofofon Ohow
next dioxide
particles4.13).
this
(1slowest
2scale
changes2s 2 the
molecule,
) and
energy, comekinetic
boronCO the 2.
Figure Worked
Now 3.28). try example
this
2.13 Experimental evidence for
are as predicted from The
03_15
AnswerKineticelements
Cam/Chem
energy must FAS&A2 combine
can be inthree
ofcentral such adifferent ratio thattypes. their total – covalencies areenergy equal to each to other.
ectronegativity difference 1The simplest is due
el
ectrons
es
owing
other
compounds
cules. O
cancel
electron
around
in
Barking
formed
carbon
the dipole. the
bonding in
pairs Dog Art
central First
energy
Predict
about
The
(1s
Draw
2s.
The
aThe
Answer
Now
2 the
The 2s
The
2in
concept
a
second
F elements 2p ionisation
iselectronic
1directly
shape
the
covalencies
try Cl
C )
dot-and-cross
this way physical
of
follow proportional
ofenergy
that
FFAS&A2
the sulfur
configuration
of boron
world.
predictably.
diagram
ionisationis δ–energies
Fbe ofinand
Cl
dioxideOur
and toof athe
to
energies
nitrogenline
lithiumtemperature
molecule.
study our of
diagram
show
are ischemical
understanding + of
1s us
2 the
bothtotal
N their 2s (see
the . section
reactions
carbon
δ–Beryllium
details
3,F socovalencies
Cl of H
one atomare how 4.13).
dioxide
of depends
(1s changes
electronic
2 molecule,
2s
of equal
2
) and
borontoOwill
on come energy
boronCO
configuration 2.

2.13electronic
Experimental evidence for must combine Fsuch adifferent
ratio 2 thattypes. each other.
de
ydrogen
onding a large pairs do, so the H 03_15
translation,
Kinetic Cam/Chem
H amplifier that is, movement 2 from place Hto place. –the For monatomic gases (gases
ectronegativity
el
methane, other electron
but not difference
pairs
in Barking
concepts.
Draw
Predict
about 2 line
When the
2in Dog we 1energy
diagrams
shape
the Art physical
come of can
and
the
to dot-and-cross
sulfur
world.
carbon three
dioxide
(1s Our 2s 2molecule.
diagrams
study2p ), of we to
chemical
need
+ show The
to simplest
reactions bonding
differentiate isinbetween
depends energy
the following
on duetheenergy to
three
(1s 2s 2p ) follow predictably. =
ecules. Answer
is to
the
combine look
configurations
at
of
with
how onethe atom
first of
ionisation nitrogen. energies The formula
of elements is thereforevary with BN (3
proton for Bnumber. 3 for N).
Oand The second way that ionisation δ– energies show us the δ– details H of electronic configuration
H es
onia
uorine
de cancel
a large in carbon
water
dipole. are slightly The a
Answer
H
made The
F
δ+ δ–upcovalencies
covalencies
C
F ofBecause
single of F oxygen
of atoms, boron Clandand
forFup carbon nitrogen
example H are 2 and
are N 4
both respectively.
3,
Cl so one Theatom only of
H possible
boron O bonding
will
4
ydrogen
onding pairs do, so the Oδ– H δ+
translation,
molecules.
C Chemical
Barking
concepts.
2p
Draw orbitals.
Oline
Hamplifier
Dog diagrams Art that
energy H is,
and is F made
movement
electrons
dot-and-cross are 2 from
of all2two 2 helium
place
negatively
diagrams components H
to
to
and
place.
charged,
show
Fthe
H –
the For other
kinetic
they monatomic
bonding
noble
energy,
repel in one
the
gases),
gases
which
another
following
all
(gases
is a
methane, but not in b
Figure
Sulfur The
When covalency
shares 2.31 we attwois come aNF of
plot
of3one oxygen
to for carbon
its 5valence-shell the is 2,
first (1s and 40 2s that 2p
elements.
electrons of ), phosphorus
we with need to H can O be
differentiate either 3 or
between 5. We would
the
=bonding three
arrangement is therefore O“C“O, and the electrons 4 each are of2shared
the two oxygen
aswith shown atoms,
in Figure forming
33.16.

atoms – ionisation energies of


the electronic configurations
F42 andangle
ahedral ofare slightly δ– Answer
109.5°. is
The combine
to look
covalencies with
how of the
oxygen atom
first and ofform
ionisation nitrogen. H energies The formula
of elements is therefore
2 vary BNFor (3
Hproton for Bnumber. for N).
H2
O
orine
onia
uorine water theH
made
δ+ δ+
measure
molecules.
109.5°
kinetic
Chemical
electrostatically. δ–upof Fof energy
thesingleHmotion
energy TheHtwo is
atoms, in Cthe
of
ispossible
three made
δ+
forcarbon
atoms, up example of
molecules
of
are
two
107°2helium
translational and
components and
respectively.
and
ions
HP2O
kinetic
C the other
H in aa×be
–(2kinetic
The
energy.
chemical
only
noble =
Penergy,
possible
104.5°
molecules
×gases),
substance, which allandisHa
bromine
F
ahedral angle of 109.5°.
O two1 2p
The bCHCN
Figure
Sulfur therefore
arrangement orbitals.
double
The
This O covalency
shares
two graph
2.31 C“O
expect
bonds.
2twoBecause
isisH shows
a2NF δ–CO of3Itits
plot
of
therefore
bonds
has
oxygen electrons
us
for
5
two
in3the
the
valence-shell C
O“C“O, is22p
carbon 2,2 orbitals
electrons
H
following.
first phosphorus
are
and
(ethyne)
40 all
that
and left
elements.
electrons
dioxide
are
negatively
theofover, all
oxides:
phosphorus
with
electrons
δ+
are
of
which
polar,
the
charged,
each
same
form
are H 3can
of
but 2O the
shared
energy.
2because
3two
they
lone forrepel
either
as pair.
oxygen
shown
Therefore
3 3There
the orone 5.2 Wefor
atoms,
in
angle
arewe
another
Figure
O)would and
forming
between 3.16.
lorine
2 2 containing
the 109.5°
kinetic two
energy orCl
=more
is5of in δ+
atoms,
2the aform Cl however,
δ– of 107°
translational there
H iskinetic
Cthe possibility δ+
energy. For vibration
ofsubstance,
104.5°
molecules
O potential
measure
would
therefore Ptherefore
2O5detector
ion (2
expect of×bonds.
three energy,
5
the for Hmotion
the
groups PIttwo which ×p C
of is
foratoms,
electrons
electrons O). measure molecules
aroundin left carbon of
the how and
to
sulfurof strongly
ions
occupy
atom, inand these
aa×Henergy.
differentchemical
3these particles
P2p =
will 3orbitals attract
× separate
arrange are(for O)one and
atoms – ionisation energies
electrostatically. 2expect The two three possible 2p orbitals
phosphorus are all
oxides: theH P2–O same Therefore we H
xygen.
bromine two1
them
and
The HCN
containing
double
This
All is graph
ionisation
rotation
two 180°,C“O two
H shows
exact
2δ–
as CO
energies
bonds
or well has
more
us two
3
cancellation
(see
in the C
are
carbon
atoms, 2electrons
H
Figure
Cl 2δ–(ethyne)
following.
strongly occurs,
2.7).
dioxide
however,
over,
endothermic and
Both δ+H which
are there theismolecule
these
polar,
formit3 (2
forms
the but takes
H δ+ lone
becauseδ+of
of
possibility
for
energy pair.
overall
CO
energy 2ofis
the
There
toinvolve2 for
non-polar.
angle
vibration the
between
and
an47
another.
potential
themselves
example,
Shapes
would
therefore Now P ionO try
(2
of
expect
detector
three 2p×energy,
approximately
this
5
molecules and
for
the
groups
Cl
P 2p
two= which
5
of ), ×p into
as2 is
forfar
electrons
electrons a a O). Cl δ–
triangular
measure
away aroundin fromcarbon planar
of
the how
one Chemical
to
sulfurshape.
strongly
another
occupy
atom, The bonding
as SO
these
possible.
H
different
and molecule
thesedipole in
particles
2pwill simple
This is
orbitals
arrangetherefore
attract
is in molecules
fact
(for one what
A1 Worked
Nowmajor try example
difference
this between electrons inmolecule
different as types of orbital isstay their energy. anWe
2 5 x y 2
xygen. Amovement
them electron
similar
Allas ionisation
isshown 180°, from
situation
of inexactatoms, an
energies atom.
occurs even
cancellation toin
are vacuum
though δ– occurs, pump
tetrachloromethane,
strongly theendothermic and the but
–forms not
ait whole
molecule takesδ+ of inof chloromethane
energy
may
overall
CO toinvolveseparate
still. (see
Inthe
03_27 Cam/Chem and AS&A2
rotation as well (see Figure
Cl 2.7). Both these Hignored energy 2 is non-polar. 47
bent,
another.
happens.
themselves
03_11
example,
Shapes Now Cam/Chem
try
of Likewise,
approximately
2p x and
this
molecules Figure
AS&A2 2p the 3.23
y ), into
seven
as far (remember electrons
aelectrons
triangular
away from that in
planar the
one Chemical
lone pairs
nitrogen
shape.
another are
The bonding
asatomSO arrange
2 molecule
possible. in
when simple
This the
themselves
is is shape
therefore molecules
inargon,factis what
3.7 Dative bonding
can
A Worked
majorinvestigate example
difference the electronic
between configurations in different of atoms types by of measuring
orbitaldipole
is experimentally
their energy. We
03_27 Cam/Chem
Barking Dogbent,
2
Figure
Kinetic
03_09
1s Now
diatomic
A Draw
As
movement
described),
Work
happens.
Art
03_11
03_28 1
electron
2similar
2s
we
AS&A2
2out
Cam/Chem
as
Sulfur 2p
linetry
3.28).
shown
Cam/Chem
Cam/Chem
gogases,
2pthis
down
from
situation
1with
the of
energy
diagrams
Likewise,
forms AS&A2inatoms,
1a
shapes AS&A2
2p
a
O¬S¬O
Figure
AS&A2tetrafl
a
an1 occurs
the .
and
particular
atom.
principal
of
It
the even
the
is
3.23
toin
bond
only
dot-and-cross
seven
uoride,
vacuum
though
following
(remember
group,
when
SF
anglepump
form
tetrachloromethane,
electrons
. Draw
of
the for
molecules.
we kinetic
ofthat
diagrams a
example
molecule
about
arrive
in lone
the
diagram
energy
120°.
toat oxygen
show
pairs
nitrogen to
from
asbut
(In a is
are
show thenothelium
whole
fact, translation,
(1s in2 2s
the
bonding
ignored
atom its arrange
bonding.
to
chloromethane
mayangle
2
2p
when
neon
instay but
2 is
2p
the very
the
to
1in slightly
still.
themselves2p
following
shape 1In(seeor
more ) that
is 23
the energies of to thesodium electrons within them. This can be done by measuring ionisation
ioxide is a bent molecule. Worked example
x y z x y z
3.7 Dative bonding
2can from
As investigate
lithium electronic to configurations
aspotassium, 4 ionisation ofenergyatoms energies by measuring
decrease. experimentally
The larger the
Barking
complex
Figure
less,diatomic at 2we Dog
119°, 3.28).go Art
molecules,down
owing
gases, theto1ato particular
thesuch
principal extra group,
ethane,
repulsion
form of for
vibration
by example
the
kinetic lone and from
pair.) rotation
is helium
translation,2 become 2to neon but the 1to
in argon,
more more or
Barking DogBarking Kinetic
the
03_09
a1s
Worked
molecules.
described),
212CCl
Work
Draw
energies
Art
03_28
the
Barking
Kinetic
So atom,
important
a
2s2p
Sulfur
far,
from
out
Cam/Chem
energies
03_18
Dog
4
orbitals
Cam/Chem
How 2p
line
Dog
we xArt
energy
the
lithium
1with
themany
2p energy
diagrams
forms b
(see
Cam/Chem
example Art
have yBF
AS&A2
of
easier
1astart
shapes AS&A2
2p
pagea
to
3
O¬S¬O
valence-shell
the
increases z it.and
tetrafl
lookedsodium
Itc become
of
32).
electrons
AS&A2
is
the
is
PF
uoride,
toat as5
bond
only following
dot-and-cross the
separate electrons
covalent
to δ–
when
SF
within
anglemolecules.
doubly
potassium, . Draw
temperature
an weof
does
diagrams
them.
bonds
about
occupied.
aarrive
electron chlorine
diagram
This
where
ionisation
120°.
atcan
to
increases.
from
For
show
to
each
(In
use
oxygen show
be
it.
energies
fact,
many
for
the
done
Chemists
atom
δ– its
the
bonding
(1s
bonding 2sangle
purposes,
bonding.
by
provides
decrease.
2pin in
measuring
use xa
2 is very
however,
chlorine
2p
the scale
one
The
slightly
of
z
1
2pionisation
y following
electron
larger
) thatthere
the 2330/09/14 5:52 PM
poles
ioxidecancel
47
is a bent in carbon
molecule. Which Barking
less,
is
the
a 1
Worked
complex no at
of
molecules.
2
energies a
HCN
CCl 2p the
need
trifl
How
Dog
119°, uoride,
orbitals
factors.
example
Art
molecules,
owing
molecules
to
many
b
(see2 distinguish
H
BF page ClF
start to 3?
valence-shell
CO inthe
to such
c
32).
Figureextra
become
3
PF
between
C
as
Cl
3.29
H
ethane,
repulsion
electrons
4
has
doubly
(ethyne) theno vibration
by
three
does
the
dipole
occupied. lone
2pmoment?
chlorine
and pair.)
orbitals,
For use
rotation
Cl
many
for and bonding
become
we can
purposes, in
the
abbreviate
however,
chlorine
more the
there
romethane, but not in temperature
to
Barking
Kinetic
Barking
Soatom,
Answer form03_18DogDog the
energyArt Art
thefactors. called
Cam/Chem
bond.
easier increases
2 It the AS&A2
is absolute
possible,
it toatasseparate 2the
δ– temperature
2 temperature
however,
an electron for just
2 increases. scale,
4from one and
of
it.ClChemists theon this
atoms scale
use a one to the
provide
scaleelectron kinetic
of both
bfar, we have looked covalent bonds 2swhere each atom provides
δ–
important 4 3 5
is1Worked example
50 30/09/14
30/09/14 5:52
5:52PM
poles 47 cancel in carbon
Which electronic
δ– noδ+ Barking
of δ+So the
need
trifl how
δ– Dog
molecules
uoride, to many
configuration Art
distinguish
ClF electrons
?in Figure ofbetween Cl are
oxygen
3.29 lefthas in
to
the the
no1s 2 valence
threedipole 2p shell?
.orbitals,
2pmoment? and we4.13). can abbreviate the
PM
Predict
energy
bonding HCN the
is shape
directly
electrons.2 H of
CO 3the
proportional
This sulfur
3 atom C dioxide
H is to(ethyne)
the
called molecule.
temperature
the donor (see
atom, section
and the two electrons it
atoms
romethane,
orobenzenes
50
23 in a diatomic
but not ingas Oa Now
temperature
to
Answer
Cl
δ– This
electronic
form
c
C
Figure So try O
Soprocess
bBarking
the
how
how this
3.19 Dog
called
bond.
many
many
configuration
2
continues
the
It
lone
Artelectrons
ClisCl absolute
possible,
pairs
until
of
2 2 however,
δ+
C areof temperature
electrons
element
left in
ClThe
number
the are
2
1s valence
for
valence
there
2
2p18, 4scale,
just on one
shell
argon.
. shell? the and
ofof the
chlorine on
the this
atoms
carbon
atom
C With argon, the 3p subshell is
scale toatom
in the
provide in
chlorine kinetic
CCl both
4 30/09/14
21/10/14 5:52
9:46 PM
AM
rogen, behave as though Predict
provides
energy
δ+
Kinetic δ+
the δ–
come
isOuoride? shapefrom
energy
directly ofcan theCla Cl
proportional be sulfur
lone ofoxygen dioxide
three
pair isto on the
tomolecule.
different
that
2s types.
atom.
temperature
Clcontains The(see The
other simplest
sectionatom inisthe
4.13). energy bond dueisCCl to
called
oorobenzenes
d atoms in a diatomic gas bonding
Now
Answer
O a C trifl
try
Cl electrons.
this This atom called the
The donor δ+Height
valence atom,
shell electrons,
of andtheto arranged
the
carbon two atom in four
inelectrons it4
23
pring, which lets them filled,
Predict
Cl
translation,
Figure
Thisc So
andthe how
process 3.19
we
shapes many
would
thatcontinues of
δ–lone
is,
Cl expect
the movement
pairsuntil
following C that
δ+ of electrons
elementthe δ–next
molecules.
Cl
from number
place
are
electron there
to 18, on
should
place. argon. the C chlorine
For
start
With Hδ+
monatomicargon,atom
occupy the the 3pin
chlorine
gases
3d subshell.
subshell
(gases is21/10/14 9:46 AM
rogen, behave as though the
provides
Sulfur acceptor
Kinetic shares energy
come two atom. from
of can its It
a be must
lone
valence-shell of contain
three
pair on an
different
that
electrons empty
bonded
atom.
contains types.
with orbital
pairs.
The
eight
each The It
other in
electrons,
of its
therefore
simplest
the atom valence
two takes
in is
arranged
oxygenthe shell.
energyupbond a
in
atoms,This
regular
due
fouris kind
to
called
forming of
he two atoms can also Answer
But02_04
filled,
Predict
here trifl
and Cl
Cam/Chem
the
uoride?
the we
shapes
expectation
would AS&A2
of
δ–Clexpect
the
is
following
not that what δ–
Cltheδ– happens.
next
molecules. electron Instead,
δ+ H should the nineteenth
start Hδ+H toδ+
overall
occupy electron the 3d in the
subshell. next
spring, which lets them made
bonding
translation,
1Sulfur
the HCN up
acceptor is of single
called
2that H2of
atom. COdative
Itis,atoms,Itmovement
Cmust bondingfor
Cl 3electrons
example
C2Hfrom
contain Cl or
2 (ethyne) an tetrahedral
placehelium
co-ordinate
empty
bonded towhich and
place.
orbital
pairs. shape, the
bonding.
ItnowinFor just
other
its
therefore like
monatomic
valence noble
The methane
dipole apparentgases),
shell. gases (see
This all
covalency
(gases
kind of
dre 38 of the bond. two
element,
02_04
But
double
here shares
Cam/Chem
bonds.
potassium,
theenergy two
expectation AS&A2 itshas
occupies two
valence-shell
is not the Cl4s
what δ– electronsleft
subshell.
happens.
over, with
We Instead, eachform
shall of
the the twotakes
aexplain
lone
nineteenth
Hδ+
pair.
oxygen
why
overall
up
There
electronthis a regular
atoms, arethe
is in forming
the case. next
15/10/14 12:19 PM
he two atoms can also the Barking
of
made kinetic
each up Dog
atom Art can is
increase in the asform aexample
resultofor of Figure
translational
dative
tetrahedral 3.19).bonding. kinetic
shape, energy.
just like For
methane molecules
(see
A therefore
1 bonding
(Note
two HCN that
double isaofbonds.
three single
called
2Cl
triple groups
BH2 CO
bond,dative
It atoms,
has ofClike electrons
two bondingfor
Cla3electrons C
double Haround
C (ethyne)
bond, left
Cl helium
the
co-ordinate
can
over, sulfur
be and
which atom,
considered the
bonding.
form other
and a as these
lone a noble
The dipole
single
pair. will
apparentgases),
arrange
group
There of
are all
covalency
3.6 The covalency table
d 36 2 2 15/10/14 12:19 PM
tre
d 38 of the bond. element,
containing potassium,
two or occupies
more atoms, the Cl 4s
however,subshell. Figure thereWe 3.19).
shall
iskinetic
theThenow explain
possibility why
of this
vibration is the case. 15/10/14 12:19 PM
themselves
theBarking
of
electrons.)
therefore For kinetic
each
03_28 example,
Dog
atom
three
Cam/Chem approximately
energy
Artcan groups
AS&A2when is
increase in
of into
gaseous
the
electrons as a atriangular
form ammonia
resultof
around of planar
translational and
dative
the sulfurshape.
gaseous
bonding. atom, boron
andSOenergy. molecule
trifluoride
2these For
will is react
therefore
molecules
arrange together,
dd 50
A (Note Worked that aexample triple B bond, 109.5°like a double C bond, can be considered as a single group of
Cl 30/09/14 12:19
5:52 PM
Answer
2.10 Shielding
3.6 The by inner
covalency tableshells
36 15/10/14 PM
bent,
anda white
containing
themselves For asexample,
rotation shown
solid two
Dogapproximately
Cl informed,
as
Artis AS&A2 orFigure
well
when more (see3.23 with
atoms,
into
gaseous (remember
Figure
Cl athe Cl 2.7). that
formula
however,
triangular
ammonia Both
planar NH
and lone
there these
BF pairs
is3. the
shape.
3gaseous forms
The are
The ignored
of2 energy
nitrogen
possibility
boron SO molecule when
trifluoride of involve
atom the
inreact
vibration
is shape
ammonia
therefore the is 25 30/09/14 5:52 PM
together,
electrons.)03_28 Cam/Chem
d 50
Compound Worked
Barking
example
C, 1,4-dichlorobenzene. In compound C, the C¬Cl dipoles areformed on is opposite sides
dioxide is a bent molecule. 03_29
Answer
of
As
described),
movement
Which
b
Compound
has
bent,
and
the
Later
a white
depends
In
less,
As
described),
diatomic
The
movement a
2.10 Shielding by inner shells
explained
Figure
benzene
Barking
in
as ofshown
arotation
lone
this
nitrogen’s C,
the
solid
on
single-electron
at
explained 119°,
with
3.20
Dogtopic
pair,inatoms,
ofmolecules
Artis so
ring,
in
as asections
1,4-dichlorobenzene.
gases, the
owing
with in
ofmolecules
and
number
sections
a
lone
atoms, the
109.5°
O¬S¬O
wellthe
Figure
formed,
weO¬S¬Ototheir
atom
even
shall
the
(see
principal
pair even
3.4
in3.23
of
3.4
Figure
boron
with
Fdipoles
see
like
extra
can
and
bond
though
(remember
Figure
Cl
electrons
and
bond
though
the
how
3.5,
In
angle
3.29
atom
oppose
hydrogen,
repulsion
form
overlap 3.5,
angle
we
the
the
compound
has
2.7).
formula inofThe
available
the
of
the
can
of
number
by
about
molecule
no
boron
that
each
Both
the
number
contains
about
kinetic
with the
molecule
dipole
valence
NH lone
other
predict
thisC,
for
ofpairs
120°.
these
3BF
the
potential
lone
covalent
as
moment?
trifluoride
3.shell
equally.
bonding,
of
six
120°.
energy
empty
the
C¬Cl
(In
pair.)
aare
forms
The
covalent
electrons,
as (In
fact,
whole
of
shapes
energy
is
has
the
dipoles
fact, and
bonds
ignored
of
nitrogen
In
the
bonds
anangle
may
boron
energy
compoundsof
the
is
arranged
translation,
orbital,
a whole the as
may
are
empty
whenstay
atom
molecules
due
angle on
number
formed
shown
atom
stay in
but
A
very
the
involvein
opposite
entirely
is three
by
still.
2p
and
of
by
very
in
in
an
slightly
Inthe
orbital.
inammonia
BF
shape
such
an
more
B,
Figure
3
atom
the
sides
valence-
to the
atom
slightly
In3 3.12.
is 25
as
C¬Cl Which
bhasFigure a lone
Cam/Chem
dipoles of the 3.20
are,pair,
AS&A2
more andorthe inF boron
less, Figure on the 3.29
atom same has inThe no
boron
side dipole
valence
of the moment?
trifluoride shell
ring. of has the boron an empty atomstill. 2p in orbital.
BF
chlorobenzenes ofethene
the
shell
Later
single02_07
depends
In benzene
in
Cl
aCam/Chem andCam/Chem
orbitals
this
electrostatic
on
single-electron carbon
ring,
it
topic
the can so
we
number dioxide
AS&A2
use theirshall
attraction toCl
theofextradipoles
put by
see the
electrons studying
how
between oppose
electrons
weavailable their
each
can
the Cl into. bonding
other
predict
electron for For equally.
bonding,many
the
and (seeshapes
the In section
elements,compounds
proton.
andpairs of
the 3.15).
the
molecules
When
number A
number and
we
of such B,of
move
valence- the as to
dioxide is a bent molecule. 03_29 less,
complex
diatomic
The
Barking
at 119°,
nitrogen’s
Dog Art
molecules,
gases, owing
AS&A2 thetoatom
lone such
principal
pair like
can as ethane,
120°
hydrogen,
repulsion
form
overlap ofvibration
with bythe
bonded
contains
kinetic thethis potential
pairs
lone and
six
energy
empty (no
pair.)
electrons, energy
rotation
is lone
orbital, isasdue
become
arranged
translation, –shown
see entirely
but page
inthe three
in
in more47).
moreto the
Figure 3.12.
25 C¬Cl bonds
ethene
the dipoles formed
and
two-electron are,
carbon more
is a atomfixed
dioxideor less,
quantity
helium, byon the and
studying
two same is
changes side
termed
their of the
the
bonding
have ring.
covalency
occurred. (see sectionof the element.
3.15). It is often 15/10/14 12:19 PM
ng
2
chlorobenzenes
a dative (co-ordinate) Summary: 02_07
shell
single
important
complex
Barking
03_19
Barking
Cl
Dog
Cam/Chem
orbitals Cl
electrostatic
Cam/Chem
Dog
Art
itArt
factors.
molecules, can the
AS&A2 useattraction
AS&A2 suchto shapes
Cl put the
B as between
120°
ethane, electrons of the molecules
Itbonded
thus
vibrationClinto.
electron takesForandmany
pairs up
and(no a the
rotation regular
elements,
lone proton.
pairs triangular
become – the When
see number
page
the planar
we
more47). of
move to
d 25
ng
related
bonds
the
Summary:
1 Now
The
important 03_19
Barking
try
to
formed
two-electron
nucleus its
HClthis
Cam/Chem
Dog
group
factors.
Art
is
Artthe
now a atom number
fixed contains
AS&A2 quantity
helium,
shapes
inF the
two twoandPeriodic is
changes
protons,of(see
shape,
termed
It Table.
molecules
thus and with
havethe
takes
hasAs allshown
covalency
occurred.
up
a bonda
charge regular angles
above,ofof the
+2. being
elements
triangularH element.
It will equal in
planar It
F
therefore at
Groups
is 120°
often 15/10/14 12:19 PM
2 a dative (co-ordinate) Table Barking
3.2 Dog
summarises how B the numbers ofof bonded
Figure and non-bonded
3.20). electron pairs can
atoms in a diatomic gas
Now
15
1 Now
related to
attract
The
Predict
determine
17to
try
Barking
try
in
the the
this
nucleus its
the
this
Hthe group third
electrons
shapes
Dog shapes now
Art
F number
of
and
the
of
more,
contains
subsequent
following
molecules.
in
FCland the
two F Periodic
reducerows
protons,
molecules.
shape,
the the
Table.
and withPeriodic
potential As
has all
a bond
shown Table
energy
charge angles
above, (Period
ofof+2. thebeing
elements
HItsystem,3 and
will equal inhigher)
at
Fthat
therefore 120°
Groups is,
rogen, behave as though Table
use
15
A make to a 3.2
variable
17 summarises
in the number
third howof
B and subsequent the
electrons numbers in bonding.
C (see
rows of Cl
of bonded
Figure
the They and
can
3.20).
Periodic non-bonded
therefore
Table (Period display electron
3 more
and pairs
higher)than one can
o atoms in a diatomic gas attract it the more electrons F stable. more, Cl
B and reduce
F thevalence potential shellenergy of the N system, Bthat in is,
pring, which
behavelets as them
Nowc Predict
1 HHCN
determine
covalency.
use
Figure
a
tryvariable
this
the 3.21
N shapes
theTable shapes
2
number H3.1 ofshows
2BCO
the
of of
following
F molecules.
electronsthe 3 most C2in Hin F
molecules.
(ethyne)
usual
2 the bonding.
The
covalencies
Cl They can of the
of the
some
therefore
H phosphorus
common display
atom
elements.
more than
PF5F
one
srogen,
of molecules as though 1 Answer 2 A However,
make ofitthe more theof stable. second electron C atom will repel first (and vice versa). This
he estwo of the atoms following
can them also cWhich
Total H number
Figure N two
3.21 compounds
Number F 90° ofB A and Number FB, incontains the
Theof valenceworked
Shape ten shell electrons:
example of the Habove, fiphosphorus
ve from Nwillphosphorus,
Example have atom the
B in PF5F
spring,
mbers
sreofof which
of
moleculesbonding lets
as 1makes
(Note
2covalency.
Compound HCNthat
However, the a moment,
Table
C, triple
the 2 second
decrease H
3.1
1,4-dichlorobenzene.
2 CO
bond, shows inlike potential
electron a3double
the C2in
F most HIn (ethyne)
energy
2 bond,
usual
compound
the and
atom can
covalencies
described
one willbeeach
C, considered
the
repel in of1the
from
C¬Cl someabove
the asficommon
dipoles
first a(and
ve single
lessflare
uorinethan on
vicegroup
elements.
itversa).
atoms would
opposite of (see sides
This
pes of the
the bond.
following 1 larger
Answer
electron
Which
Total dipole
numberof pairs
the two
of bonding
compounds
Number and why?
pairs
of A andlone
Number B, pairs
in contains
the
of worked
Shape ten electrons:
example fi
above, ve from will
Example phosphorus,
have the
hetron
mbers two pairs
ofatoms
bonding can alsoBilal Hameed electrons.)
(Note that Ha have triple bond,
90°F
like a double bond, can be considered as a Hregular
single group Fof B, the Atomic Structure 2
22 of Work
Compoundotherwise
the
makes benzene
out the
the C,moment, ring,
shapes
F
decrease been.
1,4-dichlorobenzene. so of their
Pthe
in potential dipoles
following F120° oppose
molecules
Inenergy
compound page each
anddescribedone48). other
and C, The
each decide
thein shape
equally.
from
C¬Cl which
1 above thewill
In
dipoles be
compounds
of
fiveless a
them
flare
uorine are
than atoms A trigonal
and
polar.
it would (see
tre larger
electron dipole pairs 2bonding and why?
pairs 0lone pairs linear BeF 2 on opposite sides
tronofpairs the bond.
C¬Cla
03_29 Cam/Chem AS&A2
electrons.)
C H dipoles H b are,CH more
Cl or less,
c F
CH on OH the same d bipyramid,
SF side of thewith ring. bond angles H of 120° and F 90°
of
2 3ThisWork otherwise
the benzene
out
6 athe have ring,
shapes 2 been. so
2 their dipoles 0 oppose page each 4 48). other The shape
equally. will
In be
compounds a regular trigonal
areApolar. and B, the
32 ofon Pthethe following molecules and ofdecide which of BF them
2 has clear F effect 120°
Fionisation
3 energies the two elements.
y this is called a 2 linear
triangular planar BeF 3 2(see Figure 3.20) 25
C¬Cl
03_29 Cam/Chem
Barking
a C2dative
The
Later Hin
Dog
dipoles Art AS&A2
03_20 are,
btopic
bond, CH Cam/Chem
more
once
Cl2 shall or formed,cAS&A2
less, on
CHFionisationOH isthe nowe same (see
dbipyramid,
different SF sideFigure of
from 3.21).
thewith ring.
any bond other angles covalent of 120° bond. and 90° as
For
cule.) This has 6 this a clear we
effect
2 on the see 3how can
energies 4predict of the
the shapes
two of molecules
elements. such
y this is called a 43 The ionisation energy
Barking Dog Art 13 F of an atom
30 (or ion) is defi ned as planar
triangular
linear the energy required to remove
BF3 (see Figure
HF 25
3.20)
used
In
This to show
these
Figure the
experiments,
contrasts with deflection
ofthe huge
veryshows of the
voltages
low proton
voltages have beam.
tobe
neededbehave than electrons.
experiments showIf we us used
that the sameare
protons voltage
much to
heavier
used
In theseto2.7
positively
positively
a positive show A beam
charged
charged
charge.
experiments,the area.protons
area. This
This
deflection
huge is
ofdeflected
shows the
voltages usproton
us that
that
have away
protons
protons
beam.
to from a
have This contrasts
to show
would with
the adeflection
have
experiments far
show the
greater
us very
of an low voltages
electron
deflection
that protons than
are beam.needed
the
much These
beam
heavier
This
to
In
aa
used contrasts
Figure
positively
positive
show
these to
positive 2.6
thecharged
charge.
show J. with
J.
the
deflection
experiments,
charge. the
Thomson
area. very
This
deflection
of
huge an low
calculated
shows
of the
electron
voltages voltages
the
usproton
thatbeam.
have needed
charge
protons
beam.
to tohave
These
be mass deflect
than electrons
electrons. If and
we protons,
used the the beam
same voltage of electrons
to
This contrasts
used to show the with the very of
deflection low thevoltages
proton needed beam. to
of show
experiments
protons.the deflection
show
This us of
that an electron
protons are beam.
much These
heavier
to
In show
ratio
these
a positive
This
experiments
used to the
ofshow deflection
electrons.
experiments,
contrastscharge.show
thewith He
the
us of
used
huge
that
deflection an
very electron
results
voltages
low
protons
of the from
voltages
are
protonbeam. These
experiments
have
much to
needed
beam.be
heavier with than
would electrons.
deflect have a farIfisgreater
electrons because
we
and used a proton
the same
deflection
protons, the beam is about
voltage
than to2000
theelectrons
of beam
to
This Figure
show 2.6
the
contrasts J. J.
deflection
with Thomson
the of
very calculated
an electron
low voltagesthe charge
beam. to mass
These
needed experiments
than
times electrons.
deflectas heavy show
electrons If
as we
an
andus that
used protons
the
electron.
protons, same
the are
beam much
voltage of toheavier
electrons
In
In
used these
these
electrons
experiments experiments,
experiments,
toofshow in cathode-ray
show
the us huge
huge
that
deflection tubes.voltages
voltages
protons
of the are have
have
proton much to
to
beam.be
be
heavier 28 of protons.
would have This
a farIfisgreater
because a protonthan
deflection is about
the to2000
beam
toFigure
than
This show
experiments
to show the
electrons.
contrasts
ratio 2.6
the deflection
electrons.
J. J.IfThomson
with
show
deflection we usused
the
He of
very
used
that
of an
anthe electron
low same
results
calculated
protons
electronvoltages
fromthe
are beam.
voltagecharge
much
beam. to
needed
experimentsThese
to mass
heavier
These with than electrons.
deflect electrons we used
and the same
protons, the beam voltage of electrons
In
used
used
than
This these
to
to experiments,
show
show
electrons.
contrasts the
the If
with we huge
deflection
deflection
used
the very thevoltages
of
of
low the
the
same have
proton
proton
voltage
voltages to
beam.be
beam.
to
needed would
times
of have
as
protons. a faras
heavy
This is greater deflection
an electron.
because a proton than
is the
about beam
2000
Figure
electrons
experiments
deflect
to show
ratio 2.6
electrons
the J. J. Thomson
indeflection
cathode-ray
show andusused
protons,calculated
of tubes.
that anprotons the
electron the
are
beam charge
much
beam. ofbeam. to mass
heavier
electrons
These
than toof
experiments
used
This
electrons.
electrons.
show
contrasts show
the
with
He
IfThomson
we
usthe
used
that
deflectionvery
results
the ofsame
protons
low the from
are
proton
voltages
experiments
voltage
much to
heavier
needed
with deflect
would electrons
have
of protons. This and
a farisgreater protons,
because the beam
deflection
a proton than
is aboutof electrons
the beam
2000
Atomic Structure WS 3
This
deflect
to contrasts
Figure
show
ratio of
thanelectrons. 2.6
electrons
the J. with
J.
deflection
electrons.
electrons. the
and
He very
of
used an low
calculated
protons, voltages
the
electron
results fromthe
beam beam. needed
charge
of to
electrons
These
experiments mass
with times as heavy asgreater
an electron.
would have ashow
farIfIfgreater
we used thesame
deflectionsame voltage
than the to
beam
electrons
experiments in cathode-ray us that tubes.
protons are much heavier would have a far
mass deflect
than
This
to
to Figure
ratio
wouldshow
electrons
contrasts
show of
electrons the
2.6
the
have in J.
electrons. with
deflection
J.
deflection
a
and
we
Thomson
cathode-ray
far He
greater
protons,
used
the very
of
used
of the
an
an
tubes. low the
electron
calculated
results
electron
deflection
beam
voltage
voltages
fromthe
than beam.of
charge
beam.the
electrons
to
needed
These
experiments to mass
These
beam with of protons. This is because
times as heavy as an electron. Chapter 2: Atomicbeam
deflection
a proton than
is the
about structure 3
2000
mass experiments
deflect
of
than protons. electrons
electrons. Thisshow we us
and
Ifisgreater that
because
used protons
protons,
the thebeam
a electron
proton
same are
beam much
isbeam.
about
voltage toheavier
ofelectrons
electrons
2000 of protons. This is because a proton is about 2000
s with would
deflect
to show
QUESTION
ratio have
electrons
of the a far
deflection
electrons. andHe of
used deflection
protons,
an resultsthe than
from the
of beam
These
experiments times as heavy as an electron. Chapter 2: Atomic structure 3
mass
s with of
thanelectrons
experiments
experiments
would
times protons.
deflect
Atomic
electrons.
ashave
heavy
in cathode-ray
show
ashow
This
structure
electrons far
as we
an
and
usused
us
Ifisgreater that
because tubes.
that protons
electron.
protons,
protons
a proton
the
deflectionsame
the
are
are muchto
much
is about
voltage
than
beam 2000 with
heavier
heavier
theelectrons
of beam
mass of
would protons.
have
electrons
experiments This
a
in far is
cathode-ray
show because
greater
usused a proton
deflection
tubes.
that theprotons is
than
are about
the
muchto 2000
beam
heavier times as heavy as an electron.
s with
mass than
than electrons.
electrons.
ofQUESTION
times
deflect as heavy
electrons IfIfisgreater
as we
wean
and used
electron.
protons, the same
same
the voltage
voltage to Chapter 2: Atomic structure 3
ts
masswith
s with
would
times
of
than
protons.
deflect
Atomic
1protons.have
Aelectrons.
beam
as heavyThis
structure
aoffar
This
electrons
electrons
as
is
If
because
an
we
and Chapter
is
electron.
because
used
protons, aaproton
passing
the
proton
deflectionsame
the 2:beam
close than
Atomic
is
voltage
beam
of
istoabout
about
athe
of
electrons
highly 2000
beam
structure
2000
to
electrons
a What deflection would you expect,
Chapter 2: ifAtomic
any, when the
structure 3
deflect
QUESTION
would
times aselectrons
haveheavya far as and
greater
an protons,
deflection
electron. thethe beam
than of electrons
the beam 3
mass
s with of
timesprotons.
deflect
would
Atomic
negatively
Aas
QUESTION
1 Atomic heavyThis
structure
electrons
beam
have aof
is
charged because
asgreater
electrons
far
plate.
Chapter
an electron.
and
greater protons,
is
a proton
When
passingthe
deflection close
is
2:beam
than
about
electrons
protium
Atomic
to atheof
highly
the
2000
pass
structure
electrons
beam
experiment is repeated
deuterium
a What deflection would Chapter
with beams
you expect, 2: ifAtomic
tritium of i protons
any, when structure
and
the
mass
s with
mass
would
of
timesprotons.have
close
as to
heavy a
This far
structure
the is
plate,
asgreaterbecause
they
an electron.deflection
area proton
deflected than
is about
(bent) beam
2000
away from ii neutrons? Explain your Chapter
answers. 2: Atomic structure 3
ofQUESTION
would negatively
1protons.
Athe have
beam
protons. a far
of
This charged
electrons
is anbecauseplate.
Chapter
is When
deflection
passing thethan
2:
close iselectrons
Atomic the beam
protium
toabout
a highly pass neutron
structure experiment
a deuterium
What is repeated
deflection withexpect,
would you beams ifof
tritium i protons
any, and
when the
mass
ss with
with of
times
Atomic
as heavy
structure
This
plate. as is because
electron. aa proton
proton
electron is about 2000
2000 b Which subatomic particle (electron, proton or neutron)
ofQUESTION
1protons.
times Aclose
beam
Atomic
negatively
as heavy of
This electrons
tostructure
the plate,
is an
charged
as they
because
an Chapter
is passing
plate.are
electron. aWhen
proton 2: Atomic
close
deflected
the isto a highly
(bent)
about
electrons
protium structure
away
passfrom
2000 a deuterium
What
ii deflection
neutrons?
experiment would
Explain youryou expect,
answers.
is repeated with beams

deviate
if any, when
tritiumof i protons andthe
s with times as heavy as electron.
electron
Chapter 2: Atomic structureneutron
1 deuterium
times
Athe
closebeam
negatively
plate. of
to the as
as heavy
electrons
charged
plate, they
anwould
is passing
plate. When
proton
are
electron.
close
tritium
the to a highly
electrons
deflected (bent) protium awaypass from iiwould
ab deuterium
What deflection
experiment
neutrons?
Which
the most?
would
is repeated
Explain
subatomic your Explain
you
with
particle expect,
beams your
ifof
tritium
answers.
(electron,
answer.
any,
proton when
i protons the
and
or neutron)
mistry
try a What
1 the deflection
A beam
negatively
close plate. to of you
electronexpect,
theelectrons
charged if
plate, they any, whenChapter
is
plate. the
passingneutron
areWhen deflected 2:
theAtomic
close toprotium
a highly
electrons
tritiumifof(bent)
structure
away a deuterium
passfromWhat deflection
experiment
ii neutrons? is
wouldsubatomic
would
repeated
Explain your
deviate theparticle
you
with expect,
beams
answers.
most? Explain
ifofany,
tritium
your i when the
protons
answer. and
s neutron adeuteriumcloseWhat
experiment
negatively deflection
to the is repeated
charged
plate, would plate.
they you
proton
electron
with
are When expect,
beams
deflected the any,
i protons
electrons
(bent) when
awaypass
b Which
the
and neutron
experiment
ii
from neutrons? is repeated
Explain your
(electron,
with beams
answers.
proton
of i
or neutron)
protons and
mistry 2adeuterium theWhat plate. deflection would electron you expect, protium
ifofany, when thedeuterium
b would
Which deviate
subatomic tritium
stry
from ii experiment
neutrons? is repeated
Explain your with
protonanswers. beams
tritium i protons and neutron theparticle (electron,
most? Explain yourproton
answer.or neutron)
s neutron close
the plate. to the plate, they are deflected (bent) awayand ii
from neutrons? Explain your answers.
mistry
from aadeuteriumWhat ii
What
experimentneutrons?
deflection
deflection is repeated
Explain
would
would your
you
with
you
protons
electron
proton
expect,
tritiumififof
beams
expect,
answers.
any,
i protons
any, when
1when the
the
b would
Which subatomic
deviate theparticle
neutron (electron,
most? Explain
1 yourproton
answer.or neutron) 1
try
s neutron
mistry
sfrom b
a deuterium theiiexperiment
Which
What
experiment
plate.
neutrons? subatomic
deflection isrepeated
repeated
isExplain particle
would your with
you
with beams
(electron,
expect,
answers. tritiumifof
beams of iiprotons
proton
any, protons
when and
or neutron)
the
and b would Which subatomicdeviate theparticle
most? Explain(electron, your proton
answer. or neutron)
try
sromneutron
mistry
from b would
ab Which
What iineutrons?
experiment
deuterium neutrons? subatomic
deviate
deflection isExplain
the
repeated particle
wouldmost?your
proton
neutrons
protons
you
with (electron,
answers.
Explain
expect,
beams
tritium your ifofproton
answer.
any, 10when
i protons or neutron)
the
and would1
deviate the most? Explain your 12 answer.
try
neutron aa ii
ii Which
QUESTIONwould
What
subatomic
deviate
deflection
Explain
the would
your
particle
most? you
answers.
proton (electron,
Explainexpect, your proton
ififof answer.
any,
or
when
neutron)
the
mistry
s
from QUESTION
bab Which
What
experiment neutrons? deflection is repeated
Explain would your you
with
protons expect,
answers.
H beams any, 10when
i1protons the
and 211 312
tictrycharges
neutron
ssharges
from
would
ii What
Which
1neutrons?
experiment
QUESTION
experiment
would
subatomic
deviate
subatomic
deflection
deviate is
is
theparticle
repeated
repeated
Explaintheparticle
particle
would
most?
your
most?
neutrons
isotopic
you
with
protons
with
(electron,
Explain
(electron,
answers.
Explain
symbol
expect,
beams
beams 1your
your
proton
of
of
answer.
ifproton
any,
i
i1 protons
1
protons
answer.
orneutron)
or
when
neutron)
the
and
and H 11 H 11
s charges 3
QUESTION
b would Which
2ii Use subatomic
the information
deviate the most? in
neutrons (electron,
thebeams
Explain table your proton
to 1 01 or neutron)
deduce
answer. the number 211 321
charges
from
tic
from 2b QUESTION
QUESTION
Useii experiment
Which
would 1neutrons?
the
neutrons?
ofThe
information
subatomic
deviate
electrons
is repeated
Explain
Explain
the and
your
in
your
particle
most?
the
neutrons
withH
protons
answers.
isotopic table
answers.
neutrons(electron,
Explain in
to
symbol2
1your
a neutral
of
deduce i
proton1
protons
answer. 0
the
1 atom
1 symbols or
and
number
neutron) H
of: the three isotopes 1 1
2 1 of
hydrogen.
H 3112
al Figure 2.8
ii2 neutrons? atomic structure protons and isotopic thefor
from
ic
harges charges b
QUESTION
2
H
of
b QUESTION 2
Which
Which
would
Use 1
electrons
Use
the
1 a vanadium
the
subatomic
subatomic
deviate
information
Explain
and
information
the neutrons your
particle
particle
most?
H in the in H
answers.
isotopic
neutronsinthea symbol
neutral
(electron,
(electron,
Explain
table table
3 1to
2your to atom
deduce
proton
proton
deduce answer.
1
1 0 of:neutron)
or
or
the number number
neutron) H 12 1 H 13 2
ectron
ticon al charges Figure
harges b QUESTION
QUESTION
2 Use a2 Which
would
12.8
would
of ofThe
Use
vanadium
1electrons electrons
subatomic
deviate
the
deviate atomic and the
information
the and neutrons
particle
most?
structure
most?
neutrons in H
isotopic
neutrons and
Explain
in a
symbol
in
(electron,
Explain
the table 1ayour
1isotopic
neutral neutral
your toproton
answer.
deduce
answer.
atom
1 0 atom
or
symbolsof: theof:for
neutron)
number
theH three isotopes 1
2 1 of hydrogen. H 13 2
tic
eeir
ectron
al
charges QUESTION
their
harges Isotopes
Figure 42 of
QUESTION
H Use
b
2would
2.8
211 b
can
the information in the
Use
of
athe
strontium
The be the information
strontium
deviate
electrons
vanadium
radioactive
information
atomic the and H
most?
neutrons
in
structure or
the H
isotopictable
inExplain
thein 3to
21 deduce
symbol
table
non-radioactive.
table
and a
to your
neutral
isotopic
toanswer.
deduce deduce
1
the number
atom
the
symbols
the
of:
Specific
number number
for the H three isotopes 1
2Mg of hydrogen. H
Mg 2+ 1 3 + 2e–
tic
sal
onor andcharges
the
dharges
three isotopes
Figure 2 of H
a221 1electrons
Use 2.8acb 1
vanadium
Use
of
oftheThe the
electrons
hydrogen. atomic
information
phosphorus.
and neutrons
information and
H neutrons
structure in
inisotopes)
the in Hin
isotopic thea neutral
and
table
1 2 toatom
symbol
table
3
in 1a neutral
isotopic
to
2 deduce
deduce
symbols
1used
of: the number
atom
the of:
of:tonumber H
for the three isotopes 1 of hydrogen. H 1
eeir
ectron their radioisotopes
Isotopes acb 122 1electronsphosphorus.
can
vanadium
Use
of
strontium
vanadium
be strontium
the
electrons
and neutrons
(radioactive
radioactive
information and
a neutral
orinnon-radioactive.
neutrons the can
13isotopic
table
in a neutral beatom
to deduce atom check
Specific
the
of: number magnesium Mg magnesium
Mg2+ + 2 electrons 2e–
on al
ectron
s
on orandthe
their threeFigure
for 2 of
isotopesleaks H Use
a
2.8
12 in1 a
oftheThe
electrons
vanadium
bc hydrogen.
oil or
atomic
vanadium
information
strontium
phosphorus.
and
gas H
structure
neutrons
pipelines in the and
table
in
and a to
neutral
2
3toa check
1 deduce atom symbols
thethe
of: number
thickness
for the
three isotopes
atom
of hydrogen.
ion removed
ndeir al
esectron
on
or their
fic the three
radioisotopes
Isotopes
Figure
ofisotopes
paper.
Isotopes
H
bof
Atom a c2.8 can
Atom
12Mg
of
strontium
a
bThe
vanadium
of
They
can
electrons
phosphorus.
electrons be
be
(radioactive
radioactive
atomic
vanadium
strontium
hydrogen. are
and neutrons
also
radioactive
Nucleon
and
H
Nucleon
used
neutrons
structure isotopes)
Mg
in
or
number
and
in2+
number
medicine
in
or non-radioactive.
non-radioactive.
neutral
can beatom
13isotopic
a neutral
to
Proton
used
Proton
+treat
atom
symbols
some
of:
to check
Specific
of: number
Specific
number 2e – the
three isotopes
for magnesium
12
Mgof hydrogen. magnesium
protons
Mg
Mg
Mg
2+
2+
+ 2 electrons
+ 12
2e–
2e–
protons
eir
eheck d
ectron or
and
their
the three for
isotopes leaks
radioisotopes H
c
b
a 1
strontium
ca oil
in
phosphorus.
b
of
vanadium
phosphorus.
or gas pipelines
(radioactive
vanadium
strontium
hydrogen. H isotopes) and 1to can check be used the to thickness
check magnesiumatom magnesiumion2+ 2 removed
electrons
ative
e
eirson
ificeor and
dtheir
the three
Isotopes
types
of
for
magnesium
radioisotopes
paper.
leaks
isotopes
of
Atom
b
cMg
vanadium
can
Atom
in
c be
strontium
cancer
vanadium
phosphorus.
They
b
of oil are
or
radioactive
phosphorus.
and
(radioactive
strontium
hydrogen. gas alsotopipelines
Nucleon check
used 51
or
magnesium
Nucleon the
isotopes)
Mg
in
non-radioactive.
51
number andnumber
2+activity
medicine to can check
Protonof
be
to Proton
+the
used
treat
the
2Specific
thyroid
to 23
some 2e–

electrons
number
check
thickness
number
23 1212
Mg
electrons
magnesium protons
atom
Mg
magnesium
ion
+ 10 212 2e–
electrons
electrons
protons
removed
eir
kness srge dand Isotopes
radioisotopes b
atom canc be
strontium radioactive
phosphorus.
(radioactive orion
isotopes) non-radioactive.
can beProton
used Specific
to check
removed magnesium Mg Mg
magnesium
2+ + 2removed 2e–
electrons
heck
ativefic
or the three gland
for
types
of paper.
isotopes leaks
Atomin
magnesium
of cMg the
Atomin
phosphorus.
cancer
They
vanadium
of throat.
oil or
are
hydrogen. and gas
also to
Nucleon pipelines
Nucleon
check
used magnesium
Mg
in the
number 51and
number
2+ to
activity
medicine check
Proton of
to + thenumber
the
treat 2thickness
thyroid
some number
electrons
232e –

12
12 atom
electrons
protons ion 10
12 electrons
protons
sedand
e radioisotopes vanadium c oilphosphorus.
strontium (radioactive 51Mg
isotopes)842+ can be 2312 38
kness
heck
ative rgefic
–1 forpaper.
of leaks
12Atom
magnesium protons
catom
strontium Atom
Mg in
phosphorus.
They or gas
are also
Nucleon Nucleon
pipelines
used 84
magnesiumin
number
ion
number
and
medicine to check
Proton +used
toProton the
treat 38 to
some
number check
number
2thickness
2e–

protons
removed
electrons
Themagnesium
12 protons ion has amagnesium
magnesium
atom ion of 2+ because 212
charge electrons
itremoved
has 12
protons
e fic gland
types in
of the
cancer
vanadium
Atom throat. and to check
Nucleon the
Mg 51 activity
number
2+ of the
Proton
+treat thyroid
23number– 12 electrons 10 electrons
heck
ativeid for
of
typespaper.
12 leaks
vanadium
electrons
Atom
magnesiumof Mg in
They
strontium
cancer oil are or and gas
also topipelines
Nucleon used
check
51 in
84number
magnesium the 84and
medicine to check
activity to
ProtonofProton
thethe38
2310
number
212 382e
thickness
some
electrons
electrons protons
The1212 atom
magnesium (+) but only
protons ion 10 haselectrons ion (–).
a charge of 2+ because10 12itremoved
protons
has 12
23thyroid electrons electrons
rge e ness 12strontium
atom protonsphosphorus
vanadium ion 31
51 15
23
protons
removed
heck
ative fic
–1 gland
of QUESTION
magnesium
paper. in
phosphorus
vanadium
Atom Mg the
AtomThey throat.
are also
Nucleon Nucleon
used
31
51 Mg
magnesium
in
number number
2+
medicine to
Proton +treat
15
2 some
number number
2e –
electrons 12
The protons
isotopic symbol for an ion derived from 12 protons
sulfur-33
kness rge
e 0 types
gland of
inatom cancer
vanadium
strontium
the throat. and to check the
ion51
84 activity of the thyroid
23
removed
38 12
protons
The electrons
magnesium (+) but only
ion 10
has electrons
a charge (–).
of 2+ because 10it electrons
has 12
erge id 12 12 electrons
protons
vanadium
strontium phosphorus 51
84 31 of 2+ because15 10
23
38 12 electrons
protons
15
heck
ative
kness e–1 types magnesium
TheQUESTION magnesium
of atom
phosphorus strontium
cancer andionto has checkamagnesium
charge
31the ion84
51 activity of the23 212 electrons
itremoved
has
38
38thyroid 12 33 2–
12 electrons
id +1
–1 0 gland 12
3 12 in
vanadiumprotons
strontium
electrons
Use
vanadium
the throat.
the
strontium
phosphorus Periodic Table
84
51on page
84
31 473 to help 10
you.
23
protons
electrons
38
15
is
The
protons
16 Smagnesium
The . isotopic
This
(+) but sulfideion ion
symbol
only 10 has
haselectrons
for 16 protons,
a charge
an ofderived
ion(–). from10
17 neutrons
2+ because electrons
itsulfur-33
has 12
kness rge
e–1 protons
gland 12 inatom
protons
strontium
phosphorus (+)
the but
throat. only 10 electrons
84
31 ion (–). 38
15 12removed
protons The
(because
protons magnesium
33 2– (+) 33 –but16 = ion
only17) has
and
10 a
18 charge
electrons
electrons of
(–). 2+ because
(because 16 it + has2 =12 18).
id 0 The QUESTION
12 magnesium
electrons phosphorus
strontium ion has a charge 31
84 of 2+ because 10it has
15
38 12
electrons S .isotopic
is 16The This sulfide symbol ion for
hasan 16 ion
protons,
derived 17 from
neutrons sulfur-33
ens.
id +1 12
QUESTION
3
12 Write
phosphorus
The protons
strontium
Use
electrons isotopic
the isotopic symbol
Periodic symbols Table for 31
84 for
an
on the
ion
page following
derived
473 to neutral
from
help 15
38
you.
1012 atoms:
protons
sulfur-33
electrons The
protons
Themagnesium (+)
isotopic but ion
only
symbol has
10 a
for charge
electronsan ion of
(–). 2+
derived because
from it has
sulfur-33 12 2
id
–1
+10
0
Isotopes
protons
The
Isotopes
is
The QUESTION
33
protons
16312
magnesium
phosphorus
The
2– aWrite
electrons
Smagnesium
Use
(+) but only
phosphorus
bromine-81
. phosphorus
This the
isotopic
(+) butsulfide
Periodic
isotopic
ion has
symbol
only ion
ionsymbols 10
10 electrons
has
Table
a charge
has
31
a charge
for
electronson
31
16page
for
an 31
(–).2+ because15it has 12
of
protons,
the
ion offollowing
(–).473 2+to
derived 17help
because neutrons
from 10
you.
neutral
15
electrons
itsulfur-33
has
atoms:
15 12 is
33
(because
is
protons
16
33The
S
2–
S . This (+) but
2–. isotopic
This

33 – sulfide
16 = 17)ion
only
symbol
sulfide
andhas
ion
18 electrons
10 electrons
for an
has
16 protons,
16 ion (–).
derived
protons,
(because
17 neutrons
17
16 + 2 = 18).
from sulfur-33
neutrons 2
+1
ns.
+1
0 Isotopes
The QUESTION
Isotopes
(because
protons
is
All
33
phosphorus
3 magnesium
All
TheS 2–
atoms
bUse
a.atoms
Write 33
(+) the–isotopic
calcium-44
bromine-81
This
isotopic
of 16
but Periodic
of=
sulfide
the
ion
only17)symbols
the
symbol
same same
ion10Table
has
and 18
31
electrons
has
for
element
on
a element
charge
for
an16
page
electronsthe of
(–).
protons,
ion
have
473
have 2+
following
derived
the
to
the
17
help you.
because
(becausesame same
neutral
neutrons
from
15
16itsulfur-33
number
has
2 =12
+number
atoms: 18).
of of
(because
is
16
QUESTION
33The
(because
16
33 – 16 =symbol
S2–. isotopic
This
33 – sulfide
17) and for
16 = 17)ion andhas
18 electrons
an
16 ion
18 electrons
(because
derived
protons, (because from 16 sulfur-33
17 neutrons
+ 2 = 18).
16 + 2 = 18). 29
oms:
ns.
Isotopes
The 16
protons
Isotopes
3
5 magnesium
3The
33protons.
Use
Write
S2–acWrite
(+) the
isotopic
iron-5 but Periodic
isotopic
However,
8=
ionsymbols
only
symbol has Table
10they electrons
for
on
a charge page
for the
an
may ion of
(–).
have
4732+
following
derived
to
different
help
because you.
neutral
from itsulfur-33
numbershas
atoms:12of is 33
29 2–
S . This
QUESTION
(because 33 – sulfide
16 = 17)ion andhas 16 protons,
18 electrons 17 neutrons
(because 16 + 2 = 18). 2
+1
Isotopes
(because 33 –isotopic
16 17) and 18element
electrons (because 16 +number
2= 16
ns. is
protons. All b.atoms
Use bromine-81
Thiscalcium-44
However,
the of
sulfide
Periodicthe same
ion
they Tablehas
may 16
on have protons,
page have
different
473 to the
17 help same
neutrons
numbersyou. of18). of 4 Deduce the number of electrons in each of these ions:
oms: ns. Isotopes
All
protons
16
33
Isotopes
is
(because
atoms
The
S 2–
da
neutrons.
protons. . (+) of
isotopic
bromine-81
This
palladium-110.
33
the
but
sulfide
Atoms
However,
–isotopic
16 of8=the
same
only
symbol
17)
symbols
ion
and
10
of
element
electrons
they
for
has
the
for
an
16
same
may
18element
electrons
have
the
ion (–).
protons,
element
have
the
following
derived same
17
different
(because
from
neutrons
that
number
neutral
have
numbers
16
atoms:
sulfur-33 of
differing
+number
2 =of18). ofof
(because
QUESTION
29 33 – 16 = 17) and 18 electrons (because 16 + 2 = 18). 2
oms: er ns. Isotopes
neutrons.
All
is
16
33
protons.
Isotopes
(because
All
QUESTION
The
atoms
S 2–ba
numbers
All
catoms
Write
batoms .
calcium-44
33
Atoms
iron-5
However,
isotopic
of
bromine-81
This
calcium-44 the
sulfide
of–neutrons
16
of of =the
ofthey
symbol
same
17)same
8 neutrons
same
the
symbols
ionand
same
may
for
element
has
18
are
for
an
16
element
have
electrons
elementcalled
the
ion
have have
following
different
protons, derived
have the that
isotopes.
the
same
(because 17
the
same
have
neutral
numbers
from
same
differing
number
neutrons 16
atoms:
sulfur-33
+number of
2differing
= 18).
ofofof
QUESTION
29
4 aDeduce 19 K the number of electrons in each of these ions:
40 +
2
Isotopes
16
numbers
All
neutrons.
is neutrons.
33protons.
atoms
S2–cb ad.atoms ofAtoms
iron-5 the
palladium-110.
bromine-81
This Atoms
However,
sulfide same
ofthey the
ion of
aretheythe
element
same
has same
may
called 16 have
element element
isotopes.
have
protons, the that 17that
different
same have
neutrons have
numbers
number
differing QUESTION
oms: protons.QUESTION
(because All However,
33 –
calcium-44 16 of = 17)
the and
same may18 have
electrons
element different
have (becausethe numbers
same 16 + 2
numberof
= 18). of 4 Deduce
29 a 1519 K+3–the number of electrons in each of these ions:
40

oms: er
alledis called 16
All neutrons.
protons.
numbers
(because
protons.
4atoms
numbersc Deduce
dbatoms
iron-5
of
However, However,
palladium-110.
of
the
of 8
the
Atoms
–neutrons
same
number
neutrons they ofare
they
element
the
may of
are may
electrons
same
called called
have have
haveelement the different
in each
isotopes.
different
isotopes.
same
that of
numbers numbers
number
these
have ions:of
differing
of of QUESTION
4 b
Deduce N the number of electrons in each of these ions:
neutrons. All
QUESTION cd 33
protons. Atoms
calcium-44
iron-5 16 of8=the
However, 17)the
of and
same they 18
same electrons
element
may element have have (because
that the
different have
same 16 +number
numbers 2 = 18).
differing ofof 29
aDeduce
407 +
K
omicer
oms:
called All
protons.
is called numbers
neutrons. atoms
neutrons.
numbers
QUESTION
4protons.
Isotopes Isotopes
caDeduce
of
However,
ofAtoms
40
19 are
the
palladium-110.+ Atoms
ofthe
Kneutrons
However,
8atoms
same
neutrons
are of they
atoms
the
number
of
are
of
element
the
mayare
of
same
they
the
same
the
ofsame
calledmay
have
called have
same
element
electrons
element
isotopes.
have
element
the
different
isotopes.
element
in that
each
same
different
that
with
numbers
have number
withhave of
different
differing
ofdifferent
these
numbers
of
differing
ions:of 4
29 a b 18
19
197K
15
40
N+2–
the number of electrons in each of these ions:
3–

meomic er
same
is called numbers protons.
neutrons. neutrons.
How many protons, neutrons
QUESTION d
numbers nucleon
iron-5
However,
palladium-110.
Atoms
of40(mass) of Atoms neutrons
(mass)
neutrons of they
the of the
mayare
same
numbers.
arethe called
same
have
called
element element
isotopes. isotopes.
different that thatnumbers
have have differing
differing of 4 Deduce
c 15

40 OK3–the number of electrons in each of these ions:


+
cer ba 1540
8
alled 4neutrons.
nucleon Deduce
Isotopes
a palladium-110. K the
+Atomsare number
numbers.
atoms of ofthe
of electrons
same same element in each
element that of these
withhave ions:
different
differing 19 N
number is called neutrons. numbers
Isotopes d 19 are
Atoms of
Nneutrons neutrons
atoms of the of the are
same samecalled
element element isotopes.
that withhave different
differing
Howelectrons?
many protons, neutrons
7
numbers QUESTION
4 b Deduce of
15 3–the number are called of electrons isotopes. in each of these ions: 1978NK
O+3–
same
and
18
mber er mic
alled nucleon 407 + (mass) numbers. a
bc 71 2–
me
comic is called numbers nucleon
4
Isotopes Isotopes
numbers a Deduce of K
(mass)
are of are
atoms
neutrons
the atoms
neutrons
numbers.
number of
are the of
are the
same
called
of same
called
electrons isotopes.
element isotopes.
element
in each with with
of different
different
these ions: d 15 Ga
3+
om with 18 N2–
alled
How many protons, neutrons
19
b 31 3–
same
c number
with
eis called Cambridge
Isotopes
nucleon
ab
15
40
N
K + are
2–International
3– (mass) atoms numbers. of the sameAS element
Level with
Chemistry different c O
and electrons?
7
mber 4Isotopes of a particular element have the same chemical
s
omic 6Isotopes
aare
O atoms of theofsame element with different 8

How many protons, neutrons


anucleon
19(mass)
cDeduce arenumbers.
18
+ the number electrons in each of these ions:
7
nt
me com ment
alled
same
number with In Isotopes neutral a of151978(mass)
Isotopes
nucleon 40 particular
Katom (mass) the
atoms number element
numbers. of same
the ofsamehave
positively the
element same charged
with chemical protons
different cb
d 18
15
87ON
Ga2–3+
71 3–
Isotopes
nucleon b Nare 3– atoms numbers. of the element with different 31
mber
omic
s
meed
with
same
cnumber
ment inwith and
Howelectrons?
in many protons, neutrons
order Cambridge
properties
the
Isotopes
properties
Isotopes nucleon
Isotopes
nucleus
ac of71
b
40
18
15because
aK
N of
Oatom
because
International
a particular
(mass)
are
2–equals
+3–
particular they
atoms they
numbers.
the have
of have
element
the
number
element the same
ofhave
the
AS of have
same same
Level
elementnumber
negatively
the thenumber
same Chemistry
same
with charged
chemical
of
chemical
ofdifferent 71 O 3+
18 2–
dc 31188Ga

s
me
om
n
mber
ntwithsame
number
om
order
and
In
How electrons?
orderCambridge
inwith
anucleon
Isotopes
electrons.
neutral
many protons, neutrons
electrons.
properties
Isotopes d
nucleon
cb ofoutside
1978(mass)
15 Ga
They
31
are atoms
They
3+ numbers.
the
2–International
3– (mass)
Nofparticular
because
ahave have
particular
of the
number
numbers.
they
slightly
same
slightly have
element
different
element
positively
different
ASthe Level
havesame
with
physicalthe
different
charged
physical
Chemistry
numbersame
protons
properties,
of
of chemical
properties, c
d O
Ga
71 2–3+
mber
and electrons?
electrons aO the nucleus. When an atom gains or loses
18 8
ed
mentwith Isotopes
in
In nucleon
properties
the
a nucleus
neutral
7(mass)
8becauseatom equals numbers.
the they the
number have
element
number the
of same
haveofhave
positively thenumber
negatively samecharged chemical
charged protons
31
n order Cambridge such
Isotopes as 71small of International
a differences
particular in
element AS
density. Level the Chemistry
same chemical d 71
Ga 3+
s
nt number
om with electrons, N
OGa
15 3–
ascbdsmall
electrons. 18
properties 2–They
3+
because have they slightlyhave different
the same physical
number properties,
of
mber rotons
and electrons?
such
Isotopes of18 87a differences
particular inwhich
element density. have the same chemical 31
nt ment
withd in order In a
electrons.
Cambridge
properties
electrons neutral ions
They
because
31
outside atom arehave formed,
the
Internationalthey
thesymbols number
slightlyhave
nucleus. theof
different
When AS are
positively
same electrically
Level
an physical
number
atom charged
Chemistry
of
gains charged.
protons
properties,
or d 31Ga3+
Isotopes of aenergies
particular element of have the same theloses
chemical 71
in the nucleus 2–equals the number negatively charged
s
ned
nt
om ment
ed
tons
with order
in
rotons
with
plus
order Isotopes
In QUESTION
a
properties
For
Cambridge
in
such the
electrons.
such dcWe
properties
Ionisation
neutral
electrons.
We example:
as nucleus
Isotopes can of
as
small
71can
8Ga aO
small
because
They atom
writeof
write
because
particular
They
3+ differences
the
International
equals
differences
have
aare have
symbolsthey
particular the
slightly
they
number element
slightly
havefor
number
in
have
infor
of
isotopes.
the
density.
different
element AS
isotopes.
the
have
density.
positively
different
same
of
ofhave
same
the
Level We
number
negatively
physical the
We
samenumber
charged
physical
write write
chemical
Chemistry
same ofthe
charged
of
protons
properties,
properties,
chemical
snsment plus
order The 1st ionisation energy of an element is the energy
31
electrons,
electrons
Isotopes
properties properties
nucleon
electrons. cd of ions
outside
18
71
8a
31because
2–because
Onumber
Ga particular
They
3+ the formed,
have
they at they
nucleus.
the
element which
have
top
slightly
have When
the left the
haveare
different
same an electrically
same
the
the atom
number number
chemical
same
physical gainsofcharged.
chemical of
or
symbol losesand
properties,
ed
nnown
nt rrotons in order
loses
order as In
in aQUESTION
the
nucleon
electrons.
electrons suchneutral
nucleus
Ionisation We as
number
Theycan
small
outside atom write
equals at
have the
differences
the
energies the number
symbols
the top
slightly
nucleus. number
leftin of
for of
different
When positively
isotopes.
of
density.
the negatively
chemical
an physical
atom charged
We write
charged
symbol protons
properties,
gains orthe and
loses needed to remove one electron from each atom in one
ed
ed
tons
nplus
srged. as For1We
plus such
in order electrons,
properties
electrons. theasWrite
properties
example:
electrons.
such
can
small
dproton 71
ions write
Ga
the
31because
asoutside
They small
3+ symbols
differences
because
They
are
simple
number
have have
formed,
they
differences they in
electronic
athave
slightly
for
slightly
the have
which
in
isotopes.
density.
bottom
the the
different
are
configuration
same
– density.
different
sameWephysical
electrically
left.
number
physical
write
number the of–
properties,
ofcharged.
of properties,
the The 1st ionisation energy of an element is the energy
nnown rotons
order in
the
such the
electrons proton
QUESTION
electrons, as nucleus
nucleon We Cl
small can
ions number
number equals
write the
differences
are + at the
at
symbols
formed, the the
nucleus. number
in top
bottom e
for
density.
which left
When of of
isotopes.
left.
are negatively
the
an chemical
atom
electricallyWe charged
gains
write Cl
symbol
or
the
charged. loses and mole of atoms of the element in the gaseous state to form
wn sed
r loses
tons as
plus
as For
plus nucleonWe
electrons.
Ionisation
electrons.
such
example: dcan
following
The
We
number
71
31write
asoutside
They GaThey
small
symbol
can
3+energies
have
write
at
symbols theshowing
have
differences
atoms, for
top
the
slightly
symbols for left
slightly
isotope
of
isotopes.
in the
different
for
the
different
density.
principal
of
isotopes.
chemical
Wephysical
boron
physical write
quantum
Wewith
symbol
the
5 shells
protons
properties,
write the
and
properties, and needed
The 1st to removeenergy
ionisation one electron from each
of an element atom
is the energyin one
rotons such
electrons
QUESTION
electrons,1
chlorine theas
nucleon
The
We Write
Ionisation small
proton
symbol
can atom
ions the differences
number
write the
simple
number
energies
are
for formed,
the
symbols nucleus.
1
atthe the in
electronic
electron
at
isotope the
for density.
which
top When
bottomconfiguration
left
of gained
eisotopes. are
of the
boron anleft. atom
electrically
We chemical
with writeofgains
the
chloride
5 symbol or
charged.
protons
the symbol loses
ion
andand one mole of gaseous 1+ ions.
rsed tons plus Cl + – –
Cltheand
nown rged.
loses
plus as For
theQUESTION
nucleon example:
proton
such only: We number
as number
small
can write at at
the
differences top
symbols bottom
leftin forof left.
the
density.
isotopes. chemical We write mole1st
The
needed of ionisation
atoms
to remove of the element
energy
one of aninelement
electron the gaseous
from eachis the state
atom energy
in to
one form
rotons
rrged.nloses
ed
tons as plus such
electrons,
For
11
nucleon 1 We
1711
the nucleons
asprotons
nucleon
Ionisation
Write
example:
nucleons followingsmall
can
The
proton ions
number number
write
the
symbol
is isat
differences
energies
areatoms,
simple
number
written: written:
symbols
formed,
for
the atelectronic
the
the
at
top in
showing for
the density.
top
which
isotope
left left
the
isotopes.
bottomof of boron
principal
are
configuration
theof the We chemical
electrically
left.
chemical quantum
write
of
with 17
the the
5
symbol symbol
shells
charged.
protons
protons and and
and
nown
sn plus as chlorine
The Cl
symbol atom for +the 1the electron
isotope –
efor gained
ofconfiguration
boron with 516chloride
protons –
Cltheand ion The
one
needed 1st
mole ionisation
of gaseous
to remove energy
1+
one of
ions.
electron an element
fromgaseous is the
each atom energy
into one
– as plus theQUESTION 1Weproton
nucleon a
Ionisation
Write
only: We
can number
can
sulfur; number
the
write write
the
energies
simple at
symbolsatomicsymbols
at at bottom
the
electronic top
number
for –left
isotopes. left.
isotopes.
of sulfur,
of the We We
chemical =of
Zwrite write
the symbol
– andand
mole of atoms of the element in the state form
nown ed
rtons
lsber
rged. loses
nplus
to as
find
nucleon
find For
to as the 17
117
11chlorine
the
11
nucleons
The
following
example:
electrons
proton nucleons
The
protons
nucleon
proton
Cl number
symbol symbol
number
atom is
number
number
isat
atoms,
written:
for
the
+for
written:
at
the at1
top
showing
the
the the
electron
isotope
the
leftebottom
isotope
bottom
top
the
of
of the
left
principal
of
left.
gained
boron
of
left.
chemical
boron
the with
quantum
with
chemical 5
18
175the
symbol
chloride
protons
shells
electrons
Cl
protons
protons
symbol ion
and and
and
needed
The mole
mole
one
Ionisation 1st toofremove
of ionisation
atoms
energies of the
gaseous one
energy
are electron
element
1+ ions.
measured from
of aninelement
the
under each atom
is the
gaseousstandard into
energy
state one form
the nucleon
Write proton the number
simple
number electronic
at the 11bottom configuration left. quantum of the
BB
nown
de rln–losesion as nucleon
nucleon bfollowing
only:a The
Cl magnesium,
number symbol
number
sulfur; atoms,
at
the + the
for
atomic showing
Zthe = 12
top
the 11 left
isotope
number e –the
of principal
the
of chemical
boron
sulfur, Zwith
= symbol
16 5 shells
– andand
protons
Cl
rged. the chlorine
asto find 11 nucleons
17 11proton
The nucleons
electrons symbol number
atom is written:
for at 1
theelectronic bottom
electron
isotope left.
gained
ofconfiguration
boron with chloride
5 18protons ion
and mole
needed
one of
mole atoms
to remove
of of
gaseous the element
one
1+ electron
ions. in the
from gaseous
each state
atom in to
one form
ber
to find The 17
1 the protons
Write
following
proton
chloride
conly: proton
The
Cl
the
isnumber
symbolion
simple
atoms,
written:
numberhas +for a
showing
at
the
single the
isotope e5–the
bottom
negative
principal
of sulfur,left.
boron
charge withof
quantum 175electrons
the
because protons
shells
protons
Cl –
there and conditions.
Ionisation The
energies general
are symbol
measured for ionisation
under standard energy is
otons rged. the chlorine
proton 11 nucleon
protonnucleons fluorine,
number
atom
number number
is Z =
at
written: 91the bottom
electron 11 left.
gained chloride ion one mole of gaseous 1+ ions.
B 5
The a
17electrons b
protons sulfur;
symbolmagnesium, the
for atomic
the Z isotope
= 12 number of of
boron with Z =5 16protons
17electrons
protons and mole of atoms of the element in the gaseous state to form
de ion – 11nucleon
nucleons number is written: 11isotope
of
ber
ctrons
de lto
ber
otons
to
find
– neutrons
utrons
– ion
find are
to find 11
The
17
chlorine
17
proton
nucleon
11nucleon
The
17
nucleons
following
only:
nucleons
a
proton
protons
d
chloride
b
electrons
Hydrogen
The
ac number
only: symbol symbol
sulfur;
atom
potassium,
magnesium,
fluorine,
number isnumber
ion has
atoms,
(+)
for
number
written: BB
has
for
is written:
the and
Zthe
atomic
=Za9Z1=18
three
showing
the
=electron
isotope
19
single
12
number
electrons
115number
isotopes. 11
the principal
5ofgained
negative
of
of
boron
The
boron
sulfur,
(–).charge
atomic
quantum
Z with
=
with 5because
18
16 5
chloride
protons
shells and ΔH . Its units are kJ mol–1.
protons
17electrons
18
Z =structure
protons ion
and
there
and
conditions.
one
Ionisation
i mole The general
of gaseous
energies are1+ symbol
ions. for
measured underionisation
standard energy is
of
lde
ctrons
otons ber
to
to
find
ion Hydrogen
11
to find The
– neutrons
find are 17
nucleon
proton
11
nucleons
17 17
nucleons
nucleon
protons
b
electrons
proton
ce
chloride
isotopic protons
ad number
nucleon
sulfur;
has
magnesium,
number
carbon,
fluorine, isnumber
potassium,
sulfur; ion
symbols (+)
number
the
is
number
three
written:
the B
BB
ZZand
has
atomic
written:
isotopes.
==atomic Z
6aZfor =18
=
9 single19
12
11
the
11
electrons
5number 5 The
negative
three
11
of sulfur,
atomic
of(–).
isotopes charge
sulfur,
structure 16
Z =because
of
17 and
protons
18 electrons
hydrogen
16 there
are
ΔH The
Ionisation
i .
conditions.
Ionisation
Its symbol
unitsenergies
are
energies
for kJthe
are
mol 1st
–1.ionisation
measured
are measured
under
The general symbol for ionisation energy
under
energy is
standard
standard
ΔHi1. Using is

BB
eutrons
lotons
de ber there
ion
to find isotopic
The nucleon
17 Hydrogenb
proton
electrons
chloride
c magnesium,
symbols
number
fluorine, ion has
number for
has three
Z = the
a9Z = isotopes.
single12
three
11 5isotopes
negative The atomic
of
charge hydrogen structure
18
because are
electrons and
there calcium
conditions.
ΔH The
. Its as
symbol
units an
The example:
are general
forkJ the
mol symbol
1st
–1 . for
ionisation ionisation
energy is energy
ΔH . is
Using
to
f find
neutrons
trons Hydrogen
proton
are 17 protons
db
nucleon has
number
potassium, three
(+) Zand
number isotopes.
Z2.8. =18 1912 5
electrons The atomic
(–). structure and Ionisation energies are measured under standard i1
shown e in
carbon, Figure = 6 11 conditions.
i The general symbol for ionisation energy is
BB
rotons
deof utrons The
protons Hydrogen
ion nucleon proton
isotopic
chloride
Hydrogen magnesium,
number number
symbols
ion has hasthree Z
for
a9=18 = the
single 5 negative
isotopes. 5
three isotopes
The charge of hydrogen
because are
there ΔH . Its units are kJ mol –1 .
ectrons
of protons there
neutrons shown
are proton
isotopic 17 cdinsymbols
protons Figure
fluorine,
number
has
potassium, (+)2.8.
three forZ =Zthe
and isotopes. 19 11
electrons
three isotopes
The (–).atomic
atomic ofstructure
hydrogenstructure are
and and calcium
The
1sti ionisation
conditions.
as an example:
symbol The for the 1st
energy:
general ionisation
Ca(g)
symbol for energy
Ca +(g) +
ionisation is eenergy
ΔH–
i1. Using
is
eutrons
otons The
are proton proton
Hydrogen
shown
17 e
chloride
isotopic
When c
protons When carbon,
fluorine, number
ion
insymbols
number
writing writing
has
(+)has
Figure Z three
Z =
and =6 for
generally 9
2.8.generally
a =18 isotopes.
single
theelectrons
5 three
about5
negativeabout
The isotopes,
atomic
(–).charge
isotopes
isotopes, chemists
structure
because
ofchemists
hydrogen there
also also
and
are ΔH The. Its units
symbol are kJ
for themol –1 .
1st ionisation energy is ΔHi1. Using
ofctrons
rprotons ofneutrons Hydrogen
protonsAtomic d has
potassium, three =3isotopes.
6Zfor 19 The atomic structure and calciumi as590 ankJ example:
eutrons
ofctrons
there
neutrons
there Evidence for electronic structure
shown
isotopic
Hydrogen
are
name
isotopic
Hydrogen
name
isotopic
17 them
shown
When
ein
protons
d
ein When
Figure
Structure
symbols
carbon,
them
has
in
symbols
carbon,
writing
symbolshasby
three
byFigure
potassium, (+)
writing
2.8.
for
Zthree
Zand
omitting
for
the
omitting
isotopes.
= 2.8.
6Zthe
generally =1819
three
isotopes.
the
generally
the the
three
electrons
three
isotopes
The
proton
about
The
proton
about
isotopes isotopes
atomic
(–).
number
isotopes,
of
atomic
number hydrogen
of
of structure
isotopes,hydrogen
structure
and and
hydrogen
chemists
are
and
placingare
and
placing
are ΔH
also calcium
ΔH
1st
The. Its = units
ionisation
symbol
i i1 as an example: aremol
for kJ –1 –1
mol
energy:
the 1st .
Ca(g)ionisation
Bilal
Ca
energy
Hameed
+(g) +
is e
ΔH–
i1. Using
eutrons of protons shown Hydrogen
isotopic Figure symbolshas 2.8. three for isotopes.
the three The
isotopes atomic ofchemists
structure
hydrogen alsoand
are
Evidence for electronic structure The symbol for the
–1 1st ionisation energy
+(g) +iseΔH
i1. Using
protons 1st ionisation energy: Ca(g) Ca –
n number
there Hydrogen
isotopic the
shown
name nucleon has
in
symbols
them number
three
Figure for
by2.8. isotopes.
2.8.
omittingthe after
three the the
The
isotopesname.
atomic
proton of For
number hydrogenexample,
structure and and
are the
theplacing also If 1stcalcium
ΔH
a second = as590 an kJexample:
electronmol is removed
rprotons
umber of protons the shown
name When
Ionisation
shown
nucleon
them
isotopic eWhen
energy,
inofFigure
for 2.8.
in Figure
∆H
carbon,
writing by writing
number
symbols = 6after
Zgenerally
omitting generally
for the the name.
proton
about
three about For
number
isotopes,
isotopes isotopes,
example,
of and
chemistschemists
placing
hydrogen
calcium also are i1
ionisation energy: Ca(g) fromCa each
+(g)ion + ein– a mole of
m ofatom
r there
protons shown
the in isotopes
isotopic symbols
When
Figurenumber
nucleon 2.8. hydrogen
writingthe can
three
generallybeisotopes
calledisotopes,
about
after the name. For example, the hydrogen-1,
of hydrogenhydrogen-2
are also
chemists ΔH =as ankJexample:
590 mol–1 + –
29

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 3


There
There is
interference
number isof an
anan agreed
from
atom.
agreed shorthand
atoms
This and
shorthandis shown for
molecules
for forshowing
ain
showing thethe
inpotassium air. mass
the atom,
mass number
39 K, inand
number Figure
and atomic
1.9.
atomic mass number.
interference
There
number is ofan anfrom
agreed
atom. atoms
This and
shorthand molecules
is shown
shown for showing
for the
a potassium
potassium air.
the mass
atom,
39
19
number
39
39 K, in
19K, inandFigureatomic
1.9.
number
Ions
After
number can of
also
ionisation,
of an
anbe atom.
atom. the This
represented
This is
is using
charged shown species for
this a
forshorthand.
aare separated
potassium atom,
For example,
atom,to 19
39 K, the
produce
39
19 Figure
potassium
the
in Figure
Figure 1.9.
mass
1.9.
Ions
number
After can
Ions can
Ions
After can also
of an
ionisation,
also be
also
ionisation, be represented
atom. the
be representedThis
represented
the 39 is
charged using
shown
using
+. using
charged this
speciesfor shorthand.
a potassium
are
this shorthand.
this
species shorthand.
are ions separated
separated For example,
atom, to
For example,
For
39 K,
produce
example,
19
19
tobasis
produce
19 the
in
the potassium
the
the potassium 1.9.
mass
potassium
themass-
mass
ion
Ions can
spectrum,
ion cancan be
can be written
which
alsowritten as
be represented 39 K
distinguishes
39K+
as 19 the positive on
+. using this shorthand. For example, the potassium
+ the of their
spectrum,
ion be whichwritten distinguishes
39 the positive ions on the basis of their mass-
ratios. as 39K+ +.
19
19
) is to-charge
ion can be written as 19
39
39
19 K +. 30
)) isis to-charge ratios. 19
19

K
m, of
39
Test are
There yourself various types of mass spectrometer. They differ in the method
Atomic Structure WS 4
m, of mass

39
m,s of the Test
There
Test yourself
are
yourself various types of mass spectrometer. They differ in the method mass
mass 8

K
39
is the
isss the usedTest
Test
used to yourself
to separate
yourself
separate
ions with different ratios of mass to charge. One type uses an
ions
number
mass
number
mass 8
8
on). 8 Use
electric fieldFigure to 1.8, with
accelerateand the different
ions information
into
ratios of
aa magneticin mass
thefield, to charge.
caption,
which
One typethe
to estimate
then
uses an
deflects the
number
mass
mass
number
on).
on). 88 Use
Atomic
electric
Use Figure
field structure
Figure to 1.8,
accelerate
1.8, and
and the
ions
the information
into
information magneticin
in the
the caption,
field,
caption,which to
to estimate
then
estimate the
deflects
the the number
number
number
so that electric
ions diameter
field
Atomic
8 onto
Use
Atomic
Atomic Figure
the ofaccelerate
structure
structure
structure a gold
todetector.
1.8, and Aatom
the
second inintonanometres.
ionsinformation
information
type a magnetic in the
accelerates thefield, which
caption,
the ions toandthen
estimate
then deflects
the the
separates
so that ions 8 diameter
Use
diameter
onto
diameter Figure
the of a
1.8,
detector.
of gold
of aa gold and
goldA atom
the
atom
second
atom in nanometres.
in nanometres.
in nanometres.
type in
accelerates caption,
the ions to estimate
and then the
separates
so that
alue ions onto the detector. Aatom
second type accelerates the there
ions and then separates
them 19 How
diameter
by their
diameter many ofprotons,
flighta gold
gold
time neutrons
atom
through and
in nanometres.
nanometres. electrons
a field-free are
region. in the
A third following
type, the so-
alue
alue them 99 How
9 How
How
by manyof
many
their
many
a
protons,
protons,
flight
protons,time neutrons
neutrons
through
neutrons
in and
and
a
and electrons
electrons
field-free
electrons are
region.
are there
are there
there
A in the
in the
third
in the following
following
type, the so-
following
called atoms
transmissionand ions:quadrupole instrument, is now aremuch
therethe most common
19
9 How
9 How
atoms many
many protons,
andprotons,
ions: neutrons
neutrons and electrons
and electrons are there in the
in the following
following atomic
called transmission quadrupole instrument, is now much the most common
19
atoms and ions: atomic
because a) it is
9 Be very reliable, compact and b) easy
39 Kto use. It varies the fields in the atomic

19
becauseatoms
atoms
a) it it
9 Be
4 is and
and
very ions:
ions:
reliable, compact andb) easy
39 Kto use. It varies the fields in the
19 number
atomic
because a) 99
4 is
Be very reliable, compact and b)
b)
39
easy
19K
39 to use. It varies the fields in the number
atomic
number
atomic
number
atomic
instrument
c)
instrument
a) 4
9
9
4 in a subtle way to allow ions19
9
235
Be U in a subtle way to allow b)
d)
ions
b)
39with
19
19
39
39 FK––– aa particular
with particular mass-to-charge
mass-to-charge Figure 1.9 The mass number and atomic
number
number
a)
instrument
c) 4
4 Be
235
92
235
4 92U in
U a subtle way to allow b)
ions
d)
d)any
19
19
199 K
with
F a particular mass-to-charge number
Figure 1.9 The mass number and atomic
Figure 1.9
1.9 The
The mass
mass number
number and
and atomic
atomic
ratio to c) pass
23592 through
235
92 to the detector atd) 19
19
9 one
99 F

– time. Figure
number canThe
be mass
shownnumber
with theand
symbol of
ratio c) to
e)
c) 40
pass
235
235
4092Ca
U
2+?
Uthrough
2+? to the detector atd) d)any
d) 19
19 9FFone
–– time. Figure
Figure 1.9
1.9 The mass number and atomic
atomic
e)
e) 40 20
4092 Ca
Ca2+ 2+ 9 number can be shown with the symbol of
The e)
output
92
20Ca
20
40
20 from
2+ ?? the detector of a mass spectrometer is often presented as
9 number
an can be shown with the symbol of
atom.can be shown with the symbol of
number
e)
10 output
Write
e) 40
40
20Ca symbols
Ca 2+
2+?? the showing theofmass number and atomic number for number
an atom.can be shown with the symbol of
The10
10 e)
Write
Write 20
20 from
symbols
symbols detector
showing
showing the
the a mass
mass
mass spectrometer
number
number and atomic
and atomic
atomicis often
number
number presented
for
for as an atom.
a 10‘stick
2 Write
thesediagram’.
symbols
atoms This
showing
and showsthe
ions: the massstrength
number of and
the signal produced
number forby ions an atom.
an atom.
a 10‘stick
10 Write
Writediagram’.
thesesymbolssymbols
atoms and This
showing
showing
and shows the the mass strength
the mass number
ions:ratio. number of the
and
and signal
atomic produced
atomic numbernumber for
forby ions
ofof varying
these
varying mass-to-charge
atoms
mass-to-charge
atomsofand and
ions:
ratio.8 The
ions:with The scale scale8 on on the
the vertical
vertical axis
axis shows
shows the the
of a)
these
varying
these an mass-to-charge
atom
atoms oxygen
ions: ratio. protons,
The scale neutrons
on the and 8 axis
vertical electrons
shows the
relative a) abundance
a)
relative an atom
an atom of
abundance ofof the
oxygen
oxygen
of the ions.
withThe
with
ions. 8
The horizontal
8 protons,
protons,
horizontal 8 axis
8 neutrons
neutrons
axis shows
shows andthe
and 8
the m/z
8 electrons
electrons
m/z values.
values.
relativeb) abundance
a)
a)
b) an an atom
an atom
atom of ofof
of the ions.
argon
oxygen
oxygen
argon
with
with18
with
with The
188 horizontal
8 protons,
protons,
protons, 8 axis shows
22neutrons
neutrons
22neutrons
8 neutrons and
andand
andthe
8 18
8 m/z
electrons
electrons
18 values.
electrons
electrons
Each b)
of thean atom
four of
peaks argonon with
the mass18 protons,
spectrum 22 of neutrons
lead in and
Figure 181.11electrons
represents
Each b) of the
c)
b) the
an
an four
ion
atom
atom ofpeaks
ofpeaks
sodium
of
of argon
argonon the
the
with mass
withmassa18
181+ spectrum
charge and
protons,
1+protons, 22
22 ofneutrons
lead in Figure
a nucleus
neutrons Figure
of 11
and
and 18
181.11 represents
protons
electrons
electrons
aEach
aa lead
lead
of
c)
ion
c)
ion
an
anof
andof
four
ion
different
ion of
different
12
sodium
sodium
neutrons
on
mass,
mass,
with
and
with
and aathe1+
the
spectrum
charge and
heights
charge
heights
and
of
of
of lead
the
the
in
aa nucleus
nucleus
peaks
peaks giveof 11
of
give
111.11
the
the
represents
protons
proportions
protons
proportions
07 208 oflead c)ion
thec)ions an
an ofpresent.
and
and
different
ion
ion12of
12
ofneutronsmass,with
sodium
sodium
neutrons
andaathe
with 1+ heights
1+ charge and
charge of the
and a peaks give
a nucleus
nucleus of 11
of theprotons
11 proportions
protons
07 208 of thed)ions and
an present.
ion12 ofneutrons
sulfur with a 2− charge and a nucleus with 16 protons
07
07
m/z)
208
208 d) and
d)
an ion
d)
an an ion
ion of
of sulfur12of
sulfur with neutrons
sulfur with a 2− charge and a nucleus with 16 protons
with aa 2−
2− charge
charge and
and aa nucleus
nucleus with
with 16
16 protons
protons
m/z)
m/z)
m/z) and
d)
an ion16ofneutrons.
ion sulfur with
with aa 2−
2− charge
charge and
and aa nucleus
nucleus with
with 16
16 protons
protons
the Test d)
an
and 16
yourself of sulfur
neutrons.
and 16 neutrons.
the
the
produce
Test yourself
and
Test yourself16 neutrons.
and 16 neutrons.
produce
produce 11 Look carefully at Figure 1.11.
are all 1+ 3 Look
11 Look carefully
carefully at
at Figure
Figure 1.11.
1.11.
are all
are all 1+
a lead 1+
11
1.3
1.3 Comparing
Comparing the
the masses
masses of
of
a) How many different ions are detected in the mass spectrum of
aaead
lead
lead
ions 1.3
a)
1.3 Comparing
a) How
Comparing
atoms – mass the
the masses
masses
spectrometryof
How many different ions are detected in the mass spectrum of
lead?many different ions are detected in the mass spectrum of
of
ead
lead ions
eadnot
are ions
atoms – mass
lead?
lead?
atoms –– mass spectrometry
mass spectrometry
spectrometry
b) What are the relative masses of these different ions?
are not
are not
normally
normally
normally
atoms
b) What
b)
c)
What are
Individual
Individual
Individual
are the
atoms
Make a
atoms
atoms
the relative
are
rough
are
relative masses
far
are far
too
estimate
far
far too
masses of
small
of
small
too small
small
to
the
to
of these
be
these different
relative
be
to be
different ions?
weighed, but
proportions
weighed,
be weighed,
weighed, but
ions?
in 1919
in of
in
but in these
1919
1919
F.W.
F.W. Aston
Aston
F.W. Aston
Aston
in Individual
c) Make
c)
invented atoms
Make
the a
mass are
a rough
rough too
estimate
estimate
spectrometer. of to
ofThis
the
the relative
relative
gave but
proportions
proportions
scientists an 1919
of
of these
these
accurate F.W.
method of
rr in
in Test
invented
inventedyourself
different
Individual atoms
the mass
different
the mass
ions
are in the
far too
spectrometer.
ions in the
spectrometer.
sample
small
sample
of gave
to
This
of
This
lead.
be weighed,
lead.
gave scientists
scientistsbut
an
an in 1919
accurate
accurate F.W. Aston
method
method of
of
Test yourself
comparingdifferent
the
Test yourself
invented
invented ions
relative in the
massessample
of of
atoms lead.
and molecules. Since
the mass spectrometer. This gave scientists an accurate method of
thethe
mass spectrometer. its invention,
Test
comparing
Test
Test
comparingyourself
yourself
yourself
the relative
relative masses of ofThis
atoms gave
andscientists
molecules. an accurate its method
Since its of
invention,
mass
12
Test spectrometry
comparingyourself
Look up
thethe has masses
values
relative been
of relative
masses of atoms
developed
atomic
atoms and
into
and molecules.
masses
molecules. in theSince
a sophisticated Periodic
Since its invention,
technique for
invention,
Test
comparing
mass
12
Test
12
mass yourself
Look thethe
spectrometry
up
yourself
4 Table
spectrometry relative
has masses
values
has been
of
been of atoms
developed
relative atomic
developed and
intomolecules.
masses
into in the
sophisticated Since
aaa instrumentation.
sophisticated its invention,
technique
Periodic
technique for
12
mass
and the Periodic
12
Look
Look
chemical
Test up
on the
up the
analysis
yourself
spectrometry
chemical
Table
Look page
analysis
up the
values
values
based
652.
has
based
values onof
on
ofaarelative
How
been
of manyatomic
relative
variety
variety
relative
atomic
of types
times
developed
of types
atomic
masses
masses
of
heavier
into of
masses (toin the
in the
the
sophisticated
instrumentation.
in the
Periodic
Periodic
nearest whole for
technique
Periodic for
and the
and
mass
12 spectrometry
Table
Look
12Table
chemical
chemical
the Periodic
the Periodic
Periodic Table
Table
Table
on
up
up
on
on
page
the
analysis
Lookanalysis
the
page
page has
652.
values
based
values
based
652.
652. been
on How
of
onofa
How
How developed
many
relative
arelative
variety
variety
many
many
times
atomic
of
atomic
of into
types
types
times
times a
heavier
masses
masses
of
heavier
heavier sophisticated
(to
in
(to
(to
the
of instrumentation.
instrumentation.
in the technique
nearest
Periodic
the nearest
the
whole
Periodicwhole
nearest whole for
and 12
12 Look
number)
Table
Look
chemical
Table up
up the
are:
onthe
analysispagevalues
values
based
652. onof
of
How relative
arelative atomic
manyatomic
variety of types
times masses
masses in
in the
the
of instrumentation.
heavier (to the Periodic
Periodic
nearest whole
A 12 number)
mass
Table
Table
Look
number) on
on
up are:
spectrometer
page
page
the
are: separates
652.
652.
values How
How
of atoms
many
many
relative and
times
times
atomic molecules
heavier
heavier
masses (to
(toaccording
in the
thenearest
the
the to
nearest
Periodic their mass,
whole
whole
A12
A
A
Look
number)
mass
Table
mass
Table
mass
up
on the
on are:
spectrometer
page
spectrometer
page
spectrometer
number)
a) C atoms are:
values
than 652.
652. of
separates
How
separates
How
separates
H atoms
relative
atoms
many
atoms
many
atoms
atomic
and
times
and
times
and
masses
molecules
heavier
molecules
heavier
molecules (toin
(toaccording
the Periodic
nearest
according
the
accordingnearestto
to
to their
their
their mass,
whole
mass,
whole
mass,
and
A
and also
mass
a)
Table
also shows
number)
number) on
shows
number)
are:
spectrometer
TableC atoms
on the
are:
page
page than
the
are: relative
separates
652.
652.H atoms
How
How
relative numbers
atoms
many
many
numbers of
and
times
times
of the different
molecules
heavier
heavier
the different (to
(to atoms
according
the
the and
to
nearest
nearest
atoms and molecules
their mass,
whole
whole
molecules
A
andmass
a)
and also
alsospectrometer
C atoms
shows
a) Cshows
number) atoms
are: than
the
than
the separates
H atoms
relative
H atoms
relative atoms
numbers
numbers and
of
of molecules
the
the different
different according
atoms
atoms to
and
and their mass,
molecules
molecules
and a)
b)
present.
a)
a)
also Cshows
Mg
number)
C
C
number) atoms
Figure
atoms
atoms
atomsare:
are: than
1.10
than
the
than HHCatoms
shows
than atoms
relative
H a numbers
atoms
atoms schematicofdiagram of a mass
the different spectrometer.
atoms and molecules
b)
present.
a)
b) Mg
C
Mg atoms
Figure
atoms
atoms1.10 than
thanshows
than H Catoms
C atoms
a schematic
atomsschematic diagram
diagram of aa mass
mass spectrometer.
present.
b) Figure
a)
c)
Mg
C
S
atoms
atoms
atoms
1.10
than
than
shows
than H
He
a
Catoms
atoms
atoms
of spectrometer. 13/04/19 10:15 PM
a)
present.
b)
b)
b) Mg
a)
c) C
Mg
C
S atoms
Figure
atoms
atoms
atoms
Mgatoms than
1.10 than
than
atomsthan than H
shows
thanHe Catoms
a
atoms
HCCatoms
atoms
atoms
atomsschematic diagram of a mass spectrometer. 13/04/19
13/04/19 10:15 PM
10:15 PM
PM
c) S
b)
c) atoms
c) S
b) Mg
S atoms
Mg than
atoms
atoms He
atomsthan atoms
thanHe
than
than He C atoms
C atoms
atoms
atoms
13/04/19 10:15
d)
b)
c) C
Mg
S atoms
atoms
atoms thanthan
than He
He C atoms
atoms
atoms 1.3 Comparing the masses of atoms – mass spectrometry 17
c)
c) S
b)
d) S atoms
Mg
C atoms
atoms thanthan
than He
HeC atoms
atoms
atoms 1.3 Comparing
Comparing the the masses
masses of
of atoms
atoms ––– mass
mass spectrometry
spectrometry 17
17
c)
d)
d) C
c) S
C atoms
S atoms than
atoms than He
than He atoms
He atoms
atoms 1.3
1.3 Comparing the masses of atoms mass spectrometry 17
e)
c)
d) Fe
S
C atoms
atoms than
than N
He atoms?
atoms 1.3
1.3 Comparing
Comparing the
the masses
masses of
of atoms
atoms –– mass
mass spectrometry
spectrometry 17
17
17
d)
d) C
c)
e) C atoms
S
Fe atomsthan
atoms thanHe
than He atoms
atoms
N atoms?
atoms? 1.3 Comparing the masses of atoms – mass spectrometry
e)
e) Fe
d)
d) C atoms
atoms
Featoms
C atomsthan than
than
thanHe HeN atoms
N atoms?
atoms 28 Si (93.0%),
13 e)Silicon
d)
e)
e)
d) C
Fe
Fe consists
atoms
atoms
atoms
Featoms
C atoms than
than
than
than
than of He
NNthree
atoms
atoms?
atoms?
Nthree
atoms? naturally occurring isotopes,
13 e)
13 Silicon
Silicon consists
consists ofHe
of atoms
three naturally
naturally occurring
occurring isotopes,(Chapter
isotopes,
28 Si (93.0%),
14
28
28
28Si
Mass
13 e) spectrometers
Fe atoms than can N also
atoms? be used to study molecules 28Si (93.0%), 7). After
Silicon consists of three naturally occurring isotopes, 14 (93.0%),
Mass
29 Si Fe atoms
(5.0%)
spectrometers andthan 30
can N
Si atoms?
(2.0%).
also be used tooccurring
study molecules
14
14
14
13
13
5
13 e)
29
14
29 Si Fe(5.0%)
Silicon
Silicon
Silicon
e)
29 Si Fe atoms
consists
consists
consists
atoms
(5.0%) and
and
than
than ofSi
30
14
of
30
of
30 NN
Si atoms?
three
(2.0%).
three
three
atoms?
(2.0%). naturally
naturally
naturally occurring
occurring isotopes,(Chapter
isotopes,
isotopes,
28
28
14Si
28 Si 7). After
Si (93.0%),
(93.0%),
(93.0%),
injecting
13 a)
13
29
14
29Si
14
Silicon
14
Silicon
a consists
sample
(5.0%)
consists
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd 17and into 30
14
ofSi
14
14
of
30 the naturally
(2.0%).
three
three
instrument
naturally and vaporising
occurring
occurring isotopes,
isotopes,
28
14
28
28it,
14
14
28 Si
Si
bombarding
(93.0%),
(93.0%),
13/04/19 10:15 P
14
injecting
29 SiHow(5.0%)
a
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd
29
14Si (5.0%) many
sample 17and
17and
14
protons
into
30
30 Si (2.0%).
and
the neutrons
instrument are andpresent in
vaporising the 14
14nuclei
28it, of each
bombarding 13/04/19 10:15 P
P
13
29
14 SiHow
Silicon
electrons (5.0%)
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd
13 a)a) not
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd
Silicon
29
14
14
29 Si (5.0%)
How many
consists
only
consists
many
17and
17and ionise ofSi
30
14
protons
14
of
30
14
14
protons
30 Si
(2.0%).
Sithree
(2.0%).
three
the and
(2.0%).
and neutrons
naturally
molecules
naturally
neutrons butarealso
occurring
occurring
are present
break
isotopes,
present in the14
inthem
isotopes, the
14
28
28nuclei
14 into
Si
nuclei of each
Si (93.0%),
(93.0%), each
fragments.
of
13/04/19
13/04/19 10:15
10:15 P
a)
29
electrons
29
14 Si How
ofnot
(5.0%)
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd
these
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd
14 many
only 17and
isotopes?
30
protons
ionise
30
14
14 Si the and
(2.0%). neutrons
molecules butare present
also break in the
them 14
nuclei
14 into of each
fragments. 13/04/19
13/04/19 10:15 P
10:15 P
electrons
Becausea)
14 SiHow
29
a)
29
14Si not
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd
14
29
a) How
of
How
of (5.0%)
the
these
(5.0%) only
many
many
many
17
highandionise14 Si the
protons
30
14
30
protons
vacuum
protons
isotopes?
and 30
14Si (2.0%).and
andmolecules
and
(2.0%). neutrons
neutrons
inside the
neutrons butare
are also
are present
mass break
present in
spectrometer,
present them
in the
in the into
nuclei
the nuclei
itit is
nuclei fragments.
of
of eachto
of each
possible
each
13/04/19 10:15 P

Because14
a)
14 of
of
How
of these
these
the many isotopes?
high 14
isotopes?
protons
vacuum
14 and neutrons
inside the are
mass present
spectrometer,in the nuclei is of each
possible to
a)
Because
b)
a) How
of
What
of
How themany
these
these is
manyhigh
the protons
vacuum
isotopes?
relative
isotopes?
protons and neutrons
inside
atomic
and the
mass
neutrons are
mass
of
are present
silicon?
present in
spectrometer, the nuclei
in normally it
the nuclei is
nucleiexist. of each
possible
of each
each to
studyb)
b)these
a) of
What
How
of
What molecular
these
these is
many
is theisotopes? fragments
relative
protons
isotopes? atomic
and and ions
mass
neutrons which
of
are do
silicon?
present notin the of As a
study b)these
What
of these is the
molecular the relative
fragments
relative
isotopes? atomic
atomic and mass
ions
mass of
of silicon?
which do
silicon? notand normally exist. As a
58 14 b)
Neon
resultb)
b) What
of
theWhat has
these
mass
What
of these isistwothe
spectrum
istwothe
the relative
isotopes
isotopes?
relative
relative
isotopes? atomic
with
consists
atomic
atomic mass
mass
ofmass of
numbers
a ‘fragmentation
mass of silicon?
of silicon?of
silicon? 20 22.
pattern’ (Figure 1.15).
58
58
58 14
result
14
14 b)Neon
b)theWhat
Neon
Neon has
mass
What has
hasis is spectrum
two
twothe isotopes
relative
isotopes
isotopes with
consists
atomic
with mass
ofmass
with mass mass
mass numbers
a ‘fragmentation
of
numbers
numbers silicon?of
of
of 20
20
20 and
pattern’
and
and 22.
22.(Figure
22. 1.15).
When
14 a)
b) analysing
Neon How
What hasdo is the
two
you
the relative
molecular
isotopes
think
relative the atomic
compounds,
with mass
boiling
atomic mass of
the
numbers
temperatureof silicon?
peak
silicon?of
of the
20 ion
and
neon-20 with
22. the
compares highest
14
When
14 analysing
Neon
Neon
b) Whathas
has is two
twomolecular
the isotopes
isotopes
relative compounds,
with
with
atomic mass
mass
mass the
numbers
numbers
of peak of
silicon?of 20
of the
20 ion
and
and with
22.
22. the highest
When
14 a)
6 a)
mass a)
is analysing
Neon How
How
How
usually has do
do
do two
the molecular
you
you
youwholethink
isotopes
think the
the
thinkmoleculecompounds,
the boiling
with mass
boiling
boiling theanswer.
temperature
numbers
temperature
temperature
ionised. Sopeak of of
of
of
of the
20
of20 ion 22.
neon-20
and
neon-20
neon-20 with
22. the highest
compares
compares
compares
So the mass of
of this ‘parent
‘parent ion’ion’ or
0 60 14 Neon has two isotopes
00) 60
60 mass
14 a)
is
a)
a)
with
How
usually
Neon How
How has that
dodo
do the
two
you
of
you
you
neon-22?
whole
isotopes
think
think thewith
thinkmolecule
the
the with mass
Explain
boiling
mass
boiling
boiling
numbers
your
temperature
ionised. numbers
temperature
temperature theof of20
mass
of
of
of 20 and
neon-20
and
neon-20
neon-20 this
22. compares
compares
compares or
0 60 mass
14 is
a)
‘molecularusually
Neon with
with
with
How has that
that
ion’,that
do the
two
Myouof
of
+whole
of, neon-22?
isotopes
neon-22?
neon-22?
is
thinkthe molecule
the ionised.
Explain
with mass
Explain
Explain
relative
boiling your
your
your
molecular
temperatureSo the
answer.
numbers
answer.
answer.
mass mass
of
of the of
and
neon-20 this
22.
compound. ‘parent
compares ion’ or
))) a)
b)
‘molecular How
with
Neon do
ion’,that
in Myou
the+ think
of
+ neon-22?
air
+, neon-22?
is the
contains
the boiling
Explain
relative 90% temperature
your
neon-20
molecular answer.
and
mass of10%
of neon-20neon-22.
theneon-22.
compound.compares
What is
of a a) with
b)
a) How
with
Neon
How that
do
that
doin of
you
the
youof think
neon-22?
air
think the
contains
the Explain
boiling
Explain
90%
boiling your
your answer.
temperature
neon-20
temperature answer.
and of
10%
of neon-20
neon-20 compares
What
compares is
of aa b) Neon
with
b)e –the
Neon
with in
that
thatin+
relative the
the
of air
air contains
of atomic
neon-22?
neon-22?contains
mass 90%
Explain
90%
Explain
of neonneon-20
your
neon-20
your in and
answer.
and
answer.
the +10%
air? 10% neon-22.
neon-22. What
− + eis
What –is
of b)
b)
b) Neon
with
–Neon
Neon
the in
that
in
in
relative the
the
theof air
neon-22?
air
air
atomic M(g)
contains
contains
contains
mass ⎯⎯→
90%
Explain
90%
90%
of neonneon-20
your
neon-20
neon-20inanswer.
the M
and
and
and
air?+ 10%
10%
10% +
neon-22.
neon-22.
neon-22. e What

What
What is–is
––is
b)
–with
e–the
the
Neon that
relative
relative
in +theof atomic
neon-22?
atomic
air M(g) mass
mass
contains Explain
of
of
90%⎯⎯→
neon
neonyourin
neon-20 answer.
in the
the M
air?
air?
and
+ +
+ 10% neon-22. −
eWhat
− + eis
b)
15 Whythe
high-energy Neon
dorelative
the in
isotopes
relative the air
atomic contains
have mass
molecule the
mass 90%
insame neon-20
chemical
of neon
neon and 10%
properties,
inmolecular
theand
air?10%ion neon-22.
but different What
electrons is
15
15 b)
Why
b)
Why
the
Neon
do
Neon
do
relative
isotopes
in
isotopes theatomic
in the atomic
air
airhave mass
contains
the
contains
have the
of
of
90%
same
90% neon in
neon-20
chemical
neon-20 in the
the air?
air?
properties,
theandair?10% neon-22.
but
neon-22. What is
different
What is
high-energy
15 physical
Why the
the relative
dorelative
isotopes
properties? molecule
atomic
have
atomic theinsame
mass
mass same
of chemical
of neon
neonchemical
in the properties,
in molecular
properties,
air? ion but
but different
electrons
different
electron
15
15
15 Why
physical
Why the
Whythe do
do isotopes
properties?
relative
isotopes
dorelative
isotopes atomicsample
have
have
have
atomic the
mass
the same
of
same
the same
mass neonchemical
chemical
of neon in
chemical the properties,
air?
properties,
in theproperties,
air? but
but different
different
but different
15 physical
electron
physical
Why properties?
properties?
do isotopes
isotopes sample
have the same
same chemical
chemical properties,
properties, but but different
different
15 Why do
physical
physical
physical properties?
properties?
properties? have the
15 Why
15 physical do
Why do isotopes
physical isotopes
properties? have
have the
the same
same chemical
chemical properties,
properties, but
but different
different
Testphysical
yourself
physical
properties?
properties?
Test yourself properties?
Relative
Relative molecular
16 What is molecular
and
and formula
formula masses
masses Key terms
Relative
Relative
16 What is molecular
the
the relative and
relative molecular
molecular and
molecular formula
mass of:
formula
mass of: masses
masses Key
Key terms
terms
Relative
16 What
Relative
Relative
a)
Relative
is
atomic
atomicmolecular
the relative
masses
molecular
chlorine, Cl
masses
can
can and
molecular
also
and
also
be
be formula
mass
used of:
to
formula
used to masses
compare the
masses
compare the
masses
masses
of
of
different
different Key terms
Key
Key terms
terms
Relative
Relative
Relative
a) molecular
atomic
chlorine,
molecules. The masses
molecular
Cl2
relative can and
also
and
masses be
of formula
used to
formula
molecules aremasses
compare the
masses
called masses
relative of different
molecular Key
The
Key terms
relative
terms molecular mass of an
Relative
Relative
a)
Relative
Relative
molecules.
b)
masses
Relative
molecular
atomic
chlorine,
atomic
atomic
The
sulfur,
molecules.
Relative The
atomic
(symbol
Relative
b)(symbol
S
sulfur,
atomic
masses
Cl
masses
2
2
2
masses
relative
relative
masses
atomicMmasses
S
8 ).
masses
can
can
can and
also
also
also
masses
masses
can also
be
be
of
of
be formula
used
used to
to
to compare
be molecules
used
molecules
used to are masses
compare
compare
are the
the
called
called
compare the
masses
the masses
masses
relative
relative
masses
of
of
of
different
different
ofmolecular
different
molecular
different
can also be used to compare the masses of different
can also be used
Key
The
The
Key
The terms
relative
relative
terms
relative molecular
molecular mass
molecularismass
element or compound mass of
of an
of an
the sum an
of the
molecules.
masses b)
molecules.
Relative
molecules.
masses (symbol
TheS
sulfur,
The
atomic
The M
M
relative
r ).
relative
masses
relative
8
8 masses
masses
can also of
masses of
of used to
be moleculesto compare
molecules
molecules are
compare
are the
the masses
are called
called
called relativeof
relative
masses
relative different
molecular
ofmolecular
different
molecular The
The
element
element
relative
Therelative
relative
or
or
molecularismass
molecular
molecular
compound
or compound
mass
mass
the
isisof
the sum
sum
ofan
of
of an
an
of
of the
of the
Relative
masses atomic
(symbol M rrr).
masses can also be used to compare the masses of different element compound the sum the
8 r ). The relative molecular mass of an
Atomic c)
molecules. ethanol,
The
Structure C
relative
4 H OH masses of molecules are called relative molecular relative
The atomic
relative
element or masses
molecular
compound
Bilal ismass
Hameed all
the the
of
sum atoms
anofthe
the
masses
masses
The c) (symbol
(symbol
ethanol,
relative
molecules. M
M C
molecular
The
2
).).H5
OH mass ofofanmolecules
element orare compound is the sum of the relative
element
The
element atomic
or
relative
or masses
compound
molecular
compound is
is of
the
massall
the the
sumof
sum atoms
of
anof the
Mrelative
Crrr222H555OHmasses called relative molecular
c) ethanol, r relative atomic masses of all the atoms
masses The
elementrelative
relative atomic
or molecular
masses
compound is mass
of
the all of
the
sum an
atoms
of the
The d)(symbol
The relative
relative atomic
r).
molecular
tetrachloromethane,
relative molecular
rrr). of all
masses
mass
mass CClof
the
an element or
4?an element
of
atoms in its or compound
compound
molecular
isis the
formula. the sum
sum of
of the
the in its
element
relative
in
relative
molecular
atomic
its molecular
relative molecular
atomic
atomic
formula.
or compound
masses isof
formula.
masses
masses ofthe
of allsum
all
all of
the atoms
the
the the
atoms
atoms
masses
The
The d)
d) (symbol
relative
relative
relative M
tetrachloromethane,
molecular
tetrachloromethane,
atomic massesrrr
molecular of mass
all
mass CCl
CCl
the of
of4 ?
4?an
atoms
an element
in
elementits or compound
molecular
or compound is
formula.
is the
the sum
sum of the
of the element
in
in its
element
relative or compound
or compound
its molecular
atomic formula.
masses isof
is
formula. the
the sum
all sum of the
of
the atoms the
atoms
relative
relative atomic
atomic
17 relative
What masses
masses
is molecular
the relative of all the
of formula
all theofatoms
4
atoms
mass in its
inof: molecular
its molecular formula.
formula. relative
in
The
in its
its atomic
molecular
relative
molecular masses
formula.
formula mass
formula. of all
of the
a
The
relative
17 Whatatomic
is masses
the relative of mass
all the
formula
an element
atoms
mass inof:its or compound
molecular is the sum of the
formula. in
in its
relative
relative
its molecular
atomic
atomic
molecular formula.
masses
masses
formula. of all
of all the
of the atoms
a atoms
relative
The
For atomic
relative
17oxygen,
What masses
molecular
,M
isOthe relative (Oof) all the of
mass
formula atoms
mass ×inof:
Aits(O)
=an2 element molecular formula.
or= compound
2 × 16.0 =is32.0 the sum of the The
in itsrelative
molecularformula mass
formula.
40 50
atio (m/z) 60 be written
mass is
a)usually
How simplydo the aswhole
you +,2, 8, 1molecule
think (butboiling
the see Section
ionised. 1.6).
temperature So the mass of neon-20 of this compares
‘parent ion’ or these 159 079 kJ mol
values makes . Plotting
it possible the logarithms
to fit them of
‘molecular
In energya) with
How ion’,
level that
do M of
diagrams
you neon-22?
is
thinkthe Explain
relative
suchboiling
the as that your
molecular in answer.
temperature mass
Figure of
of theneon-22.
1.20,
neon-20 compound.
the compares
electrons are these values makes it possible to fit them
atio (m/z) ‘molecularb) Neon
with ion’, in
that the+ air
Mof, neon-22? contains
is the relative 90%
Explain neon-20
molecular
your answer. and 10%
mass of the compound. What is on to the vertical axis, while still showing
ectrum of a In energy level in+diagrams such as that ininanswer.
Figure 1.20, the electrons
ectrum of a representedb)e –theNeon
with by arrows.
that
relative the airWhen
of atomic
neon-22?contains
M(g) massanExplain
energy
90%
of⎯⎯→neon level
neon-20
your is filled,
the and
M + 10%
air? the electrons
neon-22.
+ eare
− +paired
What e –isare on to the vertical
where there are bigaxis, jumps while in still showing
the values.
ments.
ments. up andb)
represented
b) ein–Neon
each
the
Neon
by in
of
relative
in +the
arrows.
these
the
airpairs
atomic
air
contains
When
M(g)
containsthe
mass 90%
of⎯⎯→
anelectrons
energy
90%
neon-20
neon level
are
neon-20
is and
filled,
in spinning
the M
and
+ 10%
air? 10%
the neon-22.
electrons
+
in opposite
neon-22.
What
What e –is
are+paired

edirections.is where there are big jumps in the values.
15 Why
high-energy do isotopes have
molecule the same
inelectrons chemical properties,
molecular 31 ion but different
electrons
up andWhy
Chemists
high-energy
15 intheeach
have relative
of
dorelativefound
isotopes these atomic
thatpairs
molecule
have
mass
the
paired same
of neonare
theinelectrons chemical
in
can the
spinning
only
molecular
air?be in
properties, opposite
stable
ion when
but directions.
they spin
electrons
different
the
physical
electron properties? atomic sample mass of neon in the air?
Chemists
in 15 Why
opposite
electronphysical have
dodirectionsfound that
isotopes
properties? have
so paired
that
sample thethe electrons
same chemical
magnetic canattraction
only be stable
properties, but
resulting whendifferenttheytheir
from spin
15
7
in opposite Why do isotopes
directions have
so that thethe same chemical properties,
magnetic but different
opposite physicalspins properties?
can counteract electrical attractionrepulsion from resulting theirfrom their
negative
Testphysical
opposite spins properties?
yourself can counteract the electrical repulsion from their negative
Key term
charges.
Test yourself Key term
Relative
charges. molecular and formula masses Key terms
Shielding is an effect of inner electrons
Relative
In 16
energy
16 What
What is
level molecular
the relative
diagrams molecular
such and
as Figure formula
mass 1.20,of: the masses
opposite spins of the paired
Key terms
Relative
Relative
In energy
electrons atomic
level molecular
is the
are shown
relativecan
masses
diagrams
Cl2by drawing
molecular
such and
also
as be
Figure formula
mass
used of:compare
to
1.20, the
the arrows in opposite directions. masses
opposite the masses
spins of of thedifferent
paired Shielding
which
Keyrelativereduces
terms is anthe effect
pull of
of inner
the nucleuselectrons
Relative
Relative
molecules.
electrons
Relative
a) chlorine,
a) atomic
The
chlorine,
are shown
atomic
molecularmasses
relative
Cl
masses2by drawing
can
masses
can
and
also
also the
be
of
be
formula
used
molecules
arrows
used
to
to in
compare
are
opposite
compare
masses
calledthe
the
masses
relative
directions.
masses
of different
molecular
ofmolecular
different
The
Key
which
on the terms
reduces
electrons molecular
thein pull
the mass
of
outer the of anof an
nucleus
shell
molecules.
The
masses b)(symbol
quantum sulfur,TheshellsS
M relative
). of masses
electrons of molecules
correspond are
to called
the relative
periods of elements Thethe
element
on relative
or molecular
compound
electrons in the is mass
the
outer sum of an
shell ofofthe
an
Relative
molecules.b) sulfur,atomic
TheSshells masses
8
8r
relative can
masses also be used
of where
molecules to compare
are calledthe masses
relative of different
molecular atom.
The Thanksmolecular
relative to shielding, mass theofelectronsanof
The
masses
in the
molecules.quantum
c) (symbol
Periodic
ethanol,
The MTable.
C ).H
relative
r 2 5
of
OH By electrons
noting correspond
massesofofanmolecules the areto
first the
big periods
jump
called relative of
comes elements
in
molecular the element
relative
atom.
The
in the outer
or
atomic
relative
Thanks compound
masses
molecular
to shielding,
shell are attracted
is
of the
mass all
the sum
the
of atoms
electrons
an
by of anthe
the
masses
The
in the
successivec) (symbol
relative ethanol,
Periodic
ionisation MTable.
molecularCr).
2H5energies
OH Bymass notingof ?anwhere element
element, theorfirst
itcompound
is big jump
possible istothe
comes sum
predict of the
in the
the element
relative or compound
atomic masses isoftheallsum the atoms
masses d)
The relative (symbol M
tetrachloromethane, ). CCl of in its
the
element
‘effectivemolecular
outer
or shell
compound
nuclear formula.
are attracted
charge’ is the
which sum byis anthe
of
less
relative molecular mass 4 an element oritcompound istothepredict
sum of the relative atomic masses of all the atoms
successive
group
The d)toatomic
relative ionisation masses
tetrachloromethane,
which
r
the element
molecular
of all
energiesmass
the
CClofatoms
4?an
belongs.
of an
in its
element,
For
element
molecular
example, or is the
compound
formula.
possible
first isbig the jump sum in
of the
the in its molecular
‘effective nuclear formula.
charge’
relative
17 relative
The
group What atomic
toatomic is the
which masses
molecular
therelative of formula
element all
mass the ofatoms
belongs. mass
an2element
Forinof:its molecular
example,or=compound the16.0formula.
first is
big thejump sum in of the
relative
than the
in itsrelative
The atomic
full
molecular masses
charge
formula on
formula. mass of a less
of
the which
all the
nucleus. isatoms
successive
For 8 oxygen,
17
relative What ionisation
isO the , relative
masses
M (O energies
of ) formula
all the for sodium
mass
atoms
= ×inof:
Aits comes
molecular
(O) 2after
× the
formula.
= first
32.0 electron is than the full charge on
relative
successive a) atomic
magnesium 2
ionisation masses r 2
of)that
chloride,
energies all the foratoms
MgCl sodium
r
inAjust
its molecular
comes after formula.
the first electron is
in its
compound molecular
The relativeis formula formula.
the sum mass ofthe thenucleus.
ofrelative
a
For
removed.
and oxygen,
a)
for This
magnesium
sulfuric O 2 , M
suggests
acid, r (O
chloride,
M 2 (H SO sodium
MgCl
) == 2 2has
2 ×× A r (O)
(H) one=
+ 2
A ×(S) 16.0
electron + 4 =in
× 32.0
Aits (O)outermost The relative
compound isformula
the sum mass
of the ofrelative
a
For oxygen, O Mr(O
,oxide, 2r) that 4 = 2 has × Ajust rr(O)one = 2 electron
×
r 16.0 =in32.0 atomic
The relativemasses of all the atoms a in its
isformula mass ofrelative
2 sodium 2
removed.
shell b) sulfuric
and,
and oxygen,
for This
iron( iii)2suggests
therefore, Mrit
,acid, Mmust
Fe 2O3be in Group 2 ××1. 2A× itsr (O)
A outermost compound theofsum ofHighest
the
2)r(H 2 SO4) = (H)+= +32.1 r(S) +× 4=×
For O (O = (2 A1.0) energy
b) iron( iii ) 2oxide, Fe O r(O) + 16.0
(4 32.0
16.0) r = 98.1 atomic masses
formula.
compound is the all the
sum of atoms
the relative in its
and for
shell and,
c) sulfuric
therefore,
hydrated acid, it
copper( M must(H
2 3 SO
be
r ii)2sulfate, in
4 ) =
Group2
CuSO × A
1. (H)
r.5H O? r + A (S) + 4 × A r (O) atomic masses of all the level
atoms
Highest – electron
in its
energy
and for c) sulfuric
hydrated acid,
copper( M r(H SO4) =CuSO
ii) 2sulfate, 2(2××A41.0) r(H)
.5H +
2 +32.1
O? Ar(S) + (4 + 4× ×16.0) Ar(O) = 98.1 formula.
atomic masses of all the easily
atoms
level – removed
in
electronits
Test
Metal
18 Look yourself
compoundscarefullyconsist at Figure giant=structures
of 1.15. (2 × 1.0) +
4 of 32.1
2 ions +and (4 not
× 16.0) molecules.= 98.1 To formula.
easily removed
Test
Metal
18 Look yourself
compounds
carefully consist atthat Figure of 1.15.
giant =structures
(2 × 1.0) +
of 32.1 +and (4 ×
ionsmolecules, not16.0) molecules.= 98.1 use To formula. Intermediate
avoid the suggestion their formulae represent chemists
Metal
19
avoid a) compounds
Write What is
equations the consist
relative
to of
represent: giant
molecular structures
mass of
of ions
the and
hydrocarbon?not molecules. To energy
Intermediate level –
the
Metal a)the
term suggestion
relative
compounds
What is the formula
consistthat of
relative their
mass
giantformulae
molecular (symbol
structures
mass represent
Mof ), the
rof not
ions molecules,
relative
and notmolecular
hydrocarbon? chemists
molecules. mass, use
To Tip electrons harder
avoid
19
theionic
term
a) the
Write
b)the The
the suggestion
equations
fragment
relative
second formula that
to
ionisation their
represent:
of the formulae
hydrocarbon
mass
energy (symbol represent
with
of calcium Mr),relative molecules,
mass
not molecules,
relative chemists
15 chemists
molecularis a CH mass,use energy level –
for
avoid b) The compounds
suggestion
fragment and
that for
their
of the mass other compounds
formulae
hydrocarbon represent
with with
Mr),relative
not
giant structures
mass molecular
15 is a CHmass, such
3 use as Tip to remove harder
electrons
the term
for ionic
silicon a)dioxide,relative
the
group. second
compounds What
SiO
formula
ionisation
doandyou energy
think
forenergy
other (symbol
the of calcium
fragments
compounds arerelative
with with
giantrelative
structures masses 3
such as Tip
Section A1.1 of AppendixtoA1 removeon
the
for
b)
term
ionic
the third
relative
group.
compounds What 2 .do
ionisation
formula and youfor mass
think
other
of
the aluminium.
(symbol
fragments
compounds Mr), with not
are relative
with
giant molecular
relative
structures masses mass,
such as Tip
Section A1.1 of Appendix A1 onto
silicon of
b) dioxide,
the 29thirdand SiO 43? .
ionisation energy of aluminium. page 626 gives advice on how
Lowest energy
for
20ionic
silicon
For The
magnesium ofcompounds
successive
dioxide,29 and SiO 43?
nitrate, . and for other
2ionisation compounds
energies of beryllium with are giant 900, structures
1757, such as Section
page 626A1.1 of Appendix
gives advice on A1
level how –onelectrons
to
2 work
Section out the
A1.1 value
of advice of
Appendixmaths Lowest
A1 ontoenergy
equations
silicon
For c)
20 magnesium
The
14 Draw
dioxide,
849successive
and a SiOpossible
21 2007
nitrate, .ionisation
kJstructure
mol−1energies for theofhydrocarbon.
. for beryllium are 900, 1757, page 626 gives on how
hardest
level to remove
– electrons
c) Draw a possible structure the hydrocarbon. work
with out
pagebrackets
626the the
givesvalue
and of maths
combinations
advice on how equations of remove
toto
ForMmagnesium
(Mg(NO
14 What
ra) 849 and 3 )2nitrate,
)21= 007 Ar(Mg) kJ mol + −12 .× [Ar(N) + 3 × Ar(O)] work
Figure out
1.20 Theand value
energy of maths hardest equations
levels of electrons
ForMmagnesium
(Mg(NO is) the
nitrate,
) = atomic
A (Mg) number
+ 2 × of beryllium?
[A (N) + 3 × A (O)] with brackets
multiplication
work out the and
value combinations
addition.
of maths equations of
Notice
M
r
a)
(Mg(NOthat,
What by
is ) the
) =
3 2 carefully
= 24.3
atomic
A
r +interpreting
(Mg) 2+×2(14.0
number × [Aof +r(N)48.0)
the+data
beryllium? 3=×148.3 Afrom
r
(O)] mass spectrometers, inFigure with
a brackets
1.20
sodium
multiplication The
atom. and
energy combinations
levels
and combinations
addition. of of
electrons
Notice rb) that,
Why do by3 2successive ionisation renergies always get more
)carefully +interpreting the +data from
Ar(O)]mass spectrometers, inmultiplication with brackets and and of
r r
Mr(Mg(NO
chemists can do deduce: =A
3)2successive 24.3r(Mg) 2+×2(14.0× [A+ (N)48.0)
renergies 3=×148.3 a sodium atom. addition.
b) Why
endothermic?
chemists can deduce: = 24.3 + ionisation
2 × (14.0 + 48.0) = always
148.3 get more multiplication and addition.
● the endothermic? = 24.3 + 2 ×elements (14.0 + 48.0) = 148.3
c)isotopic
Draw ancomposition
energy levelofdiagram for the electrons in beryllium, and
● the isotopic composition of elements
● thec)relative Draw an
predict atomic
itsenergy
electronmasseslevel of elements
diagram
structure. for the electrons in beryllium, and
● the relative atomic masses of elements
● the relative predict molecular
its electron masses of
structure. compounds.
● thed)relative To which group inmasses
molecular the Periodicof compounds.Table does beryllium belong?
Chemists d) Towho whichseparate group inand the synthesise
Periodic Table newdoes compounds berylliumcan belong? 1.4 Isotopes and relative isotopic masses 21
also identify
Chemists who separate and synthesise new compounds can also identify 1.4 Isotopes and relative isotopic masses 21
the fragments in the mass spectra of these compounds. Then, by piecing 1.4 Isotopes and relative isotopic masses 21
the fragments in the mass spectra of these compounds. Then, by piecing 1.4new Isotopes and relative isotopic masses 21
the fragments together, they can identify possible structures for the
the fragments together, they can identify possible structures for the new
compounds. 1.5 Evidence for the electronic structure of atoms 25
compounds.
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd 21 1.5 Evidence for the electronic structure of atoms 2513/04/1
The combination
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd 21 of gas chromatography and mass spectrometry is 13/04/1
The combination of gas chromatography and mass spectrometry is
particularly important
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd 21 in modern chemical analysis. Chromatography is first 13/04/1
particularly important
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd 21 in modern chemical analysis. Chromatography is first 13/04/1
used to separate the chemicals in an unknown mixture, such as polluted
used to separate25 the chemicals in an unknown mixture, such as polluted
water or similar compounds synthesised for possible use as drugs. Then mass
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd 13/04/1
water or similar 25compounds synthesised for possible use as drugs. Then mass Table 1.3 Electron configurations of
469983_01_Chem_Y1-2_012-038.indd 13/04/1
spectrometry is used to detect andElectronic identify the separated components.
structure
spectrometry
Element is used to detect and identify the separated components. Tableelements
four 1.3 Electron in theconfigurations
fourth period.of[Ar]
Electronic structure
and symbol spdf notation
Element Electrons-in-boxes notation four elements
represents theinelectronic
the fourthconfiguration
period. [Ar] of
and symbol spdf notation Electrons-in-boxes notation represents
argon: 2 the2p
1s 2s 2 electronic
6 3s 3p .configuration of
2 6
3d 4s 4p
23 Table
ructure and the Periodic Write the electronic sub-shell structure for the elements in
Potassium argon: 1s22s22p63s23p6.
23 Table
Write the electronic sub-shell 3d
[Ar] this structure 64s 4p
ructure and the Periodic would be for
1s22the
2s22elements
3s11. in
[Ar]4s 1
K23 Question
Potassium
Write the
Question
22 – for sodium
electronic sub-shell
22 – for sodium
[Ar]4s 1 structure for the 2p
elements
[Ar] this would be 1s 2s 2p 3s .
6 in
K 24 Draw the electrons-in-boxes
Question representations
22 – for sodium this would be 1s22sfor22p
the following
63s 1.
24 Draw the electrons-in-boxes representations for the following
24 elements:
Vanadium
Draw the
elements:[Ar]3d 34s2 [Ar]
electrons-in-boxes representations for the following
VVanadium [Ar]
a) boron[Ar]3d
elements:
3 4s2
b) fluorine 13/04/19 10:15 PM
V a) boron b) fluorine 13/04/19 10:15 PM

a) phosphorus
Iron c) boron 6
[Ar]3d 4s 2 [Ar] b) potassium.
d) fluorine
c) phosphorus d) potassium.
Fe
Iron
25 Identify the
c) phosphorus elements
6
[Ar]3d 4s 2 with
[Ar] the following
d) electron structures in their
potassium.
Fe25 outermost
Identify theshells:
elements with the following electron structures in their
25 outermost
BromineIdentify[Ar]3d
theshells:
elements with the following electron structures in their
104s24p5 [Ar]
a) 1s 2 b) 2s22p2
Br outermost shells:
Bromine
a) 1s22 [Ar]3d 4s 4p [Ar]
10 2 5
b) 2s222p42
Br c)a) 3s
1s2 b) 3s
d) 2s23p
2p2.
c) 3s2 d) 3s23p4.
3s2
Testc)yourself d) 3s23p4.
TheTestdevelopment
yourself of knowledge and understanding about electronic
The development
structures illustrates of knowledge
how chemists use and understanding
the results of atoms about electronic
their experiments, such
26 Write
The the electronic
development sub-shell
of knowledge structure
and for the
understanding of theseelectronic
about
structures
as theelementsillustrates
measurements how chemists use the results of their experiments, such
26 Write
structures usingof
the electronic
illustrates ionisation
spdf
how sub-shellenergies,
notation:
chemists structure
use the to devise
for
results the
of atomic
atoms
their models
of thesethat they
experiments, such
as the
can usemeasurements
to explain
elements theof
using ionisation
properties
spdf ofenergies,
notation: elements.to Itdevise atomic models
also illustrates that they
the important
as thea) scandium
measurements
can use to explain of ionisation energies,
b) manganese
to devise atomic models that they
distinction
can a)
use to betweenthe
scandium
explain the
properties
evidence
properties andof
of
elements. It also
experimental
b) manganese
elements. It dataillustrates
also on the one
illustrates
the hand,
the
important
and
important
Bilal c) zincbetween evidence and experimental
Hameed
distinction d) germanium. data on the one hand, and Atomic Structure 4
ideas, theories
distinction and explanations on the other.
27 c)
ideas, zincbetween
theories
Identify and
the evidencewithand
explanations
elements on experimental
the the germanium.
d) other.
following data structures:
electron on the one hand, and
ideas,
In 27 theories
particular,
Identify and6 explanations
ionisation energies onandthe other.electron
spectra have provided chemists with
a) 1s22sthe
In particular,
22pelements with
2 the
3s23penergies
ionisation
64s following structures:
and spectra have provided chemists with
32

Atomic Structure 4 Bilal Hameed


1 0
In the radioactive decay of an isotope of lead to an isotope of bismuth, a particle –1X is emitted.

0 33
2
Which particle is –1X?

Atomic Structure WS 11
Section A
A electron
For each question there are four possible answers,2 A, B, C, and D. Choose the one you consider to be
B ion
correct.
Section
Section A
A
C neutron

1For
1 each
InDthequestion
proton theredecay
are four possible answers, A, an
B, C, and D.
ofChoose
bismuth,the one you consider
0 to be
correct.
radioactive of an isotope of lead to isotope a particle –1X is emitted.

Which particle is 0
–1X?
2 As a simplification, an adult human can be considered to have a daily diet of 1.80 kg of
1 The use of the Data Booklet is relevant to this question.
Acarbohydrate
electron (empirical formula CH2O).
is the number of molecules in 500 cm3 of oxygen under room conditions?
Whation
B
Which mass of carbon dioxide does a person produce each day if all the carbohydrate eaten is
C neutron
Adigested
1.25 x and
1022oxidised?

!D
BA proton
1.34 x 1022
0.267 kg B 0.800 kg C 1.32 kg D 2.64 kg
[S'02 P1 Q01]
C 3.0 x 1022
22 As
D a3.0simplification,
x 1026 an adult human can be considered to have a daily diet of 1.80 kg of
3 The diagram
carbohydrate shows the
(empirical massCH
formula spectrum of a sample of naturally-occurring copper.
2O).

2 Which mass of carbon


In the preparation of softdioxide doesglyceryl
margarine, a person produce each day if all the carbohydrate eaten is
7 trieleostearate
digested and oxidised?
6
A 0.267 kg CHB3(CH 2)3CH CHCH 5 CHCH CH(CH
D 2)72.64
CO2CH
0.800 relative C 1.32 kg
kg kg 2
abundance 4
CH3(CH2)3CH CHCH CHCH CH(CH2)7CO2CH
3
3 The diagram shows the mass spectrum of2a sample of naturally-occurring copper.
CH3(CH2)3CH CHCH CHCH CH(CH2)7CO2CH2
1
7
is suitably hydrogenated so that, on average, one63of64its
61 62 65side-chains
66 67 68 is converted into the
CH3(CH2)4CH=CHCH2CH=CH(CH2)7CO 6 residue and two side-chains are converted into the
2 m/e
residue. 5
CH3(CH2)7CH=CH(CH2)7CO2relative
abundance 4
How
Whatmany moles
is the of hydrogen
relative are required
atomic mass of 3thistocopper?
convert one mole of glyceryl trieleostearate into the
soft margarine? 2
1
! AA 463.3 B 5
B 63.5
C 6
C
D
63.6
9
D 64.0

[S'02 P1 Q03]
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
m/e
33 Which isotope of an element in the third period of the Periodic Table contains the same number of
32
neutrons as 16 S?
What is the relative atomic mass of this copper?
23
A 11 Na
A 63.3
24 B 63.5 C 63.6 D 64.0
B 12 Mg
28
C 14 Si
31
D 15 P
!
[S'03 P1 Q03]
9701/1/M/J/02
4 The successive ionisation energies, in kJ mol–1, of an element X are given below.

870 1800 3000 3600 5800 7000 13 200

What is X?

A 33As B 40Zr C 52Te D


9701/1/M/J/02 53I

9701/1/M/J/03

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 11


1 Granular urea, CON2 H4 , can be used to remove NO2 from the flue gases of power stations,
234
3
converting it into harmless nitrogen.
Section A + yH O + zN
4 2CON2 H4 + x NO2 → 2CO
4 Unnilpentium is an artificial element. One of its isotopes is 262
105Unp.
2 2 2

For each
Whatquestion there are
are the values four
of x, possible
y and z in aanswers,
balancedA,equation?
B, C, and D. Choose the one you consider to
Which of the following statements is correct?
be correct.

A 262Unp
x
has a nucleon number of 105.
y z
1 105hydrocarbon
A pure is used in bottled gas for cooking and heating.
1½ 260 2 262
B The atom 105X is an isotope of 105Unp.
A 1¼
When
B 10 2 cm3 of the4 hydrocarbon
3
3 262is burned in 70 cm3 of oxygen (an excess), the final gaseous
Cmixture
There are 262
contains 30 neutrons
3
in 105dioxide
cm of carbon Unp. and 20 cm of unreacted oxygen. All gaseous volumes
were
C measured
3 under
4 identical

262
conditions.
D The proton number of105 Unp is 262.
! What
D is the
3 formula4of the hydrocarbon?
3
[W'03 Q04]
5 The
A table
C2H6 gives the successive
B C3H6 ionisation C energies
C3H8 for an element
D C4HX.
5
10
2 The diagram shows the mass spectrum of a sample of zinc. Use the data to calculate the relative
atomic mass of the sample.
2 1st due to2nd
On collision, airbags in cars inflate rapidly 3rd of 4th
the production nitrogen. 5th 6th
100
ionisation
The nitrogen is formed / kJ mol–1
energyaccording to the950 1800
following 2700
equations. 4800 6000 12300
80
2NaN3 → 2Na + 3N2
What could be the formula of the chloride
60
of X ?
relative
10Na + 2KNO3 → K2O + 5Na2O + N2
abundance / %
A XCl B XCl2 C XCl3 D XCl4
40
How many moles of nitrogen gas are produced from 1 mol of sodium azide, NaN3?

A 1.5 B 1.6 20C 3.2 D 4.0


6 Which molecule contains only six bonding electrons?
0
3 AThe C 2 4 B C
firstHsix ionisation
2F6
energies C elements,
of four D65D, are
H2O 64A to NF663
67
given.
Ar
Which element is most likely to be in Group IV of the Periodic Table?
3
7 ! Chemists
A 65 have beenBinterested 65.25 in the properties
C 65.5 of hydrogen D selenide,
65.66 H2Se, to compare it with
‘bad egg’ gas
ionisation hydrogen sulphide, H S.
2 this question. [W'04 Q02]
4 Use of the Data Booklet 1stis relevant
2nd to 3rd 2 4th 5th 6th
energy / kJ mol−1
63 Which
The foul
It isSH, setsmell
now of data
thought would
that skunks
that the spray
where hydrogen selenide
is due
an element molecule
to a number
exists
Section as
of be
A several expected
isotopes, tothe
thiols, have?
one of which is methanethiol,
stable ones usually
CH 3 which burns as follows.
contain aA‘magic number’ 494 of neutrons.
4560 One 6940 9540
of these magic 13400
numbers 16600 is 126.
For each number B ofthere
question lone pairs CH3SH
are
736 four 1450bond
possible+ 3Oangle
answers,
7740 A, B,
10500 C, and
13600D. Choose
18000 the one you consider to
2 → CO2 + SO2 + 2H2 O
Which isotope is unstable?
Con Se atom
be correct.
3 1090 2350 4610 6220 37800
3 47000
AA sample
209
Bi of 10 cm ofBmethanethiol
208 was exploded
C 210Powith 60 cm Dof oxygen. 208
!A
Pb Tl
D 1 1400 2860 104 °
4590 7480 9400 53200
1 What
The petrol
wouldadditive tetraethyl-lead(IV),
be the final Pb(C2Hmixture
volume of the resultant 5)4, is now banned
of gases when in cooled
many to room [W'04
countries. WhenQ04]
it is
Bcompletely burned
temperature? 2 in air, lead(II) oxide, 104CO° 2 and H2O are formed.
74
5 An atom has eight electrons.
C In which species
How20
A many 2 are
cm3 moles
the numbers
ofBoxygen30 cm 3
are 109C°to burn
of electrons
required
and neutrons
3
50 cmone
equal?
mole ofDPb(C 702cm H5)34?
Which 9 diagram shows the 19 electronic configuration +of this atom in18its lowest energy state?
DA 4 Be 2 180C° 11 Na
23 2–
! A 9.5
B 9F D O
B 11 C 13.5 D 8 27
© UCLES 2004 9701/01/O/N/04 [S'05 Q04]
A
82 Which ion has more electrons than protons and more protons than neutrons?

B [H = 11 H ; D = 2
1H ;O= 16
8 O]

D– H3O+ OD– OH–


!
A B C D
© UCLES 2005
C
9701/01/M/J/05 [W'05 Q02]

3 What is the electronic configuration of an element with a second ionisation energy higher than
that of each of its neighbours in the Periodic Table?
9701/1/O/N/03 [Turn over
D 1s22s22p63s2
A
1s22s22p
AtomicBStructure
6 2
11 3s 3p
1
Bilal Hameed
6 CThe 1s
gecko,
2 2 a6 small
2s 2p 3s 3p2 2 lizard, can climb up a smooth glass window. The gecko has millions of
microscopic hairs on its toes and each hair has thousands of pads at its tip. The result is that the
1s22s22p
molecules
D 6
3s2pads
in the 3p3 are extremely close to the glass surface on which the gecko is climbing.
3 Gallium nitride, GaN, could revolutionise the design of electric light bulbs because only a small
–3
lengthisused
What as a filament
the minimum gives
volume of excellent
0.5 mol dmlight at low cost.
NaOH(aq) needed to dispose of 0.02 mol of N2O4?
3
A 8 cmnitride
Gallium is an B
ionic12.5 cm3
compound C 35 40 cm
containing
3
the Ga3+ ion. D 80 cm3

What is the electron arrangement of the nitrogen ion in gallium nitride?


92 A sample of chlorine containing isotopes of 2 mass numbers 35 and 37 was analysed in a
A 1s2 2s2
mass-spectrometer.
B 1s2 2s2 2p3 Section A
How many peaks corresponding to Cl 2+ were recorded?
2
C 1s
For each 2s2 2pthere
question
4
are four possible answers, A, B, C, and D. Choose the one you consider to
! D 1s2 2s2 2p6
A 2
be correct. B 3 C 4 D 5
[S'06 Q02]

10
13 The isotopic
Gallium composition
nitride, GaN, couldof an element is indicated
revolutionise
201
the designbelow.
of electric light bulbs because only a small
4 A radioactive
length used asisotope of thallium,
a filament 81 Tl, is
gives excellent used
light at to
lowassess
cost. damage in heart muscles after a heart
attack. 5
Gallium nitride is an ionic compound containing the Ga3+ ion.
Which statement about 201 4
81 Tl is correct?
What is the electron arrangement of the nitrogen ion in gallium nitride?
relative 3
A This 2 isotope has a nucleon number of 120.
A 1s 2s 2
abundance 2
B The number of electrons2 in one atom of this isotope is 81.
B 1s2 2s2 2p3
C The number of neutrons1 in one atom of this isotope is 201.
Section A
C 1s2 2s2 2p4
D 201
For each question
822X is
there are four
2 an6 isotope of 81 0Tl.possible answers, A, B, C, and D. Choose the one you consider to
201

! D
be correct.1s 2s 2p 9 10 11 12
mass number [S'06 Q04]

114 A radioactive isotope of thallium, 201


Tl, is used to assess damage in heart muscles after a heart
1 The
What isotopic
is composition
the relative of anofelement
atomic mass 81 is indicated
the element? below.
attack.
A 10.2 B 10.5 5 C 10.8 D 11.0
Which statement about 201 81 Tl is correct?
4
2© UCLES
Use
A of
2006the Data Booklet is relevant to this 9701/01/M/J/06
This isotope has a nucleon number ofquestion.
120.
relative 3
abundance
Oxides
B The ofnumber
nitrogenofare pollutant
electrons ingases which
one atom of are
this emitted
isotope from
is 81.car exhausts.
2
C urban
In The traffic,
number of neutrons
when in oneone
a car travels atom of this isotope
kilometre, is 201.
it releases 0.23 g of an oxide of nitrogen NxOy,
occupies 120 cm3. 201 1
which201
D 82 X is an isotope of 81 Tl.

What are the values of x and y?0


9 10 .) 11 12
3
(Assume 1 mol of gas molecules occupies 24.0 dm

A x = 1, y = 1 mass number
BWhat
x =is1,the
y = relative
2 atomic mass of the element?
C x = 2, y = 1
!D
A 10.2
© UCLES 2006
B 10.5 C 10.8
9701/01/M/J/06
D 11.0
x = 2, y = 4
[S'07 Q01]

12
3
2 Use of the Data Booklet is relevant to this question.
John Dalton’s atomic theory, published in 1808, contained four predictions about atoms.
Oxides of nitrogen are pollutant gases which are emitted from car exhausts.
Which of his predictions is still considered to be correct?

AIn urban
Atoms traffic,
are verywhen
smalla3incar travels one kilometre, it releases 0.23 g of an oxide of nitrogen NxOy,
size.
which occupies 120 cm .
B No atom can be split into simpler parts.
What are the values of x and y?
C All the atoms of a particular element have the same3mass.
(Assume 1 mol of gas molecules occupies 24.0 dm .)
! DA Allx the atoms of one element are different in mass from all the atoms of other elements.
= 1, y = 1
[S'07 Q03]
B x = 1, y = 2
© UCLES
C 2007x = 2, y = 1 9701/01/M/J/07

Bilal Hameed
D x = 2, y = 4 Atomic Structure 11

3 John Dalton’s atomic theory, published in 1808, contained four predictions about atoms.
be correct.
Section A

1 ForIneach
the question
Basic Oxygen steel-making
there are four possibleprocess
answers,the P4 O
A, B, impurity
C,10 and is removed
D. Choose the oneby
youreacting
considerittowith
36 is3 the salt calcium phosphate, Ca (PO ) .
be calcium
correct. oxide. The only product of this reaction
3 3 4 2

134 In4 this


The diagrams
reaction,
The diagrams howshow
show many the possible
moles
the possible
paths oxide
ofpaths
calcium of subatomic particles
reactparticles
of subatomic with moving
one moving
mole P4 in
of in O10an
an ? electric field in a
electric field in a
vacuum.
! Use1 of the Data Booklet
1 vacuum.
A B 1.5
is relevant to this question.
C 3 D 6
+ + +
Titanium(IV) oxide, TiO+2, is brilliantly white and much of+ the oxide produced is used +in the
manufacture of paint.
2 Use electrons
of the Data Booklet is relevant to neutrons
this question. protons
electrons
What is the maximum amount of neutronsTiO2 obtainable from 19.0 tonnes protons
of the ore ilmenite, FeTiO3?
– – –
A typical solid fertiliser for use with household plants and shrubs contains the elements N, P, and
KAin the
10.0 tonnes
ratio –12.7
of 15 g :B30 g
31
:15 gtonnes
per 100 g Cof fertiliser.
14.0 tonnes – D 17.7 tonnes
The recommended usage of fertiliser–is 14 g
2 3
1 of water.
of fertiliser per 5 dm 2 3
2 WhatWhich
Carbon diagrams
disulphide
is diagrams
the are correct?
vapour
concentration ofburns in oxygen
nitrogen atomsaccording to the following equation.
in this solution?
Which are correct?
A 1mol
AA 0.03 and 2 –3
only CS2(g) + 3O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2SO2(g)
1 and 2 dm only
B 1 and 3 –3 only3
BB 0.05
A sample
1 andmol 10 cm of carbon disulphide was burned in 50 cm3 of oxygen. After measuring the
3ofdm
only
volume
C 2ofand gas3 remaining,
only
–3 the product was treated with an excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide
CC 0.42
and 2the
mol
and 3 dm
only of gas measured again. All measurements were made at the same temperature
volume
!D
Dpressure,
and0.75 1, 2 andunder
–33 such conditions that carbon disulphide was gaseous.
D 1, 2 mol
anddm 3
[S'07 Q04]
What were the measured volumes?
5 The CN– ion is widely used in the synthesis of organic compounds.
1453 SkinCN
The –
cancer
ion iscan be used
widely treated using
in the a radioactive
synthesis of organicisotope of phosphorus, 15
compounds. 32
P . A compound
What is volume
the patternof gas
of electron 32pairs volume
3 − in this ion?of gas after
containing the phosphide / cmion
3 , wrapped
15 P adding in a plastic
NaOH(aq) / cm3 sheet, is strapped to the affected
What is theafter burning
pattern of electron pairs in this ion?
area.
A bonding 30pairs of lone pairs on lone
0 pairs on
electrons carbon atom nitrogen atom
What isbonding pairs of oflone
the composition the pairs on
phosphide lone32pairs
ion, 15 P
3 − on
?
B electrons30 carbon atom 20
nitrogen atom
A 2 1 1
C
A 2 50 1 20 1
B protons 2 neutrons 2electrons 1
D
BA C 2 50 2 40 1
15 3 17 1 18 1
C D
B 153 3 17 1 1
32 1 2
3 In which pair do both atoms have one electron only in an s orbital in their ground states?
D 3 1 2
C 17 15 17
A Ca, Sc B Cu, Be C H, He D Li, Cr
6 DPlastic bottles
32 for ‘fizzy 17 drinks’ are made 15 from a polymer with the following structure.
6 ! Plastic bottles for ‘fizzy drinks’ are made from a polymer with the following structure.
H [S'08 Q03]
X
4 Use of the Data Booklet is relevant to this question.
15 H C
Hard water contains calcium ions and hydrogencarbonate X ions arising from dissolved calcium
hydrogencarbonate, Ca(HCO3)2. C C
H
C H n
How many electrons are present in the hydrogencarbonate anion?
H
H n
! A 30
The ability of theBpolymer 31 to preventCescape 32 of carbon dioxideD 33 through the wall of the bottle
depends on the ability of the group X to form hydrogen bonds with the carbon dioxide in the drink.
The ability of the polymer to prevent escape of carbon dioxide through the wall of the [W'08 Q04]
bottle
depends on the ability of the group X to form
Which group X best prevents loss of carbon dioxide? hydrogen bonds with the carbon dioxide in the drink.

Which
© UCLES A
2008 group
Cl X best prevents
B CN loss of carbon Cdioxide?
CO2 CH3
9701/01/M/J/08 D OH

A Cl B CN C CO2 CH3 D OH
© UCLES 2008 9701/01/O/N/08

© UCLES 2007 9701/01/M/J/07 [Turn over

© UCLES 2007 9701/01/M/J/07 [Turn over

Atomic Structure 11 Bilal Hameed


Section
For each question there are four possible answers, A and D. Choose the one you consider to
A, B, C,
be correct.
For each question there are four possible answers, A, B, C, and D. Choose the one you consider to
37
be correct.
1 The molecular energy distribution curve represents the variation in energy of the molecules of a
gas at room temperature.
16
1 An element X consists of four isotopes. The mass spectrum of X is shown in the diagram.

100
proportion
of 80 3
molecules
2 In the ideal gas equation, pV = nRT, what are the units of n and T ?
relative 60
abundance
n T
% 40 0
0
A no units °C energy
B curve
no applies
20 K
units for the same
Which gas at a lower temperature?
C mol °C
A0 B
D mol K 90 91 92 93 94
2
m/e
proportion
3 The reaction VI) proportion
ions, Cr2O7 , and aqueous Fe2+ ions results in the
Section A 2–
is the between acidifiedmass
dichromate(
of dichromate(VI) ions being reduced to Cr3+ ions.of
What relative atomic of X?
molecules
For each question there are four possible answers, molecules
A, B, C, and D. Choose the one you consider to
! What
A 91.00 B 91.30
is the correct equation for this reaction?
be correct. C 91.75 D 92.00
[W'09 P1 Q04]
2– 2+ + 3+ 3+
A 0 2O7 + Fe + 14H → 2Cr + Fe + 7H2O 0
Cr
17
21 0.200 0 He,
Helium,mol of a hydrocarbon undergo complete 0
combustion
is the2+second +element3+in the Periodic Table. to give 35.2 g of carbon dioxide and
B Cr O
14.4 2 7
g of 2–
+
water 2Fe
as energy
+
the 14H
only → 2Cr
products. + 2Fe 3+
+ 7H2O energy
3
2–the isotope
C Cr2Ois
Tritium 7 + 3Fe2+ + of
14H
C
+
→ 2Cr3+
hydrogen H.+ 3Fe3+ + 7H O
D
What is the molecular formula of the hydrocarbon?2
2– 2+ + 3+ 3+
D Cr2is
What O7the +same atom→of2Cr
6Fe in +an14H 4
+ 6Fe
He and + 7H
an atom of2O
3
H?
A C 2 H4 B C2 H6 C C 4H 4 D C 4H 8
proportion
A the number of electrons
4 Sodium azide, NaN3 is an explosive used to inflateproportion
airbags in cars when they crash. It consists of
of positive
B thesodium
numberions
of and negative azide ions. of
neutrons
molecules molecules
What
C the are number
the numbers of electrons in the sodium ion and the azide ion?
of protons
D 0the relative atomic mass 0
sodium ion
0 azide ion 0
! energy energy [S'11 P12
A
Q01] 10 20
2 Which diagram correctly shows the bonding in the ammonium ion, NH4+?
B 10 22
18
2 In which species are the numbers of protons, neutrons and electrons all different?
key C 12 20A B
AN 11electron + 11 +
19 − 23 + 24 2+
! D 5 B
12
B 9 F
22
C Na D 12 Mg
H H [S'12 P12 Q02]
H electron
19 H N H H N H
5 The 68Ge isotope is medically useful because it undergoes a natural radioactive process to give
an isotope of a different element, 68X, which can be used to detect tumours. This transformation
H
of 68Ge occurs when an electron enters the
H
nucleus and changes a proton into a neutron.
© UCLES 2012 9701/12/M/J/12

Which statement about the composition of an atom of 68X is correct?

A It has 4 electrons in its outerCp orbitals. D


B It has 13 electrons in its outer shell. + +
H H
C 2009
© UCLES It has 37 neutrons. 9701/11/O/N/09

!D Its proton number isH32. N H H N H


[S'12 P1 Q02]
H H

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 11


© UCLES 2016 9701/11/O/N/16 [Turn over
reactants
What is the order of their first ionisation energies?
C +5 +3 enthalpy
0 –2
D least
+5 +3 +4 +6 most
endothermic 38
endothermic
products
202 A Fr Ra Rn
Use of the Data Booklet is relevant to this question.
B Fr Rn progress
Ra of reaction
In which species are the numbers of protons, neutrons and electrons all different?
C
Which Ra change could
enthalpy Fr the diagramRn 2not apply to?
A 199 F B 23 31 32 2 −
− +
Na C 15 P D 16 S
! D Rn
11
Ra Fr
Section A
A enthalpy of atomisation [S'10 P1 Q01]
For
3 each question there areenergies
four possible answers, A, B,
areC,given.
and D. Choose the one you consider to
21be
BThe enthalpy
first of combustion
six ionisation of four elements
5 correct.
In which species are the numbers of protons, neutrons and electrons all different?
C enthalpy of formation −
Which
27 element is most likely
B 35 to be in Group IVSof
32 2 − the Periodic Table?
D 39
+
A 13 Al 17 Cl C 16 19 K
! D diagram
1 The enthalpybelow
of neutralisation
represents, for a given temperature, the Boltzmann distribution of the kinetic
−1
/ kJ molthat [S'13 P1 Q05]
energy of the molecules inionisation
a mixtureenergy
of two gases react slowly together.
6 An experiment is set up to measure the rate of hydrolysis of ethyl ethanoate.
22
4
1st
Use activation
of the Data
2nd
Booklet
3rd
is relevant
4th 5th 6th
The energy for the reaction, to
Ea,this question.
is marked.
A 494 4 560CH3CO26C2940 H5 + H29 O 540 CH 3CO
13 4002H + 16
C2600H5OH
When the reaction
The most common is ion-molecule
catalysed, the reaction
rate of reaction
in gas increases
clouds ofathe
little.
Universe is as shown.
TheB hydrolysis
736 is found
1 450to be 7slow 740 in neutral
10 500aqueous solution
13 600 18 but000it proceeds at a measurable
What will be
rate when the
the positionis of
solution Ea forHthe
acidified catalysed
with + reaction?
hydrochloric acid. +
2(g) + H2 (g) → H(g) + H3 (g)
C 1 090 2 350 4 610 6 220 37 800 47 000
What is
What the function of the hydrochloric acid?
+
D could be the 2composition
1 400 860 of an H
4 590 ion?
37 480 9 400 53 200
A to dissolve the ethyl ethanoate
protons number of
neutrons electrons
B to ensure that the reaction reaches equilibrium
molecules
C A to increase
2 the reaction1 rate by catalytic
1 action
D B to suppress
2 ionisation1 of the ethanoic
2 acid formed
C 3 0 kinetic
1 Ea
energy
D 3 0 2
! A B C D
[S'14 P13 Q04]

23
5
2
The electrolysis of brine using the diaphragm cell is an important industrial process.
Use of the Data Booklet is relevant to this question.
What happens at the anode?
In some types of spectroscopy, it is important to know if ions are isoelectronic. This means that
© UCLES 2013
2
they contain equal
A Chloride ionsnumbers of electrons. 9701/13/M/J/13
are oxidised.
Which ion is notgas
isoelectronic with K+? Section A
B Hydrogen is produced.

!A
2+ there are four– possible answers,
For each
C Ca
question
Hydroxide ionsBareCl formed. C S2–A, B, C, and D Ti3+
D. Choose the one you consider to
be correct.
[W'14 P13 Q02]
D The electrode reaction is 2Cl –(aq) + 2e– → Cl 2(g).
24
3
1
Which row shows properties of a ceramic material?
Use of the Data Booklet is relevant to this question.

© UCLES 2013
melting
In which do all boiling
optionpoint point
three particles conductivity
have the same electronic configuration and the
9701/11/M/J/13
same
[Turn over
/K
number of neutrons? /K of solid

A A 15N3– 1562–
16
O 19 –
F 352 none
© UCLES 2014 9701/13/M/J/14 [Turn over
B B 18O2– 922–
19
F 20
Ne 1380 good

C C 19F– 2130
20
Ne 23
Na+ 2943 good
D 3125 3873 none
D 22Ne 23 24
Mg2+
!
Na

[S'15 P12 Q01]


2 The shell of a chicken’s egg makes up 5% of the mass of an average egg. An average egg has a
mass of 50 g.

Assume the egg shell is pure calcium carbonate.

Atomic Structure
© UCLES
How 2014 11
many complete would be needed to neutralise 50 cm3 of 2.0Bilal
9701/13/O/N/14
chicken’s egg shells mol Hameed
dm–3
ethanoic acid?

A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
16
[H = 11 H; D = 2
1 H; O= 8 O]

A D– B H3O+ C OD– D OH–


39

25
4 Which species contains the smallest number of electrons?

!A B3+ B Be2+ C H– D He+


3 [M'16 P12 Q04]

26
4 When nuclear reactions take place, the elements produced are different from the elements that
reacted. Nuclear equations, such as the one below, are used to represent the changes that
occur.

235 1 144 89
92 U + 0n → 56 Ba + 36 Kr + 3 01 n

The nucleon (mass) number total is constant at 236 and the proton number total is constant
at 92.

2
In another nuclear reaction, uranium-238 is reacted with deuterium atoms, 1 H. An isotope of a
new element, J, is formed as well as two neutrons.

238 2
92 U + 1H → J + 2 01 n

What is isotope J?
238 238 240 240
!
A Np B Pu C Np D Pu
3 [S'16 P1 Q04]

27
5 Dicarbon monoxide, C2O, is found in dust clouds in space. The structure of this molecule is
4 The relative
C=C=O. atomic mass
The molecule of copper
contains is 63.5.electrons.
no unpaired

Which
How chart
many is apairs
lone correct mass spectrum
of electrons thatinwould
are present lead toofthis
a molecule C2O?value?
© UCLES 2016 9701/12/F/M/16

A 1 B 2 A C 3 D 4 B
100%
abundance abundance 50%
6 A white powder is known to be a mixture of magnesium oxide and aluminium oxide.
33%
17% oxide in x grams of the
100 cm3 of 2 mol dm–3 NaOH(aq) is just sufficient to cause the aluminium
mixture to dissolve.
61 62 63 64 65 66 61 62 63 64 65 66
– –
m/e
The reaction occurring is Al 2O3 + 2OH + 3H 2 O → 2Al (OH)4 . m/e
800 cm3 of 2 mol dm–3 HCl (aq) is just sufficient to cause all of the oxide in x grams of the mixture
to dissolve. C D
The reactions occurring are Al 2O3 + 6H+ → 2Al 3+ + 3H2O
abundance abundance
74%
and MgO + 2H+ → Mg2+ + H2O. 33% 33%
22%
26%
How many moles of each oxide are present in x grams of the mixture? 12%

aluminium61 62magnesium
63 64 65 66 61 62 63 64 65 66
! oxide oxide m/e m/e
[S'16 P13 Q04]
A 0.05 0.25
5 Which
B isolated
0.05 gaseous atom
0.50 has a total of five electrons occupying spherically shaped orbitals?

AC boron 0.10 0.25

BD fluorine
0.10 0.50

C sodium
D potassium
Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 11
© UCLES 2016 9701/11/M/J/16 [Turn over
6 Carbon and silicon have the same outer electronic structure.
C N–H covalent bonds are stronger than P–H covalent bonds.
D There is one lone pair in each ammonia molecule but no lone pair in each phosphine
molecule.
40

282 Neutrons are passed through an electric field. The mass of one neutron relative to 1
the mass of
12
a 12C atom and any deflection in the electric field is recorded.

Which row is correct?

mass of behaviour of beam of


neutron neutrons in an electric field
2
A 0 2
deflected
Section A
B 1 deflected Section A
For each question there are four possible answers, A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider to
be C 0 not deflected
Forcorrect.
each question there are four possible answers, A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider to
be correct.
D 1 not deflected 2
Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions.

Use of the Data Booklet may be appropriate for some questions. [S'18 P13 Q02]
Section A
13 In
29 The tablepair
which refers to the
do the electron
atoms distribution
contain the sameinnumber
the second shell of an atom with eight protons.
of neutrons?
For each question there are four possible answers, A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider to
1 correct.
be In which
Which
11 rowpair do the atoms
for thiscontain
atom? the same number of neutrons?
A B andis12correct
C
A 711Data
Use of B and9 12C
B the Li and Booklet
Be may be appropriate for some questions.
7 orbital9 shape orbital shape
B Li and Be
C 24Mg and 28Si
C 24Mg
1 What and 28
Si number of number of trifluoride?
D 14are the
Norbital
and 16shapes
type
O of the molecules
electrons
of type
orbital water and boron
electrons
D 14N and 16O
A Hp2O BF
2 3 s 4 [W'17 P12 Q01]
2 Two hydrocarbons have the formulae CWHX and CYHZ. W, X, Y and Z represent different whole
AB hydrocarbons
302 numbers.
Two
linear
p pyramidal
have 4 the formulae sCWHX and CY2HZ. W, X, Y and Z represent different whole
numbers.
BC linear
s trigonal
2 p 4
W = Y
CD non-linear
s pyramidal
4 p X
W Z2
= Y
D non-linear trigonal X Z
Which row is correct when comparing the two hydrocarbons?
Which row is correct when comparing the two hydrocarbons?
2 The electronic empirical
configuration ofmolecular
the two outermost relative
shells of an atom is 3s23p63d54s2.
formula
empirical formula
molecular molecular mass
relative
What formula
is thisdifferent
atom? formula molecular mass
A2018
© UCLES same different
9701/13/M/J/18

ABAmanganese different
different same
same different
same
Bphosphorus
BC different
same same
different same
different
Cstrontiumsame
CD same different
different different
same
D same different same
D vanadium

3 The airbags in cars contain sodium azide, NaN3, and an excess of potassium nitrate, [W'17
KNO3P12
. Q02]

33
31 The airbags
Drinking in may
water cars contain
In a car accident,
contain dissolved
sodium azide,
the reactions
NaNhydrogencarbonate,
shown calcium
3, and an excess of potassium
occur, producing Ca(HCO
nitrogen. This
nitrate,
causes3)2the
KNO3.
. airbag to inflate
rapidly.
In a car accident, the reactions shown occur, producing nitrogen. This causes the airbag to inflate
How many electrons are present in a hydrogencarbonate anion?
rapidly.
2NaN3 → 2Na + 3N2
A 30 B 31 C 32 D 33

2NaN3 → 2Na + 3N2


10Na + 2KNO3 → K2O + 5Na2O + N2 [M'18 P12 Q03]

4 Which molecule contains a10Na + 2KNO


nitrogen → K
atom3with sp2Ohybridised
+ 5Na2Oorbitals?
+ N2
How many moles of nitrogen gas are produced in total when 1 mol of sodium azide, NaN3,
decomposes
AHowCH many in an airbag?
moles of
B nitrogen
HNO3 gas are C produced
HCN in total when 1 mol of sodium azide, NaN3,
3CH2NH 2 D NH 3
decomposes in an airbag?
A 1.5 B 1.6 C 3.2 D 4.0
5 A 1.5mass of solid Bresidue
Which 1.6 is obtainedCfrom 3.2 D 4.0
the thermal decomposition of 4.10 g of anhydrous
calcium nitrate?
Atomic
A Structure
0.70 g 11 B 1.00 g C 1.40 g D 2.25 g Bilal Hameed
arequestions in thisonly
For each of the are one or moreonly
section, of the is
arethree numbered statements 1 to 3 may
be correct. correct correct correct correct

41
Decide whether each of the statements is or is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.
the statements that you consider to be correct).
Section B

1
The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of
31 The isotope cobalt-60 ( 60
27 Co ) is used to destroy cancer cells in the human body.
A B C D
12 are correct?
Which statements about an atom of cobalt-60
1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 Section B 2 and 3 1 only
1 It contains 33 neutrons.
are only are only are is
2 Its
For each correct
nucleus
of the has ina this
questions relativecorrect
charge
section, of more
one or correct correct
27+. of the three numbered statements 1 to 3 may
be correct.
! whether
3 It has a different number of neutrons from the atoms of other isotopes of cobalt.
No other
Decide combination
each of of
thestatements is or
statements is used ascorrect
is not a correct
(youresponse.
may find it helpful to put a tick against
the statements that you consider to be correct). [S'04 P1 Q31]
32 The conversion of graphite has only a small positive value of !H.
2 responses
The
31 A to
The relative D should be
molecular selected
mass on the basis
of a molecule of of
chlorine is 72.
C (graphite) " C (diamond) !H = +2.1 kJ mol –1
Which properties
A of the atoms
B in this molecule C are the same? D
12
However, the production of synthetic diamonds using this reaction is very difficult.
1 radius
1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only
are only are only are is
Which
2 nucleon
correct number
explain this?Section
statements help tocorrect B
correct correct
For each of the questionsenergy
in this section, one or more of the three numbered statements 1 to 3 may
! 3 relative isotopic mass
1 The activation of the reaction is large.
be correct.
No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.
2 An equilibrium exists between diamond and graphite. [S'05 P1 Q31]
Decide whether each of the statements is or is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
3 statements
32
the 3Which
Onlymolecules
that you are
exothermic planar?
reactions
consider to becan be made to occur readily.
correct).
31 Use of the Data Booklet is relevant to this question.
1 BCl3 A to D should be selected
The The
responses on the basisand
of has been found in lobsters and seaweed
technetium–99 isotope (99Tc) is radioactive
33 adjacent
Which
2 NHstatements
3
about
to nuclear fuel the properties
reprocessing plants.of a catalyst are correct?
A B C D
13 A
Which PHcatalyst
statements
3 increases the
are correct average
about an atom of 99Tc?
kinetic energy of the reacting particles.
1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only
2 ItAhas
1 catalyst increases
13 more
are
neutronsthe
thanrate of the reverse
protons.
only are
reaction.
only are is
correct correct correct o correct
33 23Boron
ItAhasis 43
a non-metallic
catalyst protons. element
has no effect on thewhich is placed
enthalpy changeabove
!H ofaluminium in Group III of the Periodic
the reaction.
Table. It forms a compound with nitrogen known as boron nitride which has a graphite structure.
!3 It has 99 nucleons.
No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.
Which of the following conclusions can be drawn from this information? [S'07 P1 Q31]
32 Which of the following solids contain more than one type of chemical bond?
4 On
31 1 aThe
scaleempirical
in whichformula of boron
the mass of a 12nitride
C atomisisBN.
12 the relative molecular mass of a particular
1 brass
sample of (an alloy is
chlorine of 72.
copper and zinc)
2 2004
! UCLES The boron and nitride atoms are likely to be arranged alternately in a hexagonal pattern.
9701/01/M/J/04 [Turn over
2 graphite
Which properties
3 Boron ofhas
nitride the atoms
a layerinstructure
this sample arevan
with always the same?
der Waals’ forces between the layers.
3 ice
1 radius
2 nucleon number
33 Many crude oils contain sulphur as H2S. During refining, by the Claus process, the H2S is
! converted
3 isotopicinto solid sulphur, which is then removed.
mass

reaction I 2H2S(g) + 3O2(g) → 2H2O(l) + 2SO2(g) [S'09 P1 Q31]


32 An ideal gas obeys the gas laws under all conditions of temperature and pressure.
reaction II 2H2S(g) + SO2(g) → 2H2O(l) + 3S(s)
Which of the following are true for an ideal gas?
Which statements about the Claus process are correct?
© UCLES 2005 9701/01/O/N/05 [Turn over
1 The molecules have negligible volume.
1 H2S is oxidised in reaction I.
2 There are no forces of attraction between molecules.
2 SO2 oxidises H2S in reaction II.
3 The molecules have an average kinetic energy which is proportional to its absolute
3 SO2 behaves as a catalyst.
temperature.

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 11


33UCLES
© For2007
which reactions does the value of ∆Ho represent both a standard enthalpy change of
9701/01/M/J/07
combustion and a standard enthalpy change of formation?
Decide
2 whether
as part each of the statements is or is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
of a cation
the statements that you consider to be correct).
3 in an oxidation state of +5
42
The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of
532 The phosphide ion 31 P 3– and sulfide ion 3212 13
2–
A 15 B 16 S have the same number of which sub-atomic
C D
particles? Section B
1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 Section2 andB3 1 only
1 neutrons
For each arequestions in thisonly
of the are one or more
section, only
of are
the three numberedisstatements 1 to 3 may
For each ofcorrect
be correct.
the questions in this section, one or more
correct of the three numbered
correct correct statements 1 to 3 may
2 electrons
be correct.
Decide3 whether
No other protonseach of
combination of the statements
statements is oras
is used is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against

Decide
the whether
statements each
that youof the statements
consider is or aiscorrect
to be correct).
response.
not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
the statements that you consider to be correct). [S'12 P12 Q32]

633 responses
The
31
Which substances
The 1H3+ ion A to
was
have abe
D should giant structure?
selected
first characterised onJ.the
by J. basis of over a century ago. 6Li is a rare isotope of
Thomson
The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of
lithium forms the 6Li+ ion.
whichoxide
1 calcium
A B C D
Which
2 A
statements are correct?
calcium B C D
1, 2 and 3 1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only
13 Both1, 2are
baked claycontain
and
ions 3found in only
thecrockeryare
1 and
same 2
number only2 are
of protons. and 3 is 1 only
correct
are correct
only are correct
only are correctis
2 Both ions contain the same
correct number of electrons.correct
correct correct
No other combination
3 Both of statements
ions contain the sameisnumber
used as
ofaneutrons.
correct response.

No other combination of statements is used as a correct response. [S'04 P13 Q31]

7 In
31
32 The 2011 an international
diagram group
represents the of scientists
Boltzmann agreed
distribution to add two
of molecular new elements
energies to temperature.
at a given the Periodic
Table. Both elements had been made artificially and were called ununquadium (Uuq) and
31 ununhexium that contains both Br2 and Cl 2 , a process takes place that produces BrO3 – ions.
In a solution(Uuh).

The process is represented by the following equations.


Uuq
13 Uuh
equation 1 2 + Hnumber
Brproton 2 O → HBr + 114 HBrO
number Section B 116
of molecules 3HBrO
© UCLES 2012 equation 2 nucleon+ number
Cl 2 → –
2Cl 289 –
+ Br2 + 3H+
+ BrO3 292
9701/13/O/N/12 [Turn over
For each of the questions in this section, one or more of the three numbered statements 1 to 3 may
be correct.
Whichstatements
Which statementsabout
aboutthese
these reactions
elements areare correct?
correct?

11 whether
Decide Chlorine
One atom is
ofreduced
each of the
Uuh in equation
hasstatements
one is2.or is than
more neutron not correct
one atom(you may find it helpful to put a tick against
of Uuq.
the statements that you consider to be correct).
22 One Uuq2–ision
Bromine has theinsame
oxidised both number
equation and energy
of 1electrons as one2.atom of Uuh.
equation
The 3
responses A+toionD should beboth
selected on
of the basis of Uuq– ion.
3 One can be explained using such a Boltzmann

Uuh
Bromine is has
reducedthe same number electrons as one2.
Which of the factors that in
affect equation
the rate of 1a and equation
reaction
distribution? [S'14 P13 Q31]
A B C D
8 P
32
32 and
Which
1 Qstatements
are two
increasing theliquid compounds
are correct
concentration when with r values.
similartoMthe
referring
of reactants Molecules
isotopes of Pelement?
of a single attract each other by
hydrogen bonds.
1, 2 and 3 Molecules of Q attract
1 and 2 each other by van
2 and 3der Waals’ forces
1 only.
only
2 increasing
1 The are the temperature
isotopes have different only are
masses. only are is
How docorrect
the properties of P and Q differ?
correct correct correct
3
2 the
Theaddition
isotopes of have
a catalyst
different numbers of nucleons.
1 P has higher surface tension than Q.
3 The
No other
2
isotopesof
combination have differentischemical
statements used asreactions.
P has a higher boiling point than Q.
a correct response.

[S'14 P13 Q32]


3 P is less viscous than Q.
9 Use of the Data Booklet is relevant to this
© UCLES 2013
31 9701/13/O/N/13
question.

Which statements about the phosphide ion, 31P3–, and the chloride ion, 35Cl –, are correct?

1 They have the same number of electrons.


2 They have the same number of neutrons.
3 They have the same number of protons.

[S'15 P12 Q31]


© UCLES 2014 9701/13/M/J/14
32 Why does aluminium chloride, Al2Cl6, sublime at the relatively low temperature of 180 °C?

1 The intermolecular forces between the Al 2Cl 6 molecules are weak.


Atomic Structure 11 Bilal Hameed
© UCLES 2014 9701/13/O/N/14 [Turn over
2 The co-ordinate bonds between aluminium and chlorine are weak.
3 The covalent bonds between aluminium and chlorine are weak.
correct correct correct correct
For each of the questions in this section, one or more 10 of the three numbered statements 1 to 3 may
be correct.
No other combination of statements is usedSection
43 B
as a correct response.
Decide whether each of the statements is or is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
the each
For statements
of the that you consider
questions in this to be correct).
section, one or more of the three numbered statements 1 to 3 may
10 correct.
be
31 X is a particle with 18 electrons and 20 neutrons.
The responses A to D should be selected on the basis of
Decide
Whatwhether
couldeach of symbol
be the the statements
of X? is or is not correct (you may find it helpful to put a tick against
the statementsAthat you consider toBbe correct). C D
38
1 Ar
1, 2 and
A to3 D should be1selected
and 2 on the basis
2 and
of 3 1 only
18
The responses
40 are
2+ only are only are is
2 20 Ca
correct correct correct correct
A B C D
39 +
No !other 19
1,K2 and 3 of statements
1 and 2 2 and 3 1 only
3
combination is used as a correct response.
are only are only are is
[S'16 P1 Q31]
correct correct correct correct
11
31 What
32 A sample of boron
are basic contains aluminium
assumptions as the
of the kinetic onlyas
theory impurity.
appliedAtomass spectrum
an ideal gas? of the mixture
shows three lines corresponding to three ions, X+, Y+ and Z+.
No other combination of statements is used as a correct response.
1 Gas particles are in continuous random motion.
Use 2
of the Data may be ion
Bookletexperience
appropriate X+
for some Y+
questions.Z+
Gas particles no intermolecular forces.
m/e 10 11 27
3 The volume of each gas particle is zero.
31 For complete combustion, 1 percentage
mol of an organic
15.52compound
74.48 X10.00
requires 2.5 mol of O2.
abundance
33 Which
Brominecompounds
reacts withcould be X?
water.
Which statements are correct?
1 C2H5OH
Br2 + H2O HOBr + HBr
1 There are more electrons in Z+ than in X+.
2 C2H2
2 The
Which Ar of boron
oxidation in the
states ofsample
bromineis 10.83 to four significant
are present figures. mixture?
in the equilibrium
3 CH3CHO
13 +3There are more protons in Y+ than in X+.

32
12 In2 which
0 pairs do both species have the same number of electrons?
32 Which elements can form π bonds in their compounds?
13 35
–1Cl and 37Cl
1 carbon
2 35Cl – and 40Ar
2 oxygen
3 40Ar and 40K+
3 nitrogen [S'18 P12 Q32]

33 For which reactions does the value of ∆H o represent both a standard enthalpy change of
33 combustion
For which enthalpy changes enthalpy
and a standard is the value of ∆Hofalways
change negative?
formation?

11 2016
© UCLES combustion
C(s) + O (g) 2 → CO2(g) 9701/11/M/J/16 [Turn over
2 hydration
2 2C(s) + O2(g) → 2CO(g)
3 solution
3 CO(g) + 21 O2(g) → CO2(g)

© UCLES 2016 9701/11/O/N/16

© UCLES 2018 9701/12/M/J/18

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 11


44

Atomic Structure
2
WS 12 For
2 For
Examiner’s
Examiner’s
Use
Use
1 11 (a)
(a) Define
Define an
an isotope
isotope in
in terms
terms of
of its
its sub-atomic
sub-atomic particles.
particles.

..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
[1]
[1]

(b)
(b) In
In aa mass
mass spectrometer
spectrometer some
some hydrogen
hydrogen chloride molecules will
chloride molecules will split
split into
into atoms.
atoms. The
The
mass spectrum of HCl is given. Chlorine has two isotopes. The hydrogen involved here
is the isotope 111H only.
1

100

80

60
relative
abundance
40

20

0
35 40
m /e

(i) What particle is responsible for the peak at mass 35? .............................................

(ii) What particle is responsible for the peak at mass 38? .............................................
[2]

(c) Use the relative heights of the peaks to determine the proportions of the two isotopes of
(c)
chlorine. Explain simply how you obtained your answer.

[2]

(d) Use your answer to (c) to explain why chlorine has a relative atomic mass of 35.5.
(d)

[1]
[1]
Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed
[Total : 6]
[Total : 6]
9701/2/M/J/03
9701/2/M/J/03
45 [2]

(d) Use your answer to (c) to explain why chlorine has a relative atomic mass of 35.5.

2
[1]

Answer all the questions in the space provided.


[S'03 P1 Q01] For
[Total : 6] Examiner’s

2 1 Iron and cobalt are adjacent elements in the Periodic Table. Iron has three main naturally Use
9701/2/M/J/03
occurring isotopes, cobalt has one.

(a) Explain the meaning of the term isotope.

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) The most common isotope of iron is 56Fe; the only naturally occurring isotope of cobalt
is 59Co.

Use the Data Booklet to complete the table below to show the atomic structure of 56Fe
and of 59Co.

number of

isotope protons neutrons electrons

56Fe

59Co

[3]

(c) A sample of iron has the following isotopic composition by mass.

isotope mass 54 56 57

% by mass 5.84 91.68 2.17

(i) Define the term relative atomic mass.

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

(ii) By using the data above, calculate the relative atomic mass of iron to three
significant figures.
Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 12
..................................................................................................................................

46
..................................................................................................................................

(ii) By using the data above, calculate the relative atomic mass of iron to three
significant figures.

[5]

[S'05 P1 Q01]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2005 9701/02/M/J/05

Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed


2

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided. For


47 Examiner’s
Use

3 1 In the 19th and 20th centuries, scientists established the atomic theory and showed that
three sub-atomic particles, electron, neutron and proton, exist. The masses and charges of
these three particles were subsequently determined.

When separate beams of electrons, neutrons or protons are passed through an electric field
in the apparatus below, they behave differently.

+ –

beam of particles

(a) (i) Which of these three particles will be deflected the most by the electric field?

.........................................

(ii) In which direction will this particle be deflected?

..................................................................................................................................

(iii) Explain your answer.

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
[4]
(b) (i) Define the term proton number.

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

(ii) Why is the proton number of an atom of an element usually different from the
nucleon number of an atom of the element?

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
[2]

© UCLES 2006 9701/02/O/N/06

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 12


48 3

(c) Protons and neutrons have been used in nuclear reactions which result in the formation For
of artificial elements. In such processes, protons or neutrons are accelerated to high Examiner’s
speeds and then fired like ‘bullets’ at the nucleus of an atom of an element. Use

Suggest why neutrons are more effective than protons as ‘nuclear bullets’.

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) In some cases, when neutrons are fired at atoms of an element, the neutrons become
part of the nucleus of those atoms.

What effect does the presence of an extra neutron have on the chemical properties of
the new atoms formed? Explain your answer.

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 10]

[W'06 P2 Q01]

© UCLES 2006 9701/02/O/N/06 [Turn over

Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed


2

49
Answer all the questions in the spaces provided. For
Examiner’s

4 1 Magnesium, Mg, and radium, Ra, are elements in Group II of the Periodic Table. Use

Magnesium has three isotopes.

(a) Explain the meaning of the term isotope.

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

A sample of magnesium has the following isotopic composition by mass.

isotope mass 24 25 26

% by mass 78.60 10.11 11.29

(b) Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of magnesium to four significant figures.

Ar = ………………
3 [2]

Radium, proton number 88, and uranium, proton number 92, are radioactive elements. For
Examiner’s
The isotope 226Ra is produced by the radioactive decay of the uranium isotope 238U. Use

(c) Complete the table below to show the atomic structures of the isotopes 226Ra and
238U.

number of

isotopes protons neutrons electrons


226Ra

238U
[3]

(d) Radium, like other Group II elements, forms a number of ionic compounds.

(i) What is the formula of the radium cation?

© UCLES 2009 ……………… 9701/21/O/N/09

(ii) Use the Data Booklet to suggest a value for the energy required to form one mole of
the gaseous radium cation you have given in (i) from one mole of gaseous radium
Bilal Hameed atoms. Explain your answer. Atomic Structure 12

..................................................................................................................................
226Ra

238U
50 [3]

(d) Radium, like other Group II elements, forms a number of ionic compounds.

(i) What is the formula of the radium cation?

………………

(ii) Use the Data Booklet to suggest a value for the energy required to form one mole of
the gaseous radium cation you have given in (i) from one mole of gaseous radium
atoms. Explain your answer.

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
2
............................................................................................................................. [3]

Answer all the questions in the space provided. For


[W'09 P2 Q01]
[Total: 10] Examiner’s
51 The element magnesium, Mg, proton number 12, is a metal which is used in many alloys Use

which are strong and light.

Magnesium has several naturally occurring isotopes.

(a) What is meant by the term isotope?

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) Complete the table below for two of the isotopes of magnesium.

number of number of number of


isotope
protons neutrons electrons
24Mg

26Mg

[2]

A sample of magnesium had the following isotopic composition:


© UCLES
24 2009 9701/21/O/N/09
Mg, 78.60%; 25Mg, 10.11%; 26Mg, 11.29%. [Turn over

(c) Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of magnesium in the sample.
Express your answer to an appropriate number of significant figures.

[2]

Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed


..........................................................................................................................................

51
...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) Complete the table below for two of the isotopes of magnesium.

number of number of number of


isotope
protons neutrons electrons
24Mg

26Mg

[2]

A sample of magnesium had the following isotopic composition:


24Mg,78.60%; 25Mg, 10.11%; 26Mg, 11.29%.

(c) Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of magnesium in the sample.
Express your answer to an appropriate number of significant figures.

2
[2]

Answer all the questions in the space provided. [W'10 P23 Q01] For
Examiner’s
6 1 Sulfur, S, and polonium, Po, are both elements in Group VI of the Periodic Table. Use

Sulfur has three isotopes.

(a) Explain the meaning of the term isotope.

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) A sample of sulfur has the following isotopic composition by mass.


© UCLES 2010 9701/23/O/N/10
isotope mass 32 33 34
% by mass 95.00 0.77 4.23

Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of sulfur to two decimal places.

Ar = ...............
[2]

(c) Isotopes of polonium, proton number 84, are produced by the radioactive
Bilal Hameed decay of12
Atomic Structure
several elements including thorium, Th, proton number 90.

213 232
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
52
......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[2]

(b)
(b) A
A sample
sample of
of sulfur
sulfur has
has the
the following isotopic composition
following isotopic composition by
by mass.
mass.

isotope mass 32 33 34
% by mass 95.00 0.77 4.23

Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of sulfur to two decimal places.
places.
r

...............
Arr = ...............
[2]
[2]

(c)
(c) Isotopes of polonium, proton number 84, are produced by the radioactive
radioactive decay
decay of
of
several elements including thorium, Th, proton number 90.

The isotope 213Po is produced from the thorium isotope 232Th.

213Po and 232


isotopes 213
Complete the table below to show the atomic structures of the isotopes Po and 232Th.
Th.

number of

isotope protons neutrons electrons


213Po

232Th

[3]
[3]

© UCLES
© UCLES 2011
2011 9701/23/O/N/11

Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed


53 3

Radiochemical reactions, such as nuclear fission and radioactive decay of isotopes, can be For
represented by equations in which the nucleon (mass) numbers must balance and the proton Examiner’s
numbers must also balance. Use

For example, the nuclear fission of uranium-235, 235


92 U, by collision with a neutron,
1
0n,
produces strontium-90, xenon-143 and three neutrons.
235 1 90 143 1
92 U + 0n 38Sr + 54 Xe + 3 0n

In this equation, the nucleon (mass) numbers balance because: 235 + 1 = 90 + 143 + (3x1).

The proton numbers also balance because: 92 + 0 = 38 + 54 + (3x0).


232
(d) In the first stage of the radioactive decay of 90 Th, the products are an isotope of
element E and an alpha-particle, 42 He.

(i) By considering nucleon and proton numbers only, construct a balanced equation
for the formation of the isotope of E in this reaction.
232 4
90 Th ................. + 2
He

Show clearly the nucleon number and proton number of the isotope of E.

nucleon number of the isotope of E ...........

proton number of the isotope of E .............

(ii) Hence state the symbol of the element E.


2
............ .................................................................................................................
Answer all the questions in the spaces provided. [3]

[W'11 P23 Q01]


[Total: 10]
7 1 (a) Explain what is meant by the term nucleon number.

....................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) Bromine exists naturally as a mixture of two stable isotopes, 79Br and 81Br, with relative isotopic
masses of 78.92 and 80.92 respectively.

(i) Define the term relative isotopic mass.

.............................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Using the relative atomic mass of bromine, 79.90, calculate the relative isotopic abundances
of 79Br and 81Br.

© UCLES 2011 9701/23/O/N/11 [Turn over

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 12


.............................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................
254
....................................................................................................................................... [2]
Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.
(ii) Using the relative atomic mass of bromine, 79.90, calculate the relative isotopic abundances
of 79Br and 81Br.
1 (a) Successive ionisation energies for the elements magnesium to barium are given in the table.

1st ionisation 2nd ionisation 3rd ionisation


element
energy / kJ mol–1 energy / kJ mol–1 energy / kJ mol–1

Mg 736 1450 7740


Ca 590 1150 4940
Sr 548 1060 4120
Ba 502 966 3390
[3]
(i) Explain why the first ionisation energies decrease down the group.
(c) Bromine reacts with the element A to form a compound with empirical formula ABr3. The
.............................................................................................................................................
percentage composition by mass of ABr3 is A, 4.31; Br, 95.69.

.............................................................................................................................................
Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of A.
Give your answer to three significant figures.
.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) Explain why, for each element, there is a large increase between the 2nd and 3rd ionisation
energies.

.............................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................

Ar of A = .......................[2][3]
.......................................................................................................................................

[S'14 P22 Q01]


8 (b) A sample of strontium, atomic number 38, gave the mass spectrum shown. The percentage
abundances are given above each peak.
© UCLES 2014 9701/22/M/J/14

100

82.58

percentage
abundance

9.86 7.00
0.56
0
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
atomic mass units

© UCLES 2014 9701/21/O/N/14

Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed


(i) Complete the full electronic configuration of strontium.

55
1s2 2s2 2p6 ................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Explain why there are four different peaks in the mass spectrum of strontium.

.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Calculate the atomic mass, Ar, of this sample of strontium.


Give your answer to three significant figures.

Ar = ............................. [2]

[W'14 P22 Q01]


(c) A compound of barium, A, is used in fireworks as an oxidising agent and to produce a green
colour.

(i) Explain, in terms of electron transfer, what is meant by the term oxidising agent.

.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) A has the following percentage composition by mass: Ba, 45.1; Cl , 23.4; O, 31.5.

Calculate the empirical formula of A.

empirical formula of A ........................................... [3]

© UCLES 2014 9701/21/O/N/14 [Turn over

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 12


2

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.


56

9 1 (a) Chemists recognise that atoms are made of three types of particle.

Complete the following table with their names and properties.

name of particle relative mass relative charge

1/1836

[3]

(b) The relative atomic mass of an element can be determined using data from its mass spectrum.

The mass spectrum of element X is shown, with the percentage abundance of each isotope
labelled.

60

49.61
50

40

percentage
abundance 30
23.77

20

10 9.37 7.63 8.73

0.89
0
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83
m/e

(i) Define the terms relative atomic mass and isotope.

relative atomic mass ...........................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................

isotope ................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................
[3]

© UCLES 2015 9701/21/M/J/15

Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed


573

(ii) Use the data in the mass spectrum to calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of X.
Give your answer to two decimal places and suggest the identity of X.

Ar of X ....................................

identity of X ....................................
[2]

(c) The element tellurium, Te, reacts with chlorine to form a single solid product, with a relative
formula mass of 270. The product contains 52.6% chlorine by mass.

(i) Calculate the molecular formula of this chloride.

molecular formula .................................... [3]

[M'15 P21 Q01]


(ii) This chloride melts at 224 °C and reacts vigorously with water.

State the type of bonding and structure present in this chloride and explain your reasoning.

.............................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) Suggest an equation for the reaction of this chloride with water.

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2015 9701/21/M/J/15 [Turn over

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 12


2

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.


58

10 1 (a) Chemists recognise that atoms are made of three types of particle.

Complete the following table with their names and properties.

name of particle relative mass relative charge

+1

1/1836

[3]

(b) Most elements exist naturally as a mixture of isotopes, each with their own relative isotopic
mass. The mass spectrum of an element reveals the abundances of these isotopes, which can
be used to calculate the relative atomic mass of the element.

Magnesium has three stable isotopes. Information about two of these isotopes is given.

relative percentage
isotope
isotopic mass abundance
24
Mg 24.0 79.0
26
Mg 26.0 11.0

(i) Define the term relative isotopic mass.

.............................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) The relative atomic mass of magnesium is 24.3.

Calculate the percentage abundance and hence the relative isotopic mass of the third
isotope of magnesium. Give your answer to three significant figures

percentage abundance = .................................

isotopic mass = .................................


[3]

© UCLES 2015 9701/22/M/J/15

Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed


.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]
59

(c) Neon has three stable isotopes.

isotope mass number percentage abundance

1 9.25

2 20 90.48

3 21 0.27

(i) Define the term relative atomic mass.

.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Use the relative atomic mass of neon, 20.2, to calculate the mass number of isotope 1.

mass number = ................................. [2]


[S'15 P23 Q01]

© UCLES 2015 9701/23/M/J/15

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 12


2

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.


60

11 1 (a) Complete the table to show the composition and identity of some atoms and ions.

name of nucleon atomic number of number of number of overall


element number number protons neutrons electrons charge

lithium 6 3 +1
............. ............. .............

oxygen 9 10
............. ............. ............. .............

54 26 26 24
............. ............. .............

17 18 0
............. ............. ............. .............

[4]

(b) Beams of protons, neutrons and electrons behave differently in an electric field due to their
differing properties.

The diagram shows the path of a beam of electrons in an electric field.

Add and label lines to represent the paths of beams of protons and neutrons in the same field.

electron beam

[3]

© UCLES 2016 9701/21/M/J/16

Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed


61
4

(d) A sample of strontium exists as a mixture of four isotopes. Information about three of these
isotopes is given in the table.

mass number 86 87 88
abundance 9.86% 7.00% 82.58%

(i) Calculate the abundance of the fourth isotope.

abundance = ............................. % [1]

(ii) The relative atomic mass of this sample of strontium is 87.71.

Calculate the mass number of the fourth isotope.

mass number = ............................. [2]


[S'16[Total:
P21 Q01]
16]

© UCLES 2016 9701/21/M/J/16

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 12


62
3
12 (c) A sample of oxygen exists as a mixture of three isotopes. Information about two of these
isotopes is given in the table.

mass number 16 17
abundance 99.76% 0.04%

(i) Calculate the abundance of the third isotope.

abundance = ............................. % [1]

(ii) The relative atomic mass of this sample of oxygen is 16.0044.

Calculate the mass number of the third isotope. You must show your working.

mass number = ............................. [2]


[S'16[Total:
P22 Q01]
11]

© UCLES 2016 9701/22/M/J/16 [Turn over

Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed


5 63

13(iii) A naturally occurring sample of cerium contains only four isotopes. Data for three of the
isotopes are shown in the table.

isotope 136
Ce 138
Ce 140
Ce 142
Ce
relative to be
135.907 137.906 139.905
isotopic mass calculated
percentage to be
0.185 0.251 88.450
abundance calculated

The Ar of the sample is 140.116.

Use these data to calculate the relative isotopic mass of the fourth isotope in this sample
of cerium.

Give your answer to three decimal places.

relative isotopic mass = .............................. [3]


[M'17 P2 Q01]
[Total: 17]

Bilal
© UCLES Hameed
2017 9701/22/F/M/17 Atomic[Turn
Structure
over12
2

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.


64

14
1 The composition of atoms and ions can be determined from knowledge of atomic number, nucleon
number and charge.

(a) Complete the table.

atomic nucleon number of number of number of


symbol
number number electrons protons neutrons

3Li
6 +
3 2

23 26 32
[2]

:
(b) Boron occurs naturally as a mixture of two stable isotopes, 10B and 11B. The relative isotopic
masses and percentage abundances are shown.

isotope relative isotopic mass abundance / %


10
B 10.0129 19.78
11
B to be calculated 80.22

(i) De ne t e ter relative isotopic mass.

.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Calculate the relative isotopic mass of 11B.

Give your answer to six signi cant gures. o our or ing.

[2]

[Total: 6]

© UCLES 2017 9701/22/M/J/17

Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed


on the basis of results obtained from an experiment using gold metal foil.
2
(a) Complete the table with information for two of the particles in an atom of
Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.
197
Au.
65
relative relative location total number in
15
1 particle
The model of the nuclear atom was first proposed by Ernest Rutherford. He developed this model
mass charge within atom an atom of 197Au
on the basis of results obtained from an experiment using gold metal foil.
electron 0.0005 –1 79
(a) Complete the table with information for two of the particles in an atom of 197Au.
neutron nucleus
relative relative location total number in
particle
mass charge within atom an atom of 197Au [4]
electron 0.0005 –1 79
(b) State the type of bonding in gold.
neutron nucleus
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[4]
(c) A sample of gold found in the earth consists of only one isotope.
(b) S
tate the type of bonding in gold.
(i) Explain what is meant by the term isotopes.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
.............................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................
(c) A sample of gold found in the earth consists of only one isotope.
.......................................................................................................................................
(i) E xplain what is meant by the term isotopes. [2]

(ii) A
.............................................................................................................................................
different sample of gold contains more than one isotope.

.............................................................................................................................................
S uggest why this different sample of gold has the same chemical properties as the sample
found in the earth.
....................................................................................................................................... [2]
.............................................................................................................................................
(ii) A
different sample of gold contains more than one isotope.
....................................................................................................................................... [1]
uggest why this different sample of gold has the same chemical properties as the sample
S
found in the earth.

.............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 9701/22/O/N/18

© UCLES 2018 9701/22/O/N/18

Bilal Hameed Atomic Structure 12


66
3

(d) Tumbaga is an alloy of copper and gold. A sample of tumbaga was analysed. The mass
spectrum of the sample is shown.

56.36

percentage
abundance 25.14
x

0
63 65 197
m/e

(i) Calculate the percentage abundance of gold, x, in the sample of tumbaga.

x = .............................. % [1]

(ii) C alculate the relative atomic mass, Ar , of the copper present in this sample.
Give your answer to two decimal places.

Ar (Cu) = .............................. [2]


[W'18 P22 Q01]
[Total: 11]

© UCLES 2018 9701/22/O/N/18 [Turn over

Atomic Structure 12 Bilal Hameed


67

2 Atomic structure

2.3 Electrons: energy levels, atomic orbitals, ionisation energy

Electronic Configuration


Electronic Configuration
relative charges and relative masses
Cambridge International AS and A Level Chemistry 9701 syllabus Syllabus content
b) deduce the behaviour of beams of protons, neutrons and electrons in
electric fields
68
c) describe the distribution of mass and charge within an atom
d) deduce the numbers of protons, neutrons and electrons present in both
atoms and ions given proton and nucleon numbers and charge
2 Atomic structure
This The
2.2 topicnucleus
describes the type,a)number
of the andthe
describe distribution of the
contribution of fundamental particles to
protons and neutrons which make
atomic up an
nuclei in
atomatom
and the impact of this on some atomic properties.
terms of proton number and nucleon number
b) distinguish between isotopes on the basis of different numbers of
Learning
neutronsoutcomes
present
Candidates should be able to:
c) recognise and use the symbolism xy A for isotopes, where x is the nucleon
number and y is the proton number
2.1 Particles in the atom a) identify and describe protons, neutrons and electrons in terms of their
2.3 Electrons: energy relative charges and relative masses
a) describe the number and relative energies of the s, p and d orbitals for
levels, atomic b) the
deduce the behaviour
principal of beams1,
quantum numbers of2protons, neutrons
and 3 and also theand
4s electrons in
and 4p orbitals
orbitals, ionisation electric fields
b) describe and sketch the shapes of s and p orbitals
energy, electron c) describe the distribution of mass and charge within an atom
c) state the electronic configuration of atoms and ions given the proton
affinity d) number
deduce theandnumbers of protons,
charge, using neutrons 1s
the convention and
2 electrons
2s22p6 , etc.present in both
atoms and ions given proton and nucleon numbers and charge
d) (i) explain and use the term ionisation energy
(ii) explain the factors influencing the ionisation energies of elements
2.2 The nucleus of the a) describe the contribution of protons and neutrons to atomic nuclei in
(iii) explain the trends in ionisation energies across a Period and down a
atom terms of proton number and nucleon number
Group of the Periodic Table (see also Section 9.1)
b) distinguish between isotopes on the basis of different numbers of
e) deduce the electronic configurations of elements from successive
neutrons present
ionisation energy data
c) recognise and use the symbolism xy A for isotopes, where x is the nucleon
f) interpret successive ionisation energy data of an element in terms of the
number and y is the proton number
position of that element within the Periodic Table
g) explain and use the term electron affinity
2.3 Electrons: energy a) describe the number and relative energies of the s, p and d orbitals for
levels, atomic the principal quantum numbers 1, 2 and 3 and also the 4s and 4p orbitals
orbitals, ionisation b) describe and sketch the shapes of s and p orbitals

 energy, electron
c) state the electronic configuration of atoms and ions given the proton
affinity
number and charge, using the convention 1s22s22p6 , etc.
d) (i) explain and use the term ionisation energy
(ii) explain the factors influencing the ionisation energies of elements
(iii) explain the trends in ionisation energies across a Period and down a
Group of the Periodic Table (see also Section 9.1)
e) deduce the electronic configurations of elements from successive
ionisation energy data
f) interpret successive ionisation energy data of an element in terms of the
position of that element within the Periodic Table
18 www.cie.org.uk/alevel g) explain and use the term electron affinity Back to contents page

18 www.cie.org.uk/alevel Back to contents page


69
1

2. 1 Disclaimer
A complete discussion of the experimental evidence for the modern
theory of atomic structure is beyond the scope of the CIE A Level
Syllabus.

In this chapter only the results of the theoretical treatment will be


described. These results will have to be memorized as “rules of the
game,” but they will be used so extensively throughout the general
chemistry course that the notation used will soon become familiar.

2. 2 Electron Arrangement
The electronic configuration describes the arrangement of electrons in
atoms.

An atom’s electrons are arranged outside the nucleus in energy levels (or
shells).

Each shell or energy level holds a certain maximum number of electrons.

The energy of levels becomes greater as they go further from the nucleus
and electrons fill energy levels in order.

2. 3 Ionisation energy
Ionisation energy is a measure of the energy needed to remove an electron
from a gaseous atom or ion. It measures how strongly an atom or ion holds
on to its electrons.

+
Attraction between the nucleus and an electron

The greater the pull of the nucleus, the harder it will be to pull an electron
away from an atom.

Bilal
Bilal Hameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
70
2

2. 4 First ionisation energy


Ionisation energies give evidence for the arrangement of electrons in atoms
in shells and sub-shells.

The first ionisation energy for an element is the energy needed to remove
one mole of electrons from one mole of gaseous atoms.

Na (g) ➝ Na+(g) + e- ∆H i1 = 496 kJ mol-1

Ca (g) ➝ Ca+(g) + e- ∆H i1 = 590 kJ mol-1

F (g) ➝ F+(g) + e- ∆H i1 = 1680 kJ mol-1

2. 5 Successive ionisation energies


Successive ionisation energies for the same element measure the energy
to remove a second, third, fourth electron and so on.

Na+(g) ➝ Na2+(g) + e- ∆H i2 = 4563 kJ mol-1

Na2+(g) ➝ Na3+(g) + e- ∆H i3 = 6913 kJ mol-1

It is possible to measure energy changes involving ions which do not


normally appear in chemical reactions.

2. 6 Skill check
Which equation represents the second ionisation energy of an element
X?

A X(g) ➝ X2+(g) + 2e-

B X+(g) ➝ X2+(g) + e-

C X(g) + 2e- ➝ X2-(g)

D X-(g) + e- ➝ X2-(g)

Electronic Configuration
Electronic configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
71
3

2. 7 Skill check
Write equations to represent the first ionisation of:

A potassium

B argon

C bromine

D fluorine

2. 8 Skill check
The successive ionisation energies kJmol-1 of element X are listed below.
Identify the group in the periodic table in which X occurs.

Ionisation energies of X:

1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th


950 1800 2700 4800 6000 12300 15000

2. 9 Successive ionisation energies


After an electron has been removed the rest of them will be more
strongly attracted by the nucleus.

Hence more energy is required to pull the 2nd electron and thus the 2nd
I.E. is greater than the 1st I.E.

Successive ionisation energies are always greater than the previous


one.

Bilal
Bilal Hameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
nucleus. There must be a very great force of attraction
h of successive ionisation between the nucleus and these electrons and there are
mber of electrons removed for no inner electrons to72
shield them. The large increase in
cale (to the base 10) is used ionisation energy between 4the 9th and 10th electrons
ccessive ionisation energies have confirms that the 10th electron is in a shell closer to the
nucleus than the 9th electron.
llowing about sodium from
2. 10 Successive ionisation energies
oved has a low 1st ionisation
d to the rest of the data. It is very 1 electron;
he atom. It is therefore likely to be very easily
ucleus and well shielded by inner 2 electrons; removed
very difficult 8 electrons;
to remove 11+
less easily
removed

nucleus

Figure 3.5 The arrangement of electrons in an atom of sodium can be


deduced from the values of successive ionisation energies.

Check-up
2. 11 Evidence of energy levels
3 a The successive ionisation energies of
The arrangement of electrons in an atom of any element can be deduced
Electronic structure boron are shown in Table 3.3.
from the values of successive ionisation energies.

Theadvertising
In neon successivesigns, gaseousIonisation 1st 2nd 3rd 4th clearly.
I.E of sodium
neon 5th
illustratebombarded
atoms are continually the changeby
electrons. This produces positive neon ions, which then reform as neon atoms.
Ionisation 799 2420 3660 25 000 32 800
This is what happens when scientists measure ionisation energies.
Scientists can also determine ionisation energies from the emission spectra
energy /
of atoms. Using data from spectra, it is possible to measure the energy needed
to remove electrons from ions with
electron −12 increasing positive charges. A succession
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 of ionisation 1
energies, represented
removed kJ mol
by the3symbols4 ∆Hi1, ∆H
5 8 6 9 10 7
i2, ∆Hi3 and so on,
11
is obtained. For example:
mber of electrons removed
Na(g)ionisation
→ Na+(g) + e– 500 first ionisation energy, ∆H = +496 kJ mol–1
energy Table– 3.34600 6900 9500 13400 i1 16600
Successive 20100
ionisation energies of 25500
boron. 28900 141000 158000
Na+(g) → Na2+(g) +e second ionisation energy, ∆Hi2 = +4563 kJ mol
–1

m (log10) ofDefinitions
ionisation energy of sodium Na2+(g) → Na3+(g) + e– third ionisation energy, ∆Hi3 = +6913 kJ mol–1 continued
s removed. The first ionisation energy of an There are 11 electrons in a sodium atom, so there are 11 successive ionisation
element is the energy needed to energies for this element.
remove one electron from each atom The successive ionisation energies of an element are all endothermic and
in one mole of gaseous atoms.
they get bigger and bigger. This is not surprising because, having removed one
A successive ionisation energy of electron, it is more difficult to remove a second electron from the positive ion
an element measures the energy formed.
needed to remove a second, third or
The graph in Figure 5.2 shows a logarithmic plot of the successive
fourth electron and so on from one
mole of gaseous ions of the element
ionisation energies of sodium against the number of electrons removed. This
with the appropriate positive charge. provides evidence to support the theory that electrons in an atom are
arranged in a series of levels or shells around the nucleus. The logarithmic
plot allows an extremely wide range of ionisation energies – from 496 kJ mol–1
2. 12 Ionisation energies of sodium
to 159 080 kJ mol–1 – to be shown on the same graph.
Figure 5.2 !
Log (ionisation energy) plotted against
the number of electrons removed for
sodium.

The graph shows shows


Log ionisation energy

successive ionisation energies


against the number of
Note electrons removed for sodium.
The shells of electrons at fixed or
specific levels are sometimes called
quantum shells, because the word
‘quantum’ is used to describe
something related to a fixed amount
or fixed level.
0 5 10
Highest energy Number of electrons removed
level – electron
easily removed
Notice in Figure 5.2 the big jumps in value between the first and second
Intermediate
energy level –
ionisation energies and again between the ninth and tenth ionisation
electrons harder energies. This suggests that sodium atoms have one electron in an outer
to remove shell or energy level furthest from the nucleus. This outer electron is easily
removed because it is furthest from the nucleus and shielded from the full
Lowest energy attraction of the positive nucleus by 10 inner electrons.
Electronic level Configuration
– electrons Electronic
hardest to remove
configuration
Below this outer single electron, sodium atoms seem to have eight electrons Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
in a second shell – all at roughly the same energy level. These eight electrons
Figure 5.3 " are closer to the nucleus than the single outer electron and only have two
Energy levels of electrons in a sodium atom. inner electrons shielding them from the positive nucleus.
60
73
5

2. 13 Ionisation energies of sodium


There is a big difference between some successive ionisation energies.
For sodium the first big difference occurs between the 1st and 2nd
ionisation energies.

These large changes indicate that for the second of these two
ionisation energies, the electron being removed is from a shell closer to
the nucleus.

2. 14 Ionisation energies of sodium


electron
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
removed
ionisation
500 4600 6900 9500 13400 16600 20100 25500 28900 141000 158000
energy

There is a big jump in the value of the second ionisation energy. This
suggests that the second electron is in a shell closer to the nucleus
than the first electron.

Taken together, the 1st and 2nd ionisation energies suggest that sodium
has one electron in its outer shell.

2. 15 Ionisation energies of sodium


electron
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
removed
ionisation
500 4600 6900 9500 13400 16600 20100 25500 28900 141000 158000
energy

From the second to the ninth electrons removed there is only a gradual
change in successive ionisation energies. This suggests that all these
eight electrons are in the same shell.

There is a big jump in the value of the 10th ionisation energy. This
suggests that the 10th electron is in a shell closer to the nucleus than
the 9th electron.

Bilal
Bilal Hameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
2 The structure of the atom

Ionisation energies are used to probe electronic configurations in two ways:

● successive ionisation energies for the same atom



74
first ionisation energies for different atoms.
We shall look at each in turn.
6
Successive ionisation energies
We can look at an atom of a particular element, and measure the energy required to
remove each of its electrons, one by one:

X(g) → X+(g) + e− ∆ H = IE1


X+(g) → X2+(g) + e− ∆ H = IE2
X2+(g) → X3+(g) + e− ∆ H = IE3 etc.
These successive ionisation energies show clearly the arrangement of electrons

2. 16 Ionisation energies of magnesium


in shells around the nucleus. If we take the magnesium atom as an example, and
measure the energy required to remove successively the first electron, the second, the
third, and so on, we obtain the plot shown in Figure 2.29.

Figure 2.29 Graph of the twelve ionisation


energies of magnesium against electron
200 000
number. The electronic configuration of
magnesium is 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2. first
shell
180 000

160 000

140 000

ionisation energy/kJ mol–1


120 000

100 000

80 000

60 000

40 000
second
shell
20 000
third
shell

0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
number of electrons removed

Successive ionisation energies are bound to increase because the remaining electrons
are closer to, and less shielded from, the nucleus. But a larger increase occurs when
the third electron is removed. This is because once the two electrons in the outer
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (third) shell have been removed, the next has to be stripped from a shell that is very
muchCam/Chem
02_29 nearer to AS&A2
the nucleus (the second shell). A similar, but much more enormous,
jump in ionisation energy occurs when the eleventh electron is removed. This has
Barking
to comeDog Art the first, innermost shell, right next to the nucleus. These two large
from
jumps in the series of successive ionisation energies are very good evidence that the
The jumps in successive
electrons in the magnesium ionisation energies
atom exist in threeare moreshells.
different apparent if we plot the
logarithm of the ionisation energy against proton number, as in Figure 2.30.37(Taking
the logarithm is a scaling device that has the effect of decreasing the differences
between adjacent values for the larger ionisation energies, so the jumps between the

2. 17 Ionisation energies of magnesium


181333_02_AS_Chem_BP_020-043.indd 37

Figure 2.30 Graph of logarithms of the


shells become more obvious.) 15/10/14 12:19 PM

twelve ionisation energies of magnesium 5.5


against electron number 1s

2s
4.5
2p
log (IE)

3.5

3s
3

2.5

2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
number of electrons removed

Worked example
Graphs02_30
ofCam/Chem
successiveAS&A2
ionisation energy give us information about
The first five successive ionisation energies of element X are 631, 1235, 2389, 7089 and
how many 8844 electrons
kJ mol
Barking .
Dog Art are in a particular energy level. Consider the graph
−1

How many electrons are in the outer shell of element X?


for silicon shown in Figure 2.35. There is a large jump in the ionisation
Answer
energy graph between
The differences thesuccessive
between the fourth andenergies
ionisation the arefifth ionisation energies, which
as follows:
−1
2 − 1: 1235 − 631 = 604 kJ mol
Now try this suggests that3 − 2:these electrons
2389 − 1235 are removed from different main energy
= 1154 kJ mol −1
−1
4 − 3: 7089 − 2389 = 4700 kJ mol
levels. It can
Decide which group element Y is in,
5 − 4:therefore
8844 − 7089 =be 1755deduced that silicon has four electrons in its
2. 18 Ionisation energiesbetween the third and of
is in silicon
−1
based on the following successive kJ mol
ionisation energies:
outer main The
energy level
largest jump comes
(shell)
has three electrons in its outer shell.
and group
the fourth
4 of the periodic table.
ionisation energies, therefore X
590, 1145, 4912, 6474, 8144 kJ mol−1

First ionisation energies


The second way that ionisation energies show us the details of electronic configuration
is to look at how the first ionisation energies of elements vary with proton number.
Figure 2.31 is a plot for the first 40 elements.
This graph shows us the following.
1 All ionisation energies are strongly endothermic – it takes energy to separate an
electron from an atom.
2 As we go down a particular group, for example from helium to neon to argon, or
from lithium to sodium to potassium, ionisation energies decrease. The larger the
atom, the easier it is to separate an electron from it.

38

181333_02_AS_Chem_BP_020-043.indd 38 15/10/14 12:19 PM

If a graph of ionisation energy (rather than log10 ionisation energy) is


plotted for the removal of the first few electrons from a silicon atom, more
features can be seen on the graph (Figure 2.36). It can be seen that there
is a larger jump in the ionisation energy between the second and third
Electronic Configuration
Electronic configuration
ionisation energies. Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
2 2 6 2 2
The full electronic configuration for silicon is 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p . The first
two electrons are removed from the 3p sub-level (subshell), whereas the
strongly than a neutral atom does. More energy is therefore required to
remove the electron from a positive ion.
2 Once an electron has been removed from an atom, there is less
repulsion between the remaining electrons. They are therefore pulled
in closer to the nucleus (Figure 2.33). If they are closer75
to the nucleus,
7
they are more strongly attracted and more difficult to remove.

This graph shows the energy required to remove each electron in turn
from a gaseous potassium atom.
2. 19 Ionisation energies of potassium

A log scale is being used here to allow all data are presented be used by scientists to support
the data to be plotted on one graph, but their theories? Can you find examples where the
although on one level this has made the data scale on a graph has been chosen to exaggerate a
to interpret and supported the explanations that particular trend – is scientific knowledge objective
een given, it has also distorted the data. The or is it a matter of interpretation and presentation?
nce between the first and second ionisation The arguments for and against human-made
2. 20 Skill check
es of potassium is about 2600 kJ mol−1, but the climate change are a classic example of where the
nce between the 18th and 19th ionisations interpretation and presentation of data are key in
es is over 30 000 kJ mol−1Write
! How an
can equation
the way to represent the 5thopinion.
influencing public ionisation energy of Fluorine.

he log10 of these numbers The simple electronic configuration of potassium is 2,8,8,1, and this
he range. The first can be deduced directly from the graph above. The large jumps in the
n energy of potassium is graph occur between main energy levels (shells).
ol−1, whereas the 19th is
J mol−1. It would be very
o plot these values on a
ph.

2. 21 Skill check

What group is X in?

Bilal
Bilal Hameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
76
8

2. 22 Skill check
The first ionisation energies of four consecutive elements in the Periodic table
are:

Sodium = 494 kJ mol-1

Magnesium = 736 kJ mol-1

Aluminium = 577 kJ mol-1

Silicon = 786 kJ mol-1

a Explain the general increase in ionisation energies from Sodium to Silicon.

b Explain why Aluminium has a lower first ionisation energy than Magnesium.

2. 23 Skill check
The first six ionisation energies of an element are, or 1090, 2250, 4610,
6220, 37,800, and 47,300kJ mol-1. Which group in the Periodic Table does
this element belong to? Explain your decision.

2. 24 Skill check
The successive ionisation energies ΔHi, of an element X are shown in the
table below. Which group in the Periodic Table does X belong to?

Number of electrons removed

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

∆Hi / kJ mol-1 1000 2260 3390 4540 7010 8500 27100 31670 36580 43140

Electronic Configuration
Electronic configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
77
9

2. 25 Successive ionisation energies


We can use successive ionisation energies in this way to confirm:

• The simple electronic configuration of elements.

• The number of electrons in the outer shell of an element and hence


the group to which the element belongs.

The successive ionisation energies for an element rise and there are big
jumps in value each time electrons start to be removed from the next
shell in towards the nucleus.

2. 26 Ionisation energies of oxygen


electron removed 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ionisation energy 1310 3390 5320 7450 11000 13300 71300 84100

Large increases can be used to predict the group of any element. The
electron configuration of oxygen is 2,6.

Since the large change is after the removal of 6 electrons, it signifies


that there are 6 electrons in the shell farthest from the nucleus.

Therefore, Oxygen is in Group VI.

2. 27 Successive Ionisation energies


ELECTRONS REMOVED
Element 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 H 1310

2 He 2370 5250

3 Li 519 7300 11800

4 Be 900 1760 14850 21000

5 B 799 2420 3660 25000 32800

6 C 1090 2350 4620 6220 37800 47300

7 N 1400 2860 4580 7480 9450 53300 64400

8 O 1310 3390 5320 7450 11000 13300 71300 84100

9 F 1680 3370 6040 8410 11000 15200 17900 92000 106000

10 Ne 2080 3950 6150 9290 12200 15200 20000 23000 117000 131400

11 Na 494 4560 6940 9540 13400 16600 20100 25500 28900 141000 158700

Bilal
Bilal Hameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
78
10

2. 28 Skill check
The successive ionisation energies, in kJ mol–1, of different elements are
given below. Which groups are the following elements in?

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A 799 2420 3660 25000

B 736 1450 7740 10500

C 418 3070 4600 5860

D 870 1800 3000 3600 5800 7000 13200

E 950 1800 2700 4800 6000 12300

2. 29 Skill check
The successive ionisation energies of beryllium are 900, 1757,
14,849 and 21,007 kJ mol-1.
A What is the atomic number of beryllium?
B Why do successive ionisation energies of beryllium always get
more endothermic?
C To which group of the Periodic Table does this element belong?

2. 30 Shells (energy levels)

The principal energy levels are n=1

designated n = 1, 2, 3, and so forth.

The energy levels are not equally


spaced.

The energy gap between successive n=2


levels gets increasingly smaller as the n=3
levels move further from the nucleus. n=4

Electronic Configuration
Electronic configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
79
11

2. 31 Sub-levels (sub-shells)
Electron shells are numbered 1,2,3 etc. These numbers are known as the
principle quantum numbers.

Each energy level (shell) consists of a number of sub-levels (sub-shells),


labeled s, p, d, or f.
Energy Level Number of sub-levels Name of sub-levels

1 1 s

2 2 s, p

3 3 s, p, d

4 4 s, p, d, f

2. 32 Sub-levels (sub-shells)
PRINCIPAL
SUB LEVELS
ENERGY
LEVELS
INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

3
i Why is there a large increase between b Draw a sketch graph to show the
the third and fourth ionisation energies? log10 values of the first four successive
ii Explain how these figures confirm that ionisation energies of a Group II element.
the electronic structure of boron is 2, 3.
2
b For the element aluminium (Z = 13), draw
a sketch graph to predict the log10 of the 3.3 Sub-shells and atomic
successive ionisation energies (y-axis) against
the number of electrons removed (x-axis). orbitals 1
Quantum sub-shells
We can use successive ionisation energies in this way to: The principal quantum shells, apart from the first, are
• predict or confirm the simple electronic configuration split into sub-shells (sub-levels). Each principal quantum
of elements shell contains a different number of sub-shells. The sub-
• confirm the number of electrons in the outer shell shells are distinguished by the letters s, p or d. There are
of an element and hence the group to which the also f sub-shells for elements with more than 57 electrons.
element belongs. Figure 3.6 shows the sub-shells for the first four principal
quantum levels. In any principal quantum shell, the
Worked example energy of the electrons in the sub-shells increases in the
order s < p < d.
2. 33 Sub-levels (sub-shells)
1 The successive ionisation energies, ∆Hi, of an
element X are shown in Table 3.4. Which group
in the Periodic Table does X belong to?
We look for a large jump in the value of the 4d
5s
ionisation energy. This occurs between the
removal of the 6th and 7th electrons. So, six n =4 4p
electrons have been removed comparatively 3d
easily. The removal of the 7th electron requires 4s
about three times the energy required to remove
Increasing energy

n =3 3p
the 6th electron. So, there must be six electrons
in the outer shell of X. So, element X must be
3s
in Group VI of the Periodic Table.

2p
Check-up n =2
2s
4 a The first six ionisation energies of an
element are 1090, 2350, 4610, 6220,
37 800 and 47 300 kJ mol−1. Which group n =1 1s
in the Periodic Table does this element
principal quantum sub-shell
belong to? Explain your decision. shell
continued
Figure 3.6 The sub-shells for the first four principal quantum shells.

Number of electrons removed


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
∆Hi / 1000 2260 3390 4540 7010 8500 27 100 31 670 36 580 43 140
kJ mol−1

Bilal
Bilal Hameed
Hameed
Table 3.4 The successive ionisation energies of an element X. For Worked example 1.
Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
3 Electrons in atoms 37
80
12

2. 34 Sub-levels
Each sub-level can hold a certain maximum number of electrons.
Type of sub-level Maximum # of electrons

s 2

p 6

d 10

f 14

2. 35 Orbitals
An atomic orbital is a region of space around the nucleus of an atom
which can be occupied by one or two electrons only.

Each sub-level contains a fixed number of orbitals that contain


electrons.
Type of sub-level Maximum # of electrons Number of orbitals
s 2 1
p 6 3
d 10 5
f 14 7

2. 36 Orbitals
Electrons are viewed as charged clouds and the region, which
encloses almost all the charge cloud, is the orbital.

The region in space where the probability of finding an electron in


maximum is called the orbital.

The boundary surface encloses the region where the probability of


finding an electron is high.

The orbitals are of different three-dimensional shapes and are named s,


p, d, f etc. 

Electronic Configuration
Electronic configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
81
13

2 . 2 E L E C T R O N C O N F I G U R AT I O N
2. 37 Orbitals

● could perhaps be at the airport


● might even have gone home to South Africa!
If the class went looking for the teacher they would most likely start looking in
the most probable locations The cluster
closest of dotsBut
to the classroom. show
at 8.15the
am they do
not know with any degree ofprobability of finding
certainty precisely where thean electron
teacher is. at
A three-dimensional graph could be drawn
different with a clusterfrom
distances of dotsthe
showing areas
nucleus.
where there is a high probability of finding him. This is the idea of an orbital. A
boundary surface could be drawn around this cluster of dots to define a region
of space where there is a 99% chance of finding the teacher. This might be the
school perimeter, or Quito where he lives.
If you were also asked to measure the distance from the classroom to the
exact location where the teacher is you could not do this at 8.15 am, as you do
not know his exact location with absolute certainty. Figure 8 An orbital is a three-dimensional
graph with a cluster of dots showing the
What aspects of quantum mechanics does this analogy capture? probability of finding the electron at different
distances from the nucleus
he s atomic orbital
An s orbital is spherically symmetrical. The sphere represents a
oundary surface, meaning that within the sphere there is a 99% y
hance or probability of finding an electron (figure 9).
2. 38 Shells, sub shells and orbitals
he p atomic orbital
A p orbital is dumbbell shaped. There are three p atomic orbitals, px, py,
Energy Level Type of sub- Number of orbitals Maximum # of electrons
nd pz, all with boundary surfaces conveying probable electron density
level
1 s
ointing in different directions along the three respective Cartesian 1 2
x
xes, x, y, and z (figure 10). 2 s 1 2

nergy levels, sublevels, orbitals, and electron


p spin 3 6
s described
he Bohr model introduced the idea of3 a main energy level, 1 2
y n, which is called the principal quantum number. pThis can have 3
z
6
ositive integer values 1, 2, 3, etc. In the quantum mechanical model, as n
ncreases, the mean position of an electron is further from d the nucleus. The 5 10
Figure 9 The s atomic orbital is spherically
nergies of the orbitals also increase as4n increases. Each main
s energy level 1 symmetrical 2
r shell can hold a maximum number of electrons given by 2n2. So the
p 3 6
lectron capacity for n = 1 is 2, for n = 2 is 8, for n = 3 is 18. That is why
we have two elements in the first row of the periodic table, d eight elements 5 10
n the second, etc. y y y

he energy levels are split up into sublevels, of which there are four
ommon types: s, p, d, and f. Each sublevel contains a number of
x x x
rbitals, each of which can hold a maximum of 2 electrons (table 2). z z z
px pz py
Sublevel Number of orbitals in Maximum number of
sublevel electrons in sublevel Figure 10 The three p atomic orbitals are
s 1 2 dumbbell shaped, aligned along the x, y, and
p 3 2. 39 “s” orbital 6
z axes

d 5 10
f 7 The s orbital is spherically
14 shaped. There is
only levels
Table 2 Sublevels of the main energy oneinstheorbital
quantumfor eachmodel
mechanical shell.

The 2s orbital in the second principal 57


quantum shell has the same shape as

the 1s orbital in the first quantum shell.

They are both spherical, but electrons in the


2s orbital have more energy than electrons
in the 1s orbital.

Bilal
Bilal Hameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
For example, Selenium (Se) is in period 4 and 4 along in the p block;
Note: all atoms in the same group 82 therefore the last part of the electronic configuration is 4p4. The full
(vertical column) in the periodic 14
electronic configuration can be worked out from following the arrows:
table have the same outer shell H He 1s2
electronic configuration. For Li Be 2s2 B Ne 2p6
example, all the elements in group Na Mg 3s2
Al Ar 3p6
6 (like Se) have the outer shell K Ca 4s2 Sc Zn 3d10 Ga Se 4p4
electronic configuration ns2np4.
2. 40 “p” orbital
n is the period number.
(remember to go down 1 in the d block)
Therefore the electronic configuration is: 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d104p4.
Figure 2.23 shows an alternative way of remembering the order in
For each shell (except the first), there aresub-levels
which three pareorbitals.
filled.

13 Give the full electronic configurations of the following atoms:


a N b Ar c V
d Sr e Te

Electrons in atoms occupy atomic orbitals.

An orbital is a region of space in which there is a high probability


of finding an electron. It represents a discrete energy level.

Figurecan
An orbital 2.28 shows
contain a the orbitals that make up the 2s and 2p sub-levels in
There are four different types of atomic orbital: s p d f
the second main energy level. The first shell (maximum number of electrons 2) consists of a 1s orbital
maximum of two electrons.
and this makes up the entire 1s sub-level. This is spherical in shape (Figure
2.24a).
The 1s orbital is centred on the nucleus (Figure 2.24b). The electron
is moving all the time and the intensity of the colour here represents the
2. 41 The first two shells Figure 2.28 shows the orbitals
probability thatelectron
of finding the makeat up the distance
a certain 2s andfrom 2p the
sub-levels
nucleus. in
the second main energy The darkerlevel.
the colour the greater the probability of the electron being at
that point. This represents the electron density.
The electron can be found anywhere in this region of space (except the
nucleus – at the centre of the orbital) but it is most likely to be found at a
certain distance from the nucleus.
The second main energy level (maximum number of electrons 8) is
made up of the 2s sub-level and the 2p sub-level. The 2s sub-level just
consists of the 2s orbital, whereas the 2p sub-level is made up of three 2p
orbitals. The
The third shell (maximum 18 electrons) 2s orbital
consists (like3s,
of the all 3p
other
and s orbitals)
3d is spherical in shape and
bigger
sub-levels. The 3s sub-level is just the than the the
3s orbital; 1s orbital (Figure 2.25).
3p sub-level consists
p orbitals have a ‘dumb-bell’ shape (Figure 2.26). Three p orbitals make
of three 3p orbitals; and the 3d sub-level is made up of five 3d orbitals.
up the 2p sub-level. These point at 90° to each other and are named
One of the five 3d orbitals is shown in Figure 2.29.
appropriately as px, py, pz (Figure 2.27). The px orbital points along the
The fourth shell (maximum 32 xelectrons) consists
axis. The three of oneall4s,have
2p orbitals three
the4p,
same energy – they are described
five 4d and seven 4f orbitals. Theasseven 4f orbitals make up the 4f sub-
degenerate.
level. One of the f orbitals is shown in Figure 2.30.

The third
Within any sub-shell all shell (maximum
the orbitals 18same
have the electrons)
energy consists
(they of the 3s, 3p and 3d
are degenerate),
sub-levels. The 3s sub-level is just the 3s orbital;the
e.g. the three 2p orbitals are degenerate and the 3p sub-level consists
five 3d orbitals are degenerate.
of three 3p orbitals; and the 3d sub-level is made up of five 3d orbitals.
The numberOne of the
of orbitals five energy
in each 3d orbitals
level is isshown
shown in Figure
in Table 2.4. 2.29.
The
2. 42 Electronic configuration fourth shell (maximum 32 electrons) consists of one 4s, three 4p,
fivediagrams
The 4d andofseven
atomic4f that The seven
orbitals.
orbitals 4f orbitals
for more complex make upWhat
atoms. the implications
4f sub- does this
Electrons are distributed
level.inOne
we have different
seen of theenergy
here are derivedlevels
from
f orbitals in the atom
is shown of the2.30.
have
in Figure for element.

the limit of scientifi c knowledge? When we


mathematical functions that are solutions describe more complex atoms in terms of orbitals,
The order intowhich they fill up
the Schrödinger the sub-levels
equation. Exact solutions of the by stability.
is governed
just extending the results from the
we are actually
Within any sub-shell all the orbitals
Schrödinger equation are only possible for a system
have the same energy (they
hydrogen atom and gaining an approximate view of
When electrons fill up the orbitals having the
degenerate), least
theenergy they attain are degenerate and the
involving oneare
electron, e.g.
i.e. the hydrogen atom. three
It is 2p orbitals
the properties of electrons in atoms.
maximum stability.
five
not possible to 3d exact
derive orbitals are degenerate.
mathematical solutions
There are three principles that describe how electrons fill up in orbitals.

The number of orbitals in each energy level is shown in Table 2.4.


Aufbau Principle: Electrons enter the orbital that is available with the lowest
energy. The orbitals are arranged in the order of increasing energy and the
Thenumber
electrons are added until the proper diagramsof of atomic for
electrons orbitals that
the element for more complex atoms. W
have been accommodated we have seen here are derived from have for the limit of scient
mathematical functions that are solutions describe more complex at
to the Schrödinger equation. Exact solutions of the we are actually just extend
Schrödinger equation are only possible for a system hydrogen atom and gainin
involving one electron, i.e. the hydrogen atom. It is the properties of electrons
not possible to derive exact mathematical solutions
Electronic Configuration
Electronic configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
83
15

2. 43 Electronic configuration
Pauli’s Exclusion Principle: No orbital can accommodate more than
two electrons. If there are two electrons in an orbital, they must have
opposite spin.

Hund’s Rule of Maximum Multiplicity: When there are a number of


orbitals of equal energy, electrons first fill them up individually and then
get paired. By filling up individually, mutual repulsion between electrons
is avoided and thereby maximum stability is achieved. 

2 ATOMIC STRUC T U R E

For convenience, an “arrow-in-box” notation called an orbital


Useful resource
diagram is used to represent the electrons in these atomic orbitals
The “Orbitron” website, (figure 11). We shall use orbital diagrams to represent electron
developed by Professor Mark
2. 44 Electron spin Winter at the University of
configurations.

Sheffield, UK is an excellent s sublevel (one box representing an s orbital)


Electrons are all identical. The only
resource way ofthedistinguishing
for exploring them is by
describing how their energies
shapes ofand spatial
the various distributions differ.

atomic
orbitals. It also provides
Thus an electron in a 1s information
orbital is on different from an electron in a 2s orbital
the associated
sophisticated mathematical
because it occupies a different region of space closerp to the(three
sublevel nucleus,
boxes representing the three p orbitals px, py, and pz)
wavefunctions.
causing it to have less potential energy.

http://winter.group.shef.ac.uk/
orbitron/
An electron in a 2px orbital differs from an electron in a 2py orbital
because although they have exactly the same potential energy,
d sublevel theyrepresenting the five d orbitals)
(five boxes

occupy different regions of space.

f sublevel (seven boxes representing the seven f orbitals)

2. 45 Electron spin Figure 11 Orbital diagrams are used to represent the electron configurations for atoms.
Arrows are drawn in the boxes to represent electrons, a maximum of 2 electrons in each
box (orbital)
There can only be two electrons in each orbital, and they must have
opposite directions of spin. Two electrons in the same orbital have opposite values of the spin
N S magnetic quantum number, ms. The sign of ms ( + __12 or - __12 )
indicates the orientation of the magnetic field generated by the
electron. A pair of electrons in an orbital behaves as two magnets
facing in opposite directions and therefore is commonly represented
by two arrows in a box (figure 12).

Quantum numbers
In this mathematical model of the electronic structure of the atom there are
four quantum numbers. The first is the principal quantum number, n, which
S N
represents the energy level. The second quantum number, the azimuthal
N S quantum number, l, describes the sublevel, and the third quantum
number, the magnetic quantum number, ml, the atomic orbital. The fourth
quantum number, the spin magnetic quantum number, ms, describes the
magnet analogy spatial orientation of the electron spin. Quantum numbers are not formally
examined in the IB Chemistry Diploma, but you need to know the principles
of energy levels, sublevels, atomic orbitals, and electron spin.
S N
half-arrows representing You might think of the four quantum numbers as an electronic postal
electrons of opposite spin address. The country represents the energy level, the province the
in an orbital
Bilal
Bilal Hameed
Hameed Electronic configuration
sublevels, the Electronic
town the orbitals, and the Configuration
street number or postal code the
spin of the electron.
Figure 12 Electron spin is represented by
arrows in orbital diagrams
Figure 11 Orbital diagrams are used to represent the electron configurations for atoms.
Arrows are drawn in the boxes to represent electrons, a maximum of 2 electrons in each
box (orbital)
84
16
Two electrons in the same orbital have opposite values of the spin
N S magnetic quantum number, ms. The sign of ms ( + __12 or - __12 )
indicates the orientation of the magnetic field generated by the
electron. A pair of electrons in an orbital behaves as two magnets
facing in opposite directions and therefore is commonly represented
2. 46 Electron spin by two arrows in a box (figure 12).

For convenience, an “electrons-in-boxes” notation Quantum


is used numbers
to
In this mathematical model of the electronic structure of the atom there are
represent the electrons in these atomic orbitals:
four quantum
10 Arrange the following in order
numbers. of: is the principal quantum
The first 12 Draw an energy
number, level dia
n, which
S N a increasing
representsenergy
the energy level. The second quantum number, four
theenergy levels in a hy
azimuthal
N S b decreasing wavelength
quantum number, l, describes the sublevel, and the thirdwithquantuman arrow on this dia
ultraviolet
number, radiation infrared
the magnetic quantum radiation
number, transition
ml, the atomic orbital. The that would giv
fourth
s sub-level p sub-level d sub-level
microwaves
quantum orange
number, light
the spin magneticgreen lightnumber, mas, adescribes
quantum line in thetheultraviole
magnet analogy spatialhow
orientation
11 Describe a line inofthe
theLyman
electronseries
spin.ofQuantum
the numbersb are not in
a line formally
the visible reg
examined
hydrogen atominspectrum
the IB Chemistry
arises. Diploma, but you need to know the principles
c a line in the infrared r
Each box represents one orbital:
S N
of energy levels, sublevels, atomic orbitals, and electron spin.
half-arrows representing You might think of the four quantum numbers as an electronic postal
electrons of opposite spin address. The country represents the energy level, the province the
in an orbital
sublevels, the town the orbitals, and the street number or postal code the
spin
Determine of full
the the electron.
electronic
Figure 12 Electron
an orbital withspinelectrons
is represented
inbyopposite spins
arrows in orbital diagrams configuration of an atom with
up to 54 electrons
58 Understand what is meant by The emission spectra of atoms with more than
an orbital and a subshell (sub evidence, such as ionisation energy data (see be
energy level) simple treatment of considering that electrons
energy levels is a useful first approximation but

2. 47 Order of filling orbitals Each main energy level in an atom is made up


(subshells). The first main energy level consists s
second main energy level is split into the 2s sub
The principal energy levels
The sub-levels in each main energy level up to
(shells) get closer together as you
get further from the nucleus. This
results in an overlap of sub- levels.

Within any main energy level (shell) the ord


(subshells) is always s < p < d < f, but there are
orders between sub-levels in different energy lev
the subshells are shown in Figure 2.21.

The Aufbau principle is simply the name given


out the electronic configuration of an atom.
2. 48 Order of filling orbitals
The first example of this 4
INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4p
overlap occurs when the 4s 3d
orbital is filled before the 3d 4s
3 3p
orbital
3s

2p
2
2s

1 1s

Electronic Configuration
Electronic configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
85
17

2. 49 The ‘AUFBAU’ principal


The following sequence will show the
‘building up’ of the electronic structures of
INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4 the first 36 elements in the periodic table.

4p
3d
4s Electrons are shown as half-headed
3 3p arrows and can spin in one of two
3s directions.

2p Orbitals are color-coded as below:

2
2s
s orbitals

1 1s
p orbitals

d orbitals

2. 50 Hydrogen
1s1

Hydrogen atoms have one


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
electron. This goes into a vacant
4s orbital in the lowest available
3 3p
3s energy level.

2p
2
2s

1 1s

2. 51 Helium
1s2

Every orbital can contain 2


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
electrons, provided the electrons
4s are spinning in opposite directions.

3 3p
3s The two electrons in a helium atom
both go in the 1s orbital.
2p
2
2s

1 1s

Bilal
Bilal Hameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
86
18

2. 52 Lithium
1s2 2s1

1s orbitals can hold a maximum of

INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS


4
4p
two electrons so the third electron in
3d
4s a lithium atom must go into the next
3 3p
available orbital of higher energy.
3s
This will be further from the nucleus
2
2p in the second principal energy level.

2s
The second principal level has two
1 1s types of orbital (s and p). An s
orbital is lower in energy than a p.

2. 53 Beryllium
1s2 2s2

Beryllium atoms have four


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
electrons so the fourth electron
4s pairs up in the 2s orbital. The 2s
3 3p
3s sub level is now full.

2p
2
2s

1 1s

2. 54 Boron
1s2 2s2 2p1

As the 2s sub level is now full, the


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
fifth electron goes into one of the
4s three p orbitals in the 2p sub level.

3 3p
3s
The 2p orbitals are slightly higher in
2p energy than the 2s orbital.
2
2s

1 1s

Electronic Configuration
Electronic configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
87
19

2. 55 Carbon
1s2 2s2 2p2

The next electron in doesn’t pair


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
up with the one already there. This
4s would give rise to repulsion
3 3p
3s between the similarly charged
species. Instead, it goes into
2p
2
2s
another p orbital which means
less repulsion, lower energy and
1 1s
more stability.

2. 56 Nitrogen
1s2 2s2 2p3

The next electron will not pair up


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
but goes into a vacant p orbital. All
3d
4s three electrons are now unpaired.
3 3p
3s
This gives less repulsion, lower
energy and therefore more
2p
2 stability.
2s

1 1s

2. 57 Oxygen
1s2 2s2 2p4

With all three orbitals half-filled,


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
the eighth electron in an oxygen
4s atom must now pair up with one
3 3p
3s of the electrons already there.

2p
2
2s

1 1s

Bilal
Bilal Hameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
88
20

2. 58 Fluorine
1s2 2s2 2p5

The electrons continue to pair up

INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS


4
4p
3d
with those in the half-filled orbitals.
4s
3 3p
3s

2p
2
2s

1 1s

2. 59 Neon
1s2 2s2 2p6

The electrons continue to pair up


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
with those in the half-filled orbitals.
4s The 2p orbitals are now completely
3 3p
3s filled and so is the second principal
energy level.

2p
2
2s In the older system of describing
electronic configurations, this
1 1s
would have been written as 2,8.

2. 60 Sodium to argon
Na 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1

Mg 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2

Al 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p1

Si 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p2

P 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p3

S 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p4

Cl 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p5

Ar 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6

Electronic Configuration
Electronic configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
89
21

2. 61 Potassium
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s1

Because the principal energy levels


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
get closer together as you go
3d
4s further from the nucleus coupled
3 3p
3s
with the splitting into sub energy
levels, the 4s orbital is of a LOWER
2p
2 ENERGY than the 3d orbitals so it
2s
gets filled first.
1 1s

2. 62 Calcium
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2

As expected, the next electron


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d pairs up to complete a filled 4s
4s
3 3p orbital.
3s

2p
2
2s

1 1s

2. 63 Elements with proton numbers 1 to 10

Bilal
Bilal Hameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
90
22

2. 64 Elements with proton numbers 11 to 20

2. 65 Skill check
Copy and complete the following information for the quantum shell with
principal quantum number 3.

A total number of sub-shells

B total number of orbitals

C number of different types of orbital

D maximum number of electrons in the shell

2. 66 Skill check
An atom has eight electrons. Which diagram shows the electronic configuration of
this atom in its lowest energy state?

Electronic configuration
Electronic Configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
of the following elements:
a) Phosphorus: [Ne]…
b) Cobalt: [Ar]… 91
23
6 Write the full electron configuration of an
excited sodium atom.
hat are
2. 677 FillSkill check
in the outer electrons of a phosphorus
toms. atom
Fill in the inelectrons
outer the boxes below. atom in the boxes below.
of a phosphorus
3s 3p

me
8 Explain, with an example, the meaning of the
term periodicity.
ss of 9 Consider atoms of boron, magnesium and
er. bromine. In which is the effective nuclear charge
is 63.5. the largest and in which is it the smallest?
the two
ic masses 10 List the particles Cl, Cl− and K+ in order of
increasing radius.
11 Explain why the first ionisation energies of the
ow were 2. 68noble
Skillgases
checkdecrease from helium to krypton.
The
12 the
Give successive
electron orbital ionisation
configurationenergies of anstate
for the ground element,
of the
following atoms or ions:
X, are given in the table. To which group of the
AN periodic table does element X belong?
Ionisation energy/kJ mol−
B O2- 1
Ionisation
C Ca2+ 1st 1 000
D Al3+ 2nd 2 260
licon to
E P3- 3rd 3 390
4th 4 540
bers
5th 6 990
ple of
6th 8 490
7th 27 100

2. 70 8th
Skill check 31 700
9th 36 600
Name all element in the third period (row) of the periodic table
10th 43 100
with the following:

13 Discuss the relative advantages and disadvantages
a three valence electrons

of3pESI
b four and TOF mass spectrometers.
electrons

c six 3p electrons

14d twoBy3s considering the3prelative
electrons and no electronseffectiveness of s, p
and d electrons in shielding the nucleus, suggest
m/z why the difference between the atomic radii
of fluorine and chlorine is 50 pm whereas that
the between chlorine and bromine is only 15 pm.

Questions 35

Bilal
BilalHameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration

27/02/2015 19:58
92
24

2. 70 Skill check
Name all element in the third period (row) of the periodic table
with the following:

a three valence electrons

b four 3p electrons

c six 3p electrons

d two 3s electrons and no 3p electrons

2. 71 Exceptions in transition elements


Though the s orbital is at lower energy level than the d of the penultimate
shell, after the filling of the d sub-level, the order changes.

The d electrons, because of the shape of the d orbital, penetrate into the
region of space between the nucleus and the s orbital and repel the s
electrons and push them to higher energy level.

Before filling: 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 4s 3d

After filling: 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3dx 4s2

2. 72 Exceptions in transition elements


Thus the electronic configuration of iron is

1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d6 4s2

and not

1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d6

Remember: 3d is higher than 4s in terms of energy levels!

Electronic configuration
Electronic Configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
93
25

2. 73 Scandium
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d1 4s2

With the lower energy 4s orbital


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
filled, the next electrons can now fill
4s the 3d orbitals. There are five d
3 3p
3s orbitals. They are filled according to
Hund’s Rule.
2p
2
2s

1 1s

2. 74 Titanium
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d2 4s2

The 3d orbitals are filled according


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
to Hund’s rule so the next electron
4s doesn’t pair up but goes into an
3 3p
3s empty orbital in the same sub level.

2p
2
2s

1 1s

2. 75 Vanadium
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d3 4s2

The 3d orbitals are filled according


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
to Hund’s rule so the next electron
4s doesn’t pair up but goes into an
3 3p
3s empty orbital in the same sub level.

2p
2
2s

1 1s

Bilal
BilalHameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
94
26

2. 76 Chromium
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d5 4s1
One would expect the configuration

INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS


4
4p of chromium atoms to end in 3d4
3d
4s 4s2.

3 3p
3s
To achieve a more stable
arrangement of lower energy, one of
2p
2 the 4s electrons is promoted into
2s
the 3d to give six unpaired
1 1s electrons with lower repulsion.

2. 77 Manganese
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d5 4s2

The new electron goes into the 4s


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
to restore its filled state.
4s
3 3p
3s

2p
2
2s

1 1s

2. 78 Iron
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d6 4s2

Orbitals are filled according to


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
Hund’s Rule. They continue to pair
4s up.
3 3p
3s

2p
2
2s

1 1s

Electronic configuration
Electronic Configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
95
27

2. 79 Cobalt
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d7 4s2

Orbitals are filled according to


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
Hund’s Rule. They continue to pair
4s up.
3 3p
3s

2p
2
2s

1 1s

2. 80 Nickel
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d8 4s2

Orbitals are filled according to


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
Hund’s Rule. They continue to pair
4s up.
3 3p
3s

2p
2
2s

1 1s

2. 81 Copper
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s1

One would expect the


INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS

4
4p
3d
configuration of chromium atoms
4s to end in 3d9 4s2.

3 3p
3s To achieve a more stable
arrangement of lower energy, one
2p
2
2s of the 4s electrons is promoted into
the 3d.
1 1s

Bilal
BilalHameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
96
28

2. 82 Zinc
1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2

The electron goes into the 4s to

INCREASING ENERGY / DISTANCE FROM NUCLEUS


4
4p
3d
restore its filled state and complete
4s the 3d and 4s orbital filling.
3 3p
3s

2p
2
2s

1 1s

2. 83 Gallium to krypton
The 4p orbitals are filled in exactly the same way as those in the 2p and 3p sub levels:

1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2

Ga - 4p1

Ge - 4p2

As - 4p3

Se - 4p4

Br - 4p5

Kr - 4p6

2. 84 Electronic configuration of ions


Metallic elements, belonging to Group I, II and III form positively charged
ions by losing electrons in their outermost shell, so that the ions may be
iso-electronic with the preceding noble gas.

SODIUM Na 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1

Na+ 1s2 2s2 2p6


(1 electron removed from the 3s orbital)

Electronic configuration
Electronic Configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
97
29

2. 85 Electronic configuration of ions


Non-metallic elements belonging to Group V, VI and VII form negative
ions by accepting electrons so that they achieve the noble gas
configuration:

CHLORINE Cl 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p5

Cl¯ 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6


(1 electron added to the 3p orbital)


2. 86 Transition metal ions


When transition metals form ions, electrons are lost first from the
outermost s orbital and then from the penultimate d sub-level.

Electrons in the 4s orbital are removed before any electrons in the


3d orbitals.
TITANIUM Ti 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d2 4s2
Ti+ 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d2 4s1
Ti2+ 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d2
Ti3+ 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d1
Ti4+ 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6`

2. 87 Skill check
Write electronic configurations for the following ions:

a Al3+ d Cu2+
b O2- e Cu+
c Fe3+

Bilal
BilalHameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
98
30

2. 88 Skill check
Write the electron configuration for each ion.

a O2-
b Br-
c Sr2+
d Co3+ 


2. 89 Skill check
Write the electron configuration for each ion.

a O2-
b Br-
c Sr2+
d Co3+

2. 90 Skill check
What is the order of increasing energy of the listed orbitals in the atom of
titanium?

A 3s 3p 3d 4s

B 3s 3p 4s 3d

C 3s 4s 3p 3d

D 4s 3s 3p 3d

Electronic configuration
Electronic Configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
99
31

2. 91 Skill check
A simple ion X+ contains eight protons.

What is the electronic configuration of X+?

A 1s2 2s1 2p6

B 1s2 2s2 2p3

C 1s2 2s2 2p5

D 1s2 2s2 2p7

2. 92 Skill check
Write down the electronic configurations of the following ions:

A bromide

B magnesium

C iron(II)

D copper (II)

E iron(III)

2. 93 Skill check
Determine the number of unpaired electrons in each of these atoms:

A phosphorus

B chromium

C oxygen

Bilal
BilalHameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
100
32

2. 94 Skill check
Use the periodic table to determine the element corresponding

to each electron configuration.

A [Ar] 4s2 3d10 4p6

B [Ar] 4s2 3d2

C [Kr] 5s2 4d10 5p2

D [Kr] 5s2 


2. 95 Periodic table
The modern Periodic Table is arranged such that elements with similar
electronic configuration lie in vertical groups.

Thus elements with electronic configuration ending up as ns1 are put in


one group while those that end up as ns2 are put in another group.

The elements that fill up the s orbital of the highest energy level are said
to belong to the s block, comprising of Groups 1 and 2.

2. 96 Periodic table
The elements that similarly fill up the p orbitals of the highest energy are
said to belong to the p block, which comprises of Groups 13 to 0.

So there are two columns in the s block and six columns in the p block.

The elements that fill up the d sub-level of the penultimate shell are
called the d block elements or the transition element series.

Electronic configuration
Electronic Configuration Bilal Hameed
Bilal Hameed
101
33

2. 97 Skill check
Write down the last term of the electronic configuration for the elements in the
table, the sequence for Hydrogen has been entered for you. Label the s, p and
d blocks on the table.

1s

Bilal
BilalHameed
Hameed Electronic configuration Electronic Configuration
52, 53 and 54,
e isotopes, How 18 1s 3.5 Covalent bonding with third-row
many Nso2s+Dog 2paverage
protons H3s H 3p and mass of one atom
neutrons are there = in each Cof the following H atoms?
elements
Barking 235Art =the 35.5 HFor
aBelow
new
valence-shell
bonds Obond 4they bbrings
form Uis
electrons. anotherrestricted In electron
the by molecule thisinto Allof
overall 100 isamu
valence
ammonia
maximum shell.
(NH ofway. ) there
3eight example, are three
electrons, nitrogen N¬Hhas
because bonds.
every five
3.5 Covalent bonding with third-row 3548

log l(I
Hnot
methane 8possible 2is the
molecule to shortened
92
6 tell which
(see linear
Figure one form,
was
3.14). which
formed H four in the
Na¬ dativeHmost bonds usual arerepresentation:
exactly
52, 4.3%,
eion 53
isotopes,
and 83.8%,
and 54, How 03_13
Worked 1s
many Cam/Chem
so2s example
2 average
2p
protons 3s H
2AS&A2
3p and 4
mass 1 of
neutrons one atom
are there = in each of the H
following atoms?the same. It is
elements
a
newAn
18
Barking
valence-shell
These 8 O
evenbond HDog
involve b brings
shorter
235 H
Art
the
92 U
electrons. form sharing
another In
is: ofthe
electron threemolecule nitrogen
into = 35.5
of
the 100 ammonia amu
electrons
valence Hshell. (NH
with HFor ) there
three example, are
from three
the nitrogen N
hydrogen ¬ H hasbonds. five
Hnot
Answer 3.52 2 to6 tell was Aformed H
r = 35.5in a dative way.
3
52, vely.
4.3%, 53 Calculate
83.8%,
and 54, Worked possible example 2 which 4
1 that
one is,
mic
nsionand
vely.
4.3%,
and
mass
and83.8%,
of
Calculate
a
These
An
atoms.
valence-shell
Chlorine
Unlike
Answer
The Worked 3.8
18 1s 2s
O
Multiple bonding
elements
Barking even
[Ne]consists
8 3.5elements
subscript
H
involve
These Dog b
shorter 2p235
3s2example 3p
H
Art
the
three3sU
electrons.
924 of
gives
form
intwo
3p
sharing
the
additional
theproton is:
1use
In
isotopes,
second ofthe three
thatnumber, electrons
molecule
is, with nitrogen
rowAmass of
r=
= 35.5
bring
of
the
that35.5 ammonia
numbers Chemical
amu
electrons
the
Periodic
is, the number
H (NH
valence
35Table,with
and3of H bonding
) three
shell there
37,those and with
protons.
from
total are in
in the to simple
the
eight.
three
Sorelative
hydrogen
third
for
N ¬ The
oxygen,
molecules
H
abundances
and outer
bonds.
mic
of
nsion
vely.
of
ns the
the
and
mass of
Calculate
atoms.
shell
These
76% An
Chlorine
Unlike
subsequent
number
Answer
The Worked 3.8 Multiple bonding
even isinvolve
and
3.5
subscript
[Ne]
H24%
These
therefore
shorter
consists
elements
of 3s 2 rows
+ example
protons
3p
three
the
gives filled,
respectively.
4 of form
incan =
the
additional
sharing
two the8, with
is:
isotopes,
2with
andsecond
proton of
Calculate
their
thatfor electrons
athree full
number, with
row
d
uranium,
is,
octet
nitrogen
the
orbitals
A mass
of=that bring
ofnumbers
average
the
number
35.5 in Chemical
the
electrons.
electrons
Periodic
is, relative
bonding,
the of
H35Table,
valence
numberprotons No
with102
andatomic
as bonding
shell
further
three
37,
well
of = mass
and
those
92. total
protons.as bonds
fromwith
inintothe
of
their So
simple
eight.
the can
chlorine.
relative
s third
forand form.
hydrogen The
oxygen,
molecules
abundances
p and outer
The
orbitals.
DoubleMultiple
3.8 and triplebonding
agram and
.2 mass
(pageof 22) 76%where
shell
remaining
atoms.
subsequent
Chlorine
They
Unlike is
and can [Ne]
N
therefore
These 24%
consists
3elements two rows
therefore
3s
represents 4 ofin filled,
respectively.
of
three the
can
two form
the five
additional the
use
isotopes,
second filled
their
more a
Calculate
electrons full
electrons d shells
with
than
row octet
the
in
orbitals
frommass
r
four
of inof
average
nitrogen’s
bring
the the
in
numbers
covalent Chemical
electrons. neon
the relative
bonding,
Periodic C
valence
valence
35 atom,
bonds No
and
Table, atomic
as bonding 1s
further
shell
shell
well
37,
to
2 2
=those
2s
mass
remain
total
as
andnumber
other 2p
bonds in
of
their
with
6
to
inatoms. .
thesimple
can
chlorine.
unbonded,
eight.
s
relative and
ofLike
third form. The
pmolecules
abundances
and The
as
outer
orbitals.
nitrogen, a
mic of the
number
Answer
03_14 The Worked
Subtracting
subscript
[Ne]
Cam/Chem bonds
of 3s example
+protons
2 gives
3p the
3sAS&A2 H
=
proton
the 8,2 and
proton number fornumber, uranium, the
that numbermass
is, the number
ofnumber protons gives of the
92.
protons.
Hare 2 2 6 So for oxygen,
neutrons.

Electronic Configuration WS 1
agram
relative
.2 common
(page 22)atomic where
Calculate
remaining
lone
shell
76%
They Sometimes, pair,
is
and can [Ne]
N the
therefore
24% two represents
occupying
therefore if
average
of 2 we the
filled,
respectively. are
2 form an the
relative
five 6with only
orbital filled
electronsa
2Calculate
more 3concerned
atomicfull shells in
associated
than octet
= 18 mass
the four in
nitrogen’s
of
averageof
−number the
withwith
electrons.
in= 10,
covalent neon
krypton which
only
relative C
valence atom,
from
bonds shells
the
No atomic the
shell 1s
nitrogen
further
to 2s
table
remain
mass
other 2p
filled,
bonds in
atom
of .
atoms. rather
Figure
unbonded,
can
chlorine. (see 2.6.
form.
Like than
Figure as
The
nitrogen,which
a
3.7).
me
agram
nd
relativemagnesiumatomic
So
phosphorus
subsequent
number
Answer
H
The
03_14
Atoms
Calculate
lone
remaining
Barking
neutrons
So
Element
sub-shells,
where The
phosphorus
it
They can
Double and triple bonds
for
Subtracting
Worked
for pair,
oxygen,
3
percentages
Cam/Chem
Sometimes, can
Dog
of+protons
[Ne]
N
general
oxygen,
make =the share
Art the
235
(1s
rows
example 3s
number
the
AS&A2
representsif
average
occupying
two (1s
use H
of−
rule
number
2s
tell
2more
electronwe
92
2s
of
can
H 2us
the
= 2p
proton
is=
8,2
are
2p
five an
of
use
and
that
than
6the
relative
that:
five
143.
3s
ofand
3s
neutrons
number
only
3p
their
forwe
if
configuration one
2 filled
orbital
electrons
neutrons
orbitals 3p atomic
)uranium,
)
dhas
Symbol
3concerned
tookorbitals
from
electron
shells
associated
has
(one = 18in
five
mass
five
the
100
ofin
8Hchlorine
electrons
nitrogen’s
3s, − 8of
mass
with
pair
the
the
with
= 10,
electrons
three
bonding,
which
with
sulfur
neon
krypton 3p
and
number
of
only C
valence
and
in for
protons
atoms
Group
in
andtheir
atom
atom,
from
itsas
shells
the
forone
its
uranium,
valence
H
atwell
gives
the
shell
uranium,
valence
H
1s
nitrogen
the
=random,
92.
3d) 2s
table
asnumber
2 filled,
are
neighbours.
can be
remain
2
it
number
shell.
their
2p in
atom
number
shell.
can
676Covalency
described .Figure
But
sof
rather
Sharing
unbonded,
use (see
But
ofbecause
and
ofthem
of as
2.6.
p would
neutrons.
than
two
Figure
because
all five
orbitals.
2.8.6,
as which
ofa3.7).
me .2 common
(page 22) H
have
Answer
The
03_14 Subtracting
Element
acan
Double and triple bonds
3mass
percentages
Cam/Chem
therefore
of the35tell
AS&A2 proton
units,
H 2is
form
us that more
number if24 weSymbol ofthan
from
them
took fourthe
100 would covalent
mass
Hchlorine have number abonds
atoms
Group
mass gives
atof torandom,
H
other
the
37 number
units. atoms. ofof
76Covalency Like
them neutrons. nitrogen,
would
nd magnesium
relative atomic Atoms sub-shells,
electron
meaning
Calculate
Barking
neutrons
lone
electronic
it
So Sometimes,
hydrogen
The
can for can
Dog
pair, pairs
general
make = 2
the share
Art the
235 produces
electrons if
H
average
occupying
configuration
use −
rule2more
electronwe
92
of =
fivearein than
6aorbitals
relative
that:
143.
an the
only 2 one
configuration
double
orbital first3concerned
atomic H electron
bond,
shell;
associated
(one = 18 mass of
8
3s, and pair
the
electrons
with
of
− electrons
threewith with
sulfur
sharing
krypton
=fluorine.
10, which
3ponly in
andtheir
atom
1 three
fromthe
shells
the one neighbours.
H can
the produces
second
nitrogen are
3d) be
table it described
shell;
filled, in
atom
can a Sharing
1
Figure
usetriple
and
rather(see all 6as
2.6. two
bond.
Figure
five2.8.6,
electrons
than of The
which
3.7).
me common its
phosphorus
Answer
have
H
We
The Worked can a oxygen,
valence-shell
2.5
percentagesmassextend of(1s
example number
35
the electrons
2s
tell units, 2pthat ofand
100-random-atom
us 3sneutrons in
3p
if 24 bonding
we )ofhas them
took five
idea
100 with
would8Hchlorine
from have and
Worked in for
It
itsexample
aelectrons
mass uranium,
therefore
valence
atofrandom,37 number
forms
1shell.
units. to76 include But ofbecause
phosphorus fractions of
Elements of the second period with more than four +atoms inbe their outer of them
shells would
formThe
isotopes,
nd magnesium with electron
Atoms in
electronic
Barking Element
meaning
covalencies
neutrons
its total
the
sub-shells,
hydrogen
The
pentachloride,
it
atoms.
Answer
We
have can
Worked 3.8 Multiple bonding
can 2.5
a
can
Dog
valence-shell
beryllium mass
make pairs
third
general
Thus
mass =
extend
2 share ofproduces
electrons
still
shell.
the
configuration
Art235 use
example
the
of
the
Hconform
rule
PF
the
35
more
electron
− 92
electrons
of
average ,100is=
as
five in random
than
that:
143.
100-random-atom
units,
athe
well to double
configuration
orbitals
mass
and in first
those
one
as
24 bonding
of
H
BeSymbol
atoms bond,
shell;
phosphorus
of
in
electron
(one
one them
Table
atom
=of
8
3s,
idea
(35
and
with
would
pair
the
three
of
from
×fluorine.
electrons
3.1. 76)
sharing
with
sulfurExamples
trifluoride,
krypton
have 3p
Worked
Group
(37
intheir
and
a 2 three
atom
1 the
It
mass
×therefore
PF
one 24)
H
example
of produces
second
neighbours.
can
of
oxygen,
(see
3d)
37 it
1
shell;
described
forms
Figure
units. can
to
a Covalency
2
use
include
triple
and
nitrogen
Sharing
1 phosphorus
3.10). all 6asbond.
electrons
two
five
fractions
2.8.6, of of
2.5 The mass spectrometer
5 3
(8
Elements −carbon n)isthirdcovalent2of the bonds,
second 100inwhere period nwith =shell;
the more number
=83548 than of fourvalence-shell electrons electrons.
in of their outer shells formThe
193, isotopes, and its with 1 and covalencies
in
electron
What
electronic
atoms.
We
total
meaning the
hydrogen
beryllium
pentachloride,
its Worked
boron 3.8 Multiple
valence-shell
can2.5 bonding
mass
pairs
the
Thus
extend
ofproduces
still
shell.
atoms
electrons
total
configuration
example
the
the
conform
PF
the
number
average
forming random
,100-random-atom
electrons as well to
amass
the
of double inthose
multiple
first
orbitals
as bonding
of Be
B Hatoms
phosphorus
one
inin
bond, Table
bonds the
atom
idea
(35
and
with fifth
of
from
×sharing
3.1.
are
electrons amu
76) shown
shell?
trifluoride,
fluorine.
krypton Worked
+ in
Examples (37
13
How
1
2 three
the
It
× 24)
in PF ofproduces
Figure
second
many
therefore
example
oxygen,
(see 3.15.
1
shell;
these
Figure
forms
to
anitrogen
1triple
2
3
include
and
are
3.10). d6bond.
phosphorus electrons
orbitals?
fractions form of

2.5 The mass spectrometer


5 3
mass
193, is 192.23.
and its (8
Elements −carbon
(78n)isthirdcovalent
× of 0.3) of +the
the bonds,
(80
second ×2 2.3) where
period +orbitalsnwith
(82 = ×the in11.6)
more number
= 3548 +fifth
than(83× amu of fourvalence-shell
×shown11.5) +in
electrons× (84 electrons.
×oxygen,
in56.9)their +outer(86 ×shells
d17.4)
isotopes,
diagrams
n:
with
for andWhat
covalencies
in
Answer
atoms.
total
=the
beryllium
pentachloride,
(8Worked
Similarly,boron
carbon 3.8 Multiple
Double triplebonding
andmass
2
mass
the
Thus
so bonds
atoms
oxygen
total
still
shell.
example
the
average
conform
PF number
average (2s
100
forming
, as
mass 2p
random
well 4 multiple
of
to
massof),
those
as
with
one of
atoms
Be
phosphorus
B
C onesix
atom
in bonds the
Table
electrons
atom =
(35
3548
of
are
3.1. 76)
shell?
trifluoride,
in
krypton
+ (37
Examples
its 13
14
How
2valence PF 24)
Figure
many
of(see
shell,
of 3.15.
these
Figure can 3
4
are
nitrogen
2form 3.10). orbitals?
only two
2.5 Theand triplespectrometer
e isotopes, −(78 × 0.3) +AS&A2 5
×relative + (82 n =×the +100 ×shown +in 3
×electrons. + easily
undances ofO , are×2 d2p
mass
nd
193,
diagrams is 192.23.
phosphorus
and its
for 03_14
The n)
Cam/Chem
masses covalent and bonds,
(80
the where
2.3) abundances 11.6) number
= 3548100 (83
of of
amu valence-shell
individual11.5) F isotopes
(84 56.9) are (86 17.4)
measured in
agrams for and What
Write =carbon is
out: the atoms
total numberforming 2 4 multiple
of 2orbitals inbonds the 3548
fifthare shell? How Figure
many of 3.15.
these orbitals?
5
Answer
Similarly, =
Double 2
bonds oxygen (2s 2p ), with six electrons in its valence shell, can form only two
2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
52,
mass
nd
n: 53
e isotopes,
undances is and of
192.23.
phosphorus 54, covalent
Total
03_14 Worked
boron
carbon
nitrogen 83.9
(78number
Cam/Chem so ×
bonds,
0.3) example
average
of + AS&A2 with
orbitals
(80 mass
×
two
2.3)= of
5 lone
+ =
one(82 25. C
N B pairs
atom
× Of 11.6) =
of
these, electrons
+
100 5
(83 are
F× d
11.5)
remaining.
13
orbitals.
14
15 + F (84 (There
×
Fluorine
H
56.9) are +
3
five
4
3
(86
(2s d
× orbitals
17.4)
), with Hin
agrams for
diagrams forO2, 2 Barking The
a Write
Atoms mass massesout:
can spectrometer. and
share the
more relative This
than 2 one
abundances
is a machine
electron = 35.5 100
3548 of in
pair individual
amu which
with atoms
their isotopes that
neighbours. are
have easily
been
Sharing measured
ionised
2 11 5 two by in
covalent =the 83.9 Dog bonds, Art1 of orbitals with 2 mass 2two
=34representation
lone = 25. 4pairs number 5= of
of of
electrons 6electrons 7orbitals.
remaining. removed 8leaving 9 three
Fluorine 10 12
52,
nd
4.3%,
n: 53 and
e isotopes,
undances 83.8%,
phosphorus of 54, every
seven
Answer
Similarly,
Total
a3
03_14anitrogen
the
The carbon
Orbitals
mass
oxygen
F loss
shell
Double and triple bonds
number2
valence-shell
Cam/Chem
masses of P
above
oxygen
‘electrons-in-boxes’
so average
containing
spectrometer.
electrons
and AS&A2
the
theF
(2s third
electrons,
are
2p
lone
relative of
This
shell.)
5),
accelerated
with
one
pairsis
can
N
abundances
O C a
six
atom Of
are form
machine
electrons
these,
larger
to= a
only
100
35.5
the5than
in
high
of amu
one
Fin d
are
silicon
which
its
those
velocity,
individual
bond,
14
15
16
valence
atom
P atoms Fcontaining
and
isotopes
shell,
(There
that
F H have
their
are
are
can
bonded
trajectories 4(2s
five
3
been
easily
2
lone
form d 2p pairs,pairs
only
orbitals
ionised
measured
), with
(paths) andtwo
Hin
by in
agrams for O2, Atoms
electron
Barking
everyWrite can
out:
shellDog pairs share
Art
above produces themore third than 2ofone
arepresentation
double
that is, electron
bond,
number
A 5=3.8). 100
35.5andpair
of with
sharing
6electrons theirthree
removed neighbours.
produces aSharingtriple2 11pairs two
C5bond. 12inThe
52, vely.
4.3%, 53Calculate
83.8%,
and 54, seven
b
around
covalent
a
Total = the O83.9numbervalence-shell
shortened
the bonds,
‘electrons-in-boxes’ 1Oof
fluorine linear
with
orbitals 2 electrons,
atom form
two 5shell.)
=3accelerated
(see
lone = the 25. can4pairs
Figure Of form
electronic
N of
rthese, of only
electrons
the 5confi
N one
silicon
are guration bond,
7orbitals.
remaining.
dthose
F velocity, atom leaving
8of the
(There Fluorine three
9magnesium
are C10 five lone
(2s atom
2p
d other
orbitals ), with
3
the
are
a
electron
Atoms
Orbitals
nitrogen
take
oxygen
mass
flthe
covalencies Fuorineloss
then up
can of containing
more
deflectedelectrons
spectrometer.
pairs P
O produces
still
share space
F
conform
more from are lone
around
thana
This
athe todoublepairs
straight is
those
one O Nthe
a
FFigure
are central
line
machine
bond,
in
electron
larger
to= 35.5
Table bya Chemical
andhigh
in
pair
than
atom.
passingamu
3.1. which
sharing
Fwith
They
Examples 15
16
them
17 P bonding
atoms
theirthree containing
therefore
and
through
flof
that
F H
their
produces in
oxygen,
neighbours. have simple
repel
a bonded
trajectories
magnetic
C a1
3
2
been thetriple
nitrogen
Sharing molecules
pairs, (paths)
field.
ionised
Cbond.
two The
and
pairsH A by
mic vely.
4.3%, mass of
Calculate
83.8%, Barking
cb
around
every
sevena that the O shell Dog
long
shortened
the
valence-shell Art
linear
‘electrons-in-boxes’fluorine
above form
linear
the atom of
thirdform
electrons, that
(see
shell.)ofelectronic
representation the is,
can NA
number
electronic
form r= 35.5
confi
3.8).
ofonly ofguration
the N electrons
confi one
siliconguration of
bond,atom theof
removed uoride
leavingthe ion.
magnesium
three lone atom pairs
agrams for water, 3
are Worked
take
Orbitalsthen up
surround Pmoreexample
containing
deflected space
the a atom
from around
lone more
aaccelerated pairs
straight the are central
strongly.
line largerby Chemical
atom.
This than
passing causes They
those themPbondingthe therefore
containing angle
through in asimple
repel
betweenbonded
magnetic the molecules
other
twopairs, lone
field. pairs
and HAThe
2.9 Chemical
Putting electrons
energy into the orbitals
magnetic
the loss of fieldelectrons has similar
are bending toeffecta high on moving
velocity, charged
and F their particles
trajectories as the (paths) electric
2.6
and
electron oxygen
fl
covalencies Fuorine carbon pairs still
atoms produces F forming
conform a todouble those
multiple F O in
bond, Table
bonds and 3.1.
are Examples
shown
sharing 16
17 three
F in of
Figure oxygen,
produces
H 3.15. a2nitrogen
1 triple bond.
mic vely. mass of
Calculate cbWorked
around aluminium
the O long shortened
the example
Flinear O linear
fluorine formatom 2
of
form the that
(see ofelectronic
the Al
is,Figure Ar =confi
electronic
N 35.5guration
3.8). confi
N F guration13 of theoffluoride the magnesium ion. C 3 atom C
HF.
agrams Oxygen for can
water, Worked
Answer that
pairs
take surround
upto be example
more larger the
space atom
than around the more angle the strongly. between
central Chemical
This
atom. a causes
lone They bonding
pair the and
therefore angle a inbonded simple
between
repel thepair,molecules
two
other whichlone pairsHAin

2.9 Chemical
Putting electrons
energy into the orbitals
magnetic field has a similar bending effect on moving charged particles as the electric
2.6
field
andare 02_30
flthe
covalencies uorinethenin
carbon Figure
Cam/Chemdeflected atoms
still 2.3 AS&A2
conform (see
from
forming page
a straight
tomultiple 22).
those F energies line
inbonds Tableby passing
are
3.1. shown them
17 Fin Figurethrough H a
3.15. magnetic
1nitrogen field.
mic .2 (page
mass
uorineof
d flOxygen 22)
just The Worked
c aluminium
silicon first long Ofive example
Flinear successive form 2
of ionisation
the electronic Al
Si confi ofguration HF Examples
element 13
14 ofXFthe are flof
631, oxygen,
uoride 1235, Hion.2389, 3
4 7089 Hand
HF.
agrams for can
water, field Worked
Answer
a pairs
Silicon
turn
that in is to
surroundhas
Figure be
larger example larger
proton 2.3 than
the (see than
number
the
atom page the
angle more 14, angle
22). so
between there
strongly. between aretwoThis 14 a lone
electrons
bonded
causes pair pairs:
the to and angle a
accommodate, bonded
between pair,
astwo which
shown lone in
2.9 Chemical
Putting electrons
energy into the orbitals
magnetic
Calculate field
theof .averagehas a similar
relative bending
atomic tomass effect of on
krypton moving from charged
in the table particles
in Figure as 2.6. the electric
2.6
m of
relative
.2
iagrams a
(page mass
atomic
for22) O2, and8844
The 02_30
1silicon carbon
vaporisedatoms
kJ O
concept Cam/Chem
mol −1 atoms different
of AS&A2
energy forming elements
is central multiple contain bonds
our are
different
understanding shown numbers Fnon-polar
Xelectrons Figure
of of
how H 3.15.
electrons.
changes 3 orA57089 hydrogen
come H
HF.
nd
d flOxygen
m of
relative
uorine
a mass
magnesium
just
can
atomic
For The
Ina
Calculate
field Worked
aluminium
Barking
phosphorus
Answer in
Silicon
turn
sample
pairs
first
aexample,
similar
Figure
O
in is
five
Dog
to has
F example
larger
the
Figure O
be
successive
way,
2.28. both
Art
proton
larger
average
2.3 Note
than hydrogen,
sulfur
(seenumber
the
than 2 ionisation
that
relative
can
pageangle
thethe use
14,
+
Hlast
angle
atomic
22). PAl
Si 2so,energies
all
betweenand
two
thereits
between
massN
fluorine,
are
of
valence-shell
electrons
two
of N
element
14 a
H go
krypton
F2, 14
electrons
bonded
lone
13
15are
into Fare
pair
from the
pairs: to and
the
631,
3p
1235,
in
and
accommodate,
a
table
x Hbonded
Hmolecules,
six 3p
in
2389,
4
orbitals
3
C
Figure
y orbitals,as
pair, 2.6.shown
C
but
(one
whichwith
H and 3s,
H in
iagrams for O2, hydrogen 102_30 vaporised Cam/Chem −1 AS&A2
F6X?
.2
d fl(page
uorine22) just 3 For atom
8844
The
about
The
Answer
In How
H
silicon atoms
concept
(LP–LP
first
aexample,
similar inmany
contains
kJ mol
five
fluoridethe of angle)different
.Helectrons
of just
physical
successive
way,both energy
has >a (LP–BP
one
hydrogen,
sulfur areelements
electron.
isform
world.
ionisation
large can incentralthe
dipole
use Our
angle)
H contain
outer
An to
,energies
alland study
due its>atomshell
our(BP–BP
fluorine,
to different
of ofelement
of
the
valence-shell element
uranium
understanding
of chemical
muchangle)
F2, 15 numbers
areXlarger contains
.reactions
are
electrons non-polarof
631, of
how electrons.
92
1235, depends
electronegativity
in H electrons.
changes
molecules,
six 2389,
orbitals Aon7089 hydrogen
come
of How
energy
but
(one Hand 3s,
three
a Barking
phosphorus
unpaired
in
sulfursample
Silicon
turn O 3p
Figure isO Dogand
has O
larger Art
spins.
2.28. two
proton Note
than 3d) number
the to
that anglethe 14,
+ lastPSSi
sulfur
2so
betweentwo
there Nhexafluoride,
electrons
aretwo N 14 H go
electrons
bonded 14
16 SF
into the
pairs: Chlorine
to 3p and
accommodate, H does
3p 4orbitals,
3
2
C
not
or
or as 5
4 formshown
Cor 6with ClF H 7,
ndm of
relativemagnesium
iagrams a mass
atomic
for O2, fluorine Calculate
atom
these
about 1 How Hvaporisedatoms many
contains
electrons
in the
the −1H
of .average
electrons
just
physical are
different relative
>arranged
one areelectron.
world.
elements incentralatomic
the
in Our outer
the An
contain mass
>atom
various
study shell of
of of
of krypton
element
uranium
orbitals
chemical from
is X? contains
called
reactionsthe table
x
the 92 inelectrons.
atom’s
depends Figure
y 2.6.
electronic
Aon How
energy
concepts.
For 8844
The
Answer
We
hydrogenthree
however.
In can
aexample, kJ
concept
(LP–LP
(see
3p
similar mol
extend
fluoride
and Figure
The way, of
angle)
both
two the has
chlorine energy
3.27). a (LP–BP
100-random-atom
hydrogen,
3d)
sulfur large
to isform
atom
can dipole
useangle)
is H sulfur ,all
P2too andto
due small
its our
idea todifferent
(BP–BP
fluorine,
hexafluoride, understanding
from
the
for
valence-shell seven angle)
Worked
much F2, 16 numbers
are
SF larger
6.the
fluorine
electrons example
non-polar
Chlorine of
3patoms inelectrons.
ofelectronegativity
how 1 changes
to include
molecules,
does to not
3assemble 5form
hydrogen
come
fractions
of but ClF
around ,of
isotopes,
nd Figure
magnesium with Answer
4
2.28 concepts.
these
Barking
1s
unpaired
phosphorus
in
sulfur
Although
sample
chlorine
How
O O Dog
Figure
ionisation
electrons
many 2s
O2.28. O
Art
spins.
they
electrons are
Note
are 2p
that
very
arranged are
the
important
in +the
in
last SCl
the
two
outer3 3s
N
in
N electrons
determining
accelerating
variousshell
N
N orbitals
of 3p
go
element electric 15
into
17 the
is X? field
called shape x and
the Hofsix H
a3p
atom’s
Corbitals
yC2
1 or 4
orbitals,
molecule, or 3
electronic Cor
or
(one
C6with
5the
H 3s,
H7
lone
configuration.
atom
about
atoms.
Answer
We
Bonding
fluorine
hydrogen 03_10
however.
it.
three H
Chemical
can
Chlorine O contains
(LP–LPCam/Chem
(see
3pin
Thus
extend
fluoridethe
and Figure
The theHO
does, two just
energy
physical
angle) the This
AS&A2
average
has
chlorine one is
>a (LP–BP
is
100-random-atom
3.27).
though,
3d) a
large
to key
electron.
made
world.
mass
atomform feature
+of
dipole
form is up
Our
angle) one
too
sulfur ClFAnofdue in
study>atom
two
atom
small
N idea
and determining
(BP–BP
to
hexafluoride, of
components
of
from
the
for
ClF N uranium
chemical
krypton
in angle)
Worked
much
seven the
addition
SF larger
fluorine .– chemical
contains
kinetic
reactions
example
Chlorineto atoms
ClF. 1reactions
92 energy,
depends
electronegativity Hto
does electrons.
toinclude
assemble
not of
which
on
form an How
fractions
of element.
energy
H is a ,of
around
ClF
193, isotopes, and its
Figure with The
403_10
2.28 configuration. Worked
sulfur
pairs
1schlorine
bromine
The
differences
unpaired
Although chamber
ionisation are2sexample
Cam/Chem
electrons
spins.
not between
theyincluded
This
are
AS&A2
around 2p verywhen
isisaxthe
the
key
successive
important
yatoms, zup
feature
nucleus
Sthe3 3s
Cl
Br ofof
ionisation
in determining
3molecule’s
accelerating
in andetermining
atom
5 shape
3p are
energies
electric
xions16ythe
17
17
–mostthe
6isfield are
chemical
likely
as
shape of a For
described.
to
follows:
reactions
be
C
molecule,
2 example,
1
1 or 4 or
3
orelectronic
3
of or
C thethe
an556element.
lone
7

mass
193,
ty difference
is 192.23.
and its
these
measure
concepts.
atoms.
Bonding
We
fluorineit. Worked
Answer
The Chemical
Worked
however. 2
Barking can
Chlorine

(78O electrons
(see
differences
chamber
Thus
1:extend
×
Dog
ofThe
1235
0.3)
the
example
Figure
does,
example
Art Oenergy
+ the are
motion
average
chlorine
−between 631
(80
arranged
100-random-atom
3.27).
though, × =
2.3)
made
of
mass
atom
the
604 form
+ kJ
+in
of
ismol
successive
(82
the
one
ClF
too
× –−111.6)
two
various
molecules
atom
small
N idea
and components
ionisation
+
of
from
ClF
for
(83
orbitals
and
krypton
+N5seven ×inWorked
11.5)addition
energies is in
fluorine
+
–called
(84
kinetic
a to
example
are × as the
chemical
ClF.
atoms
56.9)
H1 H
follows:tofound
energy,
atom’s
+to Csubstance,
include
(86assemble in
×
which
17.4)
the
fractions
Cthe
situation
is Ha of
and
around
H
isotopes,Figure with2.28 4 pairs
molecules
Although
chlorine are not CH
they included
,are NH very x and when H
important
y z O Clthe all
3
3molecule’s
have
in four
determining
accelerating shape
pairs x
electric 17 yof
the is described.
electrons
fieldshape of in a For
the
molecule,
1 example,
valence
or 3 or 5 the
shell lone
pole.
ty difference of
Draw
measure =The
1sbromine
configuration.
H Bonding
atoms.03_10
potential lowest
Chemical
iodine 2Cam/Chem
Hionisation
diagrams electron
electrons
of 2s
possible
the
energy, showing
energy gun
around
4
motion
This
AS&A2 2p
energy.
which 3
Fisisthe athe
ofkey
made nucleus
That
bonding
Fatoms,
is 2
feature
aof
+ up Br is,
Imeasure in−13s
of
they
molecules
of intwo an
nitrogen atom
will
determining
of Hhow
components 3p
Chemical
and are
occupy
trifluoride, –most
Fions
strongly17 the orbitals
in bonding
likely
NF a3to
–chemical
these
kinetic to
asH
,chemical
and be
closeinthemselves
hydrogen Hfound
reactions
particles
energy, simple
1toor
substance, in
the 3 the
peroxide,
of
attract
which molecules
nucleus
an
or 5onesituation
and
element.
or H7Ha2Oas
islowest 2.
undances
mass
193, is 192.23.
and of
its
b
it.
The Worked
2
Barking Magnesium
Worked
3 Chlorine
molecules
ofpairs −
(78 1:Thus
2:
differences
chamber
the ×central
Dog
are example
2389
1235
0.3) does,
example
Art
not CH
has average
+−between 1235
631
(80 proton
though,
,AS&A2
4atom
included NH × 3(see=
2.3) mass
number
1154
the
604
xand when form
+Figure
kJ
H
yFatoms,
kJ
successive
(82 mol
O
z2hydrogen
one
mol
the×12.
ClF–−1
all11.6)
3.18).
atom
The
and
have
3molecule’s 10012
ionisationof
ClF
+These(83
four
krypton
+electrons
5 ×in 11.5)
pairs
four
shape addition
energies
xFthe
doubly
of +iselectrons
ypairs
(84 are ×occupy
as
arrange
described. ClF.
56.9)follows:
in
the
+For
the (86six ×orbitals
valence
example, 17.4) inshell
H
athe
pole.
ty difference H Draw
of
Draw
possible.
potential
another.
measure
b =
03_08
bromine
= lowest
The
iodine
in H
Magnesium a 2dot-and-cross
diagrams
energy:
83.9 electron
Cam/Chem
The
electrons
of possible
energy,
the showing
single
has gun
around
motion proton diagram
energy.
electron
F
which thethe
of number isThat
bondinginand
a
nucleus IBr a
is,
measure
12. line
in they
of
molecules
−1 diagram
nitrogen
an
The100 will
will
ofatom Hhow Chemical
12 +electrons occupy
and of
trifluoride,
therefore
are strongly
most
ions
–17 carbon
orbitals
be
doublyin bonding
NF in ,
these
likely
a dioxide
and
the as
to
chemical
3 occupy 1sclose
hydrogen
particles
H be orbital.molecule,
inthemselves
found
Hthe simple
to
substance,
1 or the
peroxide,
The
attract
in 3
six orbitals the
or CO
molecules
nucleus
electronic
5 one .H
situation
and
or 7H
Hlowest 2 2.
O as
undances
massntrmYof is 192.23.
in,
02_28
the ofCam/Chem 03_15
Answer Worked
Worked
4
3
Barking
of2
AS&A2
(roughly) −

molecules(78Cam/Chem
the 3:
2:
1: ×central
Dog
OCam/Chem example
7089
2389
1235
0.3) example
OArt +−−AS&A2
tetrahedral
CH 2389
1235
631
(80
4atom
,AS&A2
NH =
=
× 3(see
2.3) 4700
1154
604
fashion.
and +Figure
kJ
H kJmol
(82 Omol × –−1
But
all11.6)
3.18). only
have +These
Ndiagram (83
the
four
1N therefore× 11.5)
four
methane
pairs + electrons
pairs
of (84
molecule ×dioxide
arrange 56.9) inis +the (86
described × 17.4)
Cvalence C in
2
asshellahaving
pole. H Draw Draw 03_08
possible.
potential =
configuration
another.
of
Draw lowest
in
iodine
bBarking
5 H−1s
Magnesium a 2a dot-and-cross
diagrams
energy:
83.9 4: 2 electron
The
diagram possible
2
8844 energy, single
6of
showing
has gun
to
−AS&A2 hydrogen
2
7089 show
proton diagram
electron
energy.
F
which the the
number
= fashion.
1755 Fisisin
That
bonding and
bonding
a 2hydrogen
written a
is,
measure
I line
in they
−1
12.−1The100 in as
nitrogen will
1s
will
chlorine
of Hhow
12 electronsChemical
(and
occupyof
trifluoride, the
spoken
pentafluoride,
F
strongly17 carbon
be
orbitals
doubly bonding
NF inas,
these the
‘one
and
3 occupy as
ClF 1scloseess
hydrogen
.
particles Hthe
molecule,
inthemselves
orbital. simple
one’).
1to or The
the
peroxide,
attract
3
six orbitals The
or CO
molecules
electronic
nucleus
5 one next
or
2 .H7
Hlowest 2Oas 2.
3.9 Answer
03_15 4 Cam/Chem
3: 2s 7089 2p 3s 2389 4700 kJ mol
undances
cessive
ntrmYof
each is
pectrometerofin,
02_28
Figure
the ofCam/Chem
the Answer
Barking
Draw of−
Worked
3
AS&A2
a(roughly) athe 2:
tetrahedral
O Dog
Dog 2389
central
dot-and-cross example
O
Art
Art
tetrahedral 1235
shape.
atom diagram
1154
Ammonia
(see Figure
and But
a is3.18).
line only
pyramidal
Ndiagram the
These1NChemical methane
(it
four
of haspairs
the
4bonding
only
carbon
magnetic
molecule three
arrange
dioxide in
5 field
is
bonds), simple
described
2C and
molecule, moleculesas ahaving
water
in
Celectronic
CO . is
orm cessive
nt
Barking DogThe
pectrometer
each Yof isofin,
Figure
02_28
the theCam/Chem
Art Draw
element,
another.
3.9 Answer
The
03_15
The
Answer
03_08
configuration
possible.
cWhat
Barking
=
two
5
a4
in
Worked
Barking
AS&A2 Kinetic energy
described

(roughly)
ForFluorine
a
energy:
83.9
1s
covalencies
Cam/Chem
largest 3:
tetrahedral
O
Cam/Chem
C“O
4: 2diagram
Dog
2s helium,
The
Dog
example,
2
8844
7089 2p
jump
hasO
Art asArt
of
single
bonds
example
6
of to
−AS&A2
3s
ashape.
tetrahedral
proton
2 AS&A2
hydrogen
has
7089
oxygen
comes
2389
both
show
bentnumber
in two
electron the
carbon
=between
1755
and carbon
4700
Ammonia
molecule
fashion.
hydrogen,
is
electrons,in
9.
written
bonding
kJ mol hydrogen
dioxide
theis2−1
(it
But
The
H
−1
−1
are
has
in
so
third
Fso−
as
pyramidal
only
Nion
are1s
chlorine
its will
2onlyandthe
will
(and
electronic
polar,
Chemical4methane
the
two
spoken
pentafluoride,
therefore but
respectively.
(it
therefore
fourth
has
bonds).
configuration
H 4bonding be
, only
because inas
ionisation
magnetic
molecule
have
‘one
the ClF
The only
three
(9
1s
the
+the in
. ess
is
orbital.
energies,
5 field
bonds),
1) is
1s
angle
Hsimple
one’).
possible
=angle
described
10
(‘one
The
and
between
2C electrons:
The ess
molecules
bonding
therefore
Cwateras
next
2
H
two’).
having X
is
f theBarking
three The
Dogthem
Art element,
configuration
Draw
arrangement
has two5For Kinetic energy
isthree
− 180°,reasons
could
C“O
aF4: helium,
2diagram be
2 exact
is
electrons
8844 6of
bonds that
the

therefore to 2has
hydrogen
7089 show
inwe
formulae two
inits
cancellation = shall
carbon
the
O“C“O,
outer
1755 electrons,
isoflookwritten
bonding compounds
shell.
kJ dioxide
occurs,
mol at,are
and
and
later,
in as
the its
are1sfluorine,
chlorine
and 1N
electronic
we
formed (and
polar,
the
electrons find molecule F
that
spoken
from
but
pentafluoride,
are
are
heavier
2configurationeach
the
because
shared
non-polar
asof particles
orbital,
‘one
following
ClF
CO
as ess
52.field
shown is molecules,
1s
no one’).
pairs
non-polar.
in (‘one
matter
of
between
Figure The esswhat
elements? but
next
3.16. two’).
cessive
pectrometer
44 kJFigure
mol −1 Answer
The The
Answer Worked
Barking covalencies
describedlargest
1s 2s
recorder
Dog jump
2p
example
asArtof 3s
a2pN oxygen
comesbent and
between
molecule F carbon the
(it hasthird
− 2onlyand
toChemical
4
the
two respectively.
fourth
H
bonds). 4 ionisation
bondingmagnetic The only
+ in
energies,
H possible
=simple
bonding
therefore
molecules H X
ca
2.6 Chemical
energy energy
each of the 3.9 Barking Kinetic
hydrogen ForFluorine
aFor tetrahedral
1s 2energy
example,
Dog 2s 2 has
fluoride
Art
2p protonshape.
2increases
both has
2
2p numberAmmonia
hydrogen,
ashall as
2 large
bFelectrons,the9.compounds
dipoleThe
His Flater,
at2,pyramidal
temperature and ion
due will
fluorine, therefore
the (it
increases. has
much F only
, than
are have
heavierChemists
larger
particles (9
three
non-polar
particles 1)
bonds),
use
electronegativity
of intermediate 10
a2 scale
molecules, electrons:
and ofwater
mass of but is
?f theFigure
methane,
44 kJ mol
three
Barking
03_27 Dogthem
3.11 A
The
−1Cam/ChemArt shell What
element,
similar
arrangement
The has
The
Answer
two
AS&A2boron
Worked
is Kinetic
threeor
180°,
covalencies
largest
reasons
Fcould
C“O and
subshell
helium,
situation
H
recorder
be
exact
is
electrons nitrogen
x that
bonds
example
jump the Noccurs
therefore
of oxygen
comes inwe
yformulae
ithas is
cancellation in,
two
inits in
zcarbon cannot
O“C“O,
outer
and
between
phosphorus
oflookshell.
carbon accommodate
occurs,
tetrachloromethane,
dioxideand
the so
are
third
− the and
its
and
are
2 we
andformedoxygen
electronic
the
polar,
electrons 4find
the more
molecule
but that
from
but
are
respectively.
fourth
H
2configuration
not each
the
because
shared inof two
ionisation
orbital,
following
CO electrons.
chloromethane
The as the
shown
only is
2 energies,
H
no
pairs
1s
non-polar.
angle
possiblein matter
of
The
(‘onebetween
Figure (see what
elements?
third
ess
bonding
therefore 3.16.
H
two’). X
Kinetic
2.6 Chemical energy
described 2energy as 2increases
aF2p as
a2absolute the temperature
Htemperature increases.scale, Chemists + 1)use = a scale ofthird
temperature
ca
hydrogen Fluorine has
fluoridecalledproton itbenthasthe molecule
number large 9.compounds
dipole (it
The ,has
Flater, ion
due only will
tooxygen two
thetherefore bonds).
much and
have
larger on(9 this
electronegativityscale 10 the
electrons: kineticof
fluorine For (see
example, 2 Figure both 2 3.27).
hydrogen, and fluorine, F
ef the
?edictedformulae
Figure 3.11 Figureshell
electron boron
Fisthree 1sor 2s
and
subshell
in 2p nitrogen
lithium, is2p in,
therefore, bF tetrachloromethane,
cannot phosphorus has accommodate
at2to occupyand the more O
orbital2,not are
heavier
particles
lighter
than of non-polar
O
two
nextparticles
of
particles intermediate
electrons. molecules, The mass but
For reasons 2lowest energy, the
three A
themsimilar What 3.28). could
180°, situation be
exact x that
the occurs we
yformulae
cancellation zshallin oflook occurs, and weformed
the find but
molecule that
from each
the in of orbital,
following
chloromethane
CO is no pairs
non-polar. matter
of elements?
(see what
methane, 03_27 from −1Cam/Chem has Worked
arrangement AS&A2
Worked
Answer F H example
example
electrons
recorder is therefore
N in its O“C“O,
outer shell. and the electrons are shared as shown in Figure 3.16.
nds e44
?edicted
eound
kJ mol Dog Artfluorine
Barking
formed
formulae
Figure
the
bonding
03_27 from in3.11Figure
central
temperature
energy
Kinetic
hydrogen
The
Draw
shell
A similar
Cam/Chem aAS&A2
electron
2s.
Worked
Worked
Answer
Now
boron
FThe First
2.61sionisation
Chemical
concept 2is
aCam/Chem
or
3.28). energies
energy
energy
(see
2s
and directly
2fluoride
dot-and-cross
in
electronic
subshell
situation
try Cl 2p
example
called 2increases
Figure
of
nitrogen
lithium,
example
this
x F 2p energy has
2 the
proportional
is2p
itycombine
occurs
3.27). a2absolute
diagram
therefore,
configuration
in,
z in
as
large
iscannot
b central the
phosphorus
and has
tetrachloromethane,
to
dipole temperature
ofathe
temperature
to line
lithium
accommodate
temperature
due
our
occupyand
diagram toisoxygen
the
understanding
the
1smore 2scale,
increases.
of 2s
but
Othe
much (see
1 lighter
orbital . not
and
carbon
Beryllium
than
section
Chemists
larger
particles of
inoftwoon
Ohow
next this
dioxide4.13).
(1s use 2scale
electronegativity
particles
of intermediate
changes
lowest
electrons.
chloromethane
a2)scale
2smolecule,
thecome
energy,
andThe
kinetic
ofthird
mass
boron
(see of
CO the 2.
The
2.13ionisation
Experimental
elements
evidence
for must inthreesuch adifferent
ratio thattypes. their total covalencies are equal to each to.other.
methane, 03_15 Hdirectly FAS&A2
nds etivity
lectron
ound
difference
Barking
formed
formulae
eindipole.
eedicted
the
bonding
carbon
pairs Dog
central
fromin
Art energy
temperature
fluorine
Predict
The
about
Draw
Figure2s.
(1s
electron
The Worked
aNow
F
The
2 First
Kinetic
The
2s a
3.28). the
concept
second
2 in isenergies
(see energy
shape
the
1
dot-and-cross
2p
try
electronic
in
Cl
Cexample
covalencies )
this
called
Figure
of
physical
follow
lithium,
way F ofenergy proportional
can
that
the the3.27).
of boron
be
diagram
configuration
predictably.
therefore, absolute
sulfur
world.is
ionisation δ–
of dioxide
central
and
and Our
has
to ofathe
temperature
to
to
energies line
lithium temperature
molecule.
study our diagram
occupy understanding
of
show is chemical
1s
the+ 2scale,
of 2s
us total
O (see
1
the
orbital
the
The
.

δ–
and
lighter
carbon
Beryllium
F– details
section
simplest
reactions
of of on
O how
particles
next
oneH atom
dioxide4.13).
this
(1s is
changes
depends
lowest
of electronic
2 energy
scale
2s 2
molecule,
) the
and
energy,on due
come kinetic
energy
boron
configuration CO the 2
to2nitrogen are both 3,
Cl so of equalboron will
Answer Answer
2.13ionisation
Experimental
energiesevidence
for
03_15 F elements Cam/Chem must FFAS&A2 combine F Cl ofindioxide Fsuch adifferent
ratio that their
Ntypes. covalencies are to O each to.other.
nds tivity
airs
lectron
ound
but
eewater
difference
do,
Barking
formed
the
not
bonding
carbon in
so theDog Art
pairs
in central
Htranslation,
energy
Predict
about
Barking
concepts.
The
Draw
(1s
2s. When First
Kinetic
2 concept
2s
The 2H
the
line
a inamplifier
is
2pDog we
energy
1directly
shape
the
diagrams
dot-and-cross
electronic) Art
follow
come that
physical
of ofenergy canis,
proportional
the
and
be
movement
sulfur
world.
predictably.
to is
dot-and-cross
diagram
carbon
configuration δ– centralthree
and
(1s Our from
ofathe
2s to molecule.
study our
2diagrams
line 2p
lithium
place
temperature
2 of
diagram
), we is
Hto
chemical
understanding1s+
to
need 2place.
ofshow
2s the1The
(see
to
. δ– the
carbonForsimplest
section
reactions of monatomic
bonding
differentiate
Beryllium how
HThe dioxide4.13).
(1s
is
depends 2 energy
changes
in the 2 gases
molecule,
between
2s ) on
following
and
due
come the (gases
energy
boronCO
=bonding three
the
combine
2.13electronic configurations of BN
The second Cl with
way onethat of atom ionisation ofand nitrogen. energies The show Nformula4us theCl isso therefore
details ofwith electronic (3 for configuration
B 3 for 2 N).
δ– Answer
indipole. is a The
to look covalencies at how the boron
first ionisation nitrogen energies are both
of elements 3, one vary atom of boron
proton will
number.
Answer Now F covalencies try C this FFAS&A2 F Cland O
The The
Experimental
elements
evidence for must of combine
oxygen ofin Fsuch
carbon aHdifferent
ratio
areplace 2thatand their total
respectively. covalencies onlyare equal
possible to each other.
are H 03_15
H Cam/Chem
H H FH–the Henergy
tivitydo,
airs
lectron soslightly
difference
pairsthe translation,
madeδ+
Barking
concepts.
Predict
molecules.
about
Draw δ+ Kinetic
2 δ–
Chemical
When 2up
the
line inamplifier
Dog F1of
wethe energy
shape
diagrams Art that
single
energy
physical
come of Hcan is,
the
and
toatoms, movement
is be
sulfurmade
world.
dot-and-cross
carbon for three
dioxide
(1s up
Our 2 from
example of
2s molecule.
2diagrams
study two
2p 2 helium
), components
of we to
types.
chemical
to
need
+
place.
and
show The
to –
the For other
simplest
kinetic
reactions monatomic
bonding
differentiate noble is
energy,
depends
in the
between gases
gases), which
on
following due (gases
all
energy
the to
is
three a N).
but not in 2p
(1s b The orbitals.
2s 2p
covalency ) Because
follow of oxygen electrons
predictably. is 2, andare all
that negatively
of phosphorus charged, can they
be either repel 3 orone 5. another
We = would
the electronic configurations of
combine with NF one atom δ– of nitrogen. The formula δ–
H
is O
therefore BN (3 for B 3 for
in
ngle
ewater
airs
carbon
of
dipole.
do,are
109.5°.
soslightly
O
the Oδ– H
Answer
is
Figure
The
Sulfur
Answer
TheH
made
the a C
arrangement
translation,
δ+ δ+
toThe
F
109.5°
O
look
second
shares
covalencies
δ–up
kinetic
2.31
covalencies
C at
Fofenergy
Hamplifier is
two how
way
is a
single
thatof F plot
of
therefore 3 the
thatits
of
oxygen
His,
for
5
atoms,
is
first
in
the
ionisation
valence-shell
boron O“C“O,
Clδ+
F Cthefor
movement and ionisation
first
andcarbon
F example
form
40
energies
electrons
nitrogen
and
2 from
H
of
energies
elements.
are the 2 show
2 helium
107°
translational
place are
and with
electrons
N H
of
both
to4 us elements
each the3,
are
respectively.
and
place.
Cl
CF
of
Hthe
kinetic
details
so2 the
For
2one
shared vary
other
Htwo of
atom
The
energy. as
monatomic
with
electronic
oxygen
shown
only
noble of
H
For
proton
boron
possible atoms,
in
gases),
104.5° Figure
molecules
gases
number.
configuration
O will forming
bonding
all
(gases3.16.
molecules.
Barking
measure
concepts.
Draw
2p Chemical
orbitals.line Dog ofdiagrams Art
the energy
Because Hmotion and is made
of
dot-and-cross
electrons atoms, up are of
molecules
all two
2diagrams components
negatively andto ions
show
charged, –
in
the kinetic
a chemical
bonding
×they energy,
repel in
= substance,
the
one × which
following
another is
and a
atoms – ionisation energies of
but not in twoelectrostatically.
b C When
therefore
Thedouble O we
covalency bonds. come
expect NF ofThe
3It twoto
oxygen
has three
carbon
possible
two is 2p 2, (1s
electrons orbitals
and 2s
phosphorus that 2p
left are
of), all
we
oxides:
phosphorus ofneed theHP O
tosame
H can O energy.
differentiate
(2 be 3 for
either P Therefore
3 between
3or 5.2 for
We we
the
O)
would
=bonding three
and H
2over, which form 2avary lone pair. There are
the electronic configurations BNHproton
ngle
waterofare 109.5°. Figure
Answer
slightly δ–Sulfur
1
arrangement
Theis
H HCN combine
This
to shares
look
covalencies 2.31
graph at isis
with
2two how atherefore
Hshows
2of
δ– COplot
of one its
the
oxygen for
atom
valence-shell
us
5 first3the
O“C“O, C
and
δ+ 2ofHfirst nitrogen.
following.
ionisation 2carbon 40electrons
(ethyne) Helements.
and the
energies
are The formula
with
electrons
and
δ+ of4 each elements 2are
respectively. isof32therefore
the
shared two oxygen
aswith
δ+Thenoble
shown
only (3
possible for
atoms,
in Figure Bnumber. 3 3.16.
formingfor N).
The
the
containing
made δ+ δ+ 109.5° δ–upFC“O
two
kinetic of energy
two single Hmotionbonds
or ClHtwo is
more
atoms, in in Cthe carbon
atoms, for form dioxide
of
however,
example
Clδ– 107°
translational are
helium H polar,
there andis kinetic
Cthe
H but
the because
energy.
possibility
other theFor angle
104.5°molecules
vibration
of3substance,
gases), between
all
measure
molecules.
potential Chemical
P O (2 of × the
energy,
5 energy
for P = which
5 is × of
made
2 atoms,
is
for a O). measure
up molecules
of two of how
components and ions
strongly in
– a
these
kinetic
×H chemical particles
energy,= × attract
which and
one is a
atoms – ionisation energies
electrostatically.
would
2p
O therefore b HCN therefore
Theorbitals.
ion expect
detector
three
covalency expect
Because the
groups ofThe oxygen threepossible
p
electrons
of electrons
electrons 2p
is2electrons
2,2δ–and orbitals
phosphorus
are aroundin
all
that are
carbon
negatively
the
ofover, all
oxides: of
to
sulfur
phosphorus theH
occupyP
charged,
atom, O same (2and energy.
different
they3 for
these repelP 2p Therefore
will orbitals
one
arrange 2 for
another we
O)
(for and H
two double bonds. 3Itits has two left which formitcan abelone either pair. 3 or There 5. We arewould
1 Figure C This O graph 2two
isisHshowsNF CO us 3the C H
following. (ethyne) H O
Sulfur is2.31
shares aexact plot
of for
valence-shell first 40 elements.
electrons with each of the two oxygen atoms, forming
arrangement 2 5 therefore O“C“O, and the electrons 2are 32 shared as shown in Figure 3.16.
ngle of 109.5°. The1 All two ionisation C“O 2δ– energies 5 are
δ+ strongly endothermic δ+ –the 2δ+
takes energy toinvolve separate an47
Hbonds in carbon dioxide are polar, but because the angle between
them
containing 180°, two or morecancellation atoms, occurs,
however, and there the ismolecule possibility of overall
CO is non-polar.
vibration
and
the 109.5° rotation
kinetic energy as Clwell is in (seeCthe Figure
form
Cl Clδ– of2.7). 107°Both
translational H these forms
kinetic
C H δ+
of
Henergy. energy 2of
For 104.5°
molecules the
potential
another.
measure
would
themselves P O (2
expect of ×energy,
the
5
approximately forthe motionP two= which
5 ×p of2
into is
atoms,
for
electrons a a O). measure
triangular molecules
in carbon of
planar how Chemical
and
to shape.strongly
ions
occupy The in bonding
these
a × chemical
different
SO molecule in
particles
2p = simple
substance,
×
orbitals
is attract
therefore molecules
(for oneand
atoms – ionisation energies
example,
therefore ion
electrostatically.
therefore detector
three 2p expect and
groups The 2p of ),
three as
possible
electrons far
2p away
orbitals
phosphorus
around from are the one
all
oxides: of
sulfur another
theHP
atom, Osame as
(2and possible.
energy.
3 for
these P This
Therefore
will 3 arrange 2is for in fact
we
O) and H
what
Shapes
two1 1
them
AThe
andAWorked
movement
containingNow
HCN
Now
All double
This
major
electron
similar
2
two
5
isgraph
rotation try
of
try
ionisation
180°,
C“O 2
difference this
molecules
bonds.
example
from
situation
of
two
xH
this shows
2δ–
exact
as CO
atoms, an
bonds
or
It has
energies
well
y two
us
between
atom. 3the
cancellation
occurs in
(see
even
C
are
toin 2electrons
carbon H
following.
electrons
strongly
vacuum
Figure
though δ– (ethyne)occurs,
2tetrachloromethane,
dioxide
left
pump
2.7).
the
over,
inmolecule
endothermic
Both δ+H which
different
and
are the
polar,
these isas
2 form
types
–the
molecule
but but
3 of
ait as
forms takes
not
whole
a lone
δ+
becauseorbital
inof
of
dipole
2 overall
energy pair.
CO
chloromethane
energy
may isof
the
There
2stay
their
to
is separateare anWe
energy.
non-polar.
angle
involve still.
vibration (see
between
Inthe
=more atoms, however, there possibility
Hδ+ 47
03_27 Cam/Chem AS&A2 Cl Cl Clδ– H
another.
potential
bent,
themselves
example,
happens.
would
Shapes
therefore
03_11A Now
Worked
Pion
major 2as OCam/Chemshown
(2
try
expect
of
5detector
three ×energy,
2p
Likewise,
this
molecules
difference example
in
5x groups
approximately for
and
the
AS&A2 Figure
P two2p which
the5of
y ),
between ×
3.23 2electrons
into
as
seven
pelectrons isfar
for aaelectrons
(remember
O). measure
triangular
away
electrons aroundinfrom that
carbon
in of
planar
the how
one lone
indifferent
the Chemical
to
sulfurshape.strongly
pairs
another
nitrogen
occupy atom,
types are
The bonding
these
ignored
atom
andSO
of molecule
possible.
different 2thesearrange
orbitaldipole in
particles
when
2pwillis simple
This the
is
arrange
their attract
is
themselves
orbitals inmolecules
shape
therefore
energy. fact
(for one iswhat
anWe
3.7 Dative
energy bonding
03_27 Cam/Chem A 2
1can
Figure
them
movement
diatomic
and Now
electron
AsAll
similar investigate
weis
rotation
AS&A2 try
ionisation
3.28).go
180°,gases, this
from
situation
of down exact
atoms,
as thean
energies
the well a electronic
atom.
occursparticular
cancellation
even
principal
(see to
are in vacuum
though
Figure configurations
strongly
δ–
formgroup,
tetrachloromethane,
occurs, pump
the
2.7).of for
endothermic
kinetic
Bothexample
and
molecule of the atoms
energy
these from

but
molecule
as ait
forms by
whole
is δ+ measuring
helium
takes
not in of
translation,
of energy
overall
may CO
energy to
chloromethane neon experimentally
to
is
stay but to
separate
non-polar.
involve still.
in argon,
In
more (see
the or
described),
bent,
another.
Work
happens.
03_09
themselves
1s
example,
Draw2
2s Kinetic
as 2 out
Cam/Chem
2pshown
line 1with
theLikewise,
approximately
2p 2p
diagrams in1a
shapes
and AS&A2
2p O¬S¬O
Figure 1
2p .
andof
the It 3.23
), the
isseven
into
as bond
only
dot-and-cross fara
Cl
(remember
following angle
electrons
triangular
when
away we
fromof that
molecules. about
in
planar
diagrams arrive
one lone
the Chemical
120°.
shape.
at pairs
nitrogen
another
to oxygen
show (In are
The as
the
H
bonding
fact,ignored
atomSO (1s the2
possible.
bonding angle
2
arrange
molecule
2s in
when
2p 2
simple
2
This
in is
2p
the thevery
1
themselves
is shape
therefore
is 2p in
following molecules
slightly
1
)
fact is
that 47
what
23
03_11
Shapes Now
A1Worked Sulfur Cam/Chem try
of xforms this
molecules
exampley a AS&A2 tetrafl y uoride,electrons SF 4. Draw aionisation
diagram to show itsorbitaldipole
2 bonding.

Kinetic energy bonding


3.7 Dative
Barking Dog 2
Workedcan
Art
03_28
the major investigate
Cam/Chem
energies difference
example AS&A2
xof the electronic
electrons
z between configurations
within them. in This
different ofenergy atoms
can typesbe bydoneof measuringby measuring
isneon experimentally
x their y energy. ionisation We
a bent molecule. 03_27 Cam/Chem Figure
A
diatomic
Barking
complex
movement
less,
described),
Work Now
As
from
2 electron
similar atAS&A2
2we119°,
out try
3.28).
Dog go
lithium1with
the this
from
situation
gases, Art
molecules,
ofdown
owing to
atoms,
inapage
1
shapes
an
the
O¬S¬O to 1a
sodium particular
atom.
occurs
principal
the
of such
even
theextra toto
bondin
as potassium,
vacuum
though
following ethane,
repulsion group,
tetrachloromethane,
form angle pump
of
the of
for
kinetic
vibration
by
molecules.
example
molecule
aboutthe lone
120°. and as from
energies
but
pair.)
(In rotation
a isnot
whole
fact,
helium indecrease.
translation,
the2 become
may
2sangle
2 to
chloromethane stay
2 but
is The
the to
in
still.
very
1 more
z
argon,
larger
more
In
slightly
1 (see the or
Barking Dogbent, 03_09
1s
the molecules.
Draw
happens.
03_11
Art
03_28
the 2
1 2s
a as
2p
Sulfur Cam/Chem
How2p
Cam/Chem
Cam/Chem
energies shown
line
orbitals 2p
diagrams
Likewise,
formsmany AS&A2
of AS&A2
2p
start
AS&A2
a Figure z .and
valence-shell
tetrafl to
theItc 3.23
electrons isPF
seven
uoride, only
dot-and-cross
become (remember SF
withinwhen doubly
electrons
electrons . Draw we
them. that
diagrams
does a arrive
occupied.
in lone
the
chlorine
diagram
This atpairs
to
nitrogen
can oxygen
show
For
to use are
show
be manythe
for ignored
atom
done (1s
bonding
its purposes,
arrange
bonding.
by when
measuring the
2pinx experimentally
2p
the however,
themselves
chlorine shape
2p
y following z ) that
ionisation isthere 2330/09/14 5:52 PM
Worked
a example
3.7 Dative
energy bonding
energies
can
Barking
Kinetic CCl
from investigate
03_18 Dog xArt
lithium
energy b
(see
Cam/Chem yBF
to the sodium 32).
electronic
AS&A2 to configurations
potassium, ionisation of atoms energies by measuring
decrease. The larger the
1aincreases atasbond the temperature increases. Chemists useneon abut scale of
Barking
2So2atom,
Figure
Barking
complex
important As far, 2we
4 Dog
we the
3.28).
Dog go Art
have
Art
molecules,easier
down 3
to1ait.and
looked issuch to
particular 5 separate
covalent
as ethane,
δ–repulsion group,
4 an bonds electron
for
vibration example
where fromand each fromit.
rotation atom
δ– helium 2provides2to
become one
the 1to argon,
electron
more or
acel bent molecule. Which
in carbon
Barking DogBarking
diatomic
less,
described),
Work
the
03_09
is
1s
a
03_28 Worked
molecules.
Draw
Art
the 2
1
energies no
CCl 2s
a
at
Kinetic
2p
of
Sulfur
119°,
out
the
Cam/Chem
need2p
Cam/Chem
energies orbitals
line
trifl
How the
uoride,
forms
factors.
gases,
1withexample
owing
molecules
2pto
diagrams
many
b
(see shapes
yBF
AS&A2
of start
AS&A2
distinguish
2p
a
page
the
O¬S¬O
ClF
valence-shell
the tetrafl
principal
the
of
to
?in32).
z 3electrons theextra
become
ItcFigure
isPF
uoride, only
dot-and-crossCl
following
between 3.29 SF
form
when
electrons
within
angle
doubly
. has the
Draw
ofweof
them.
kinetic
by
molecules.
no about
three
diagrams
does a
the
occupied.
dipole
arrive 2p
chlorine
diagram
This
lone energy
120°.
moment?
at
to pair.)
For
orbitals,
can oxygen
show
to
(In
use show
be
Clis
many fact,
the
for
done
translation,
and (1s the
bonding
its we2sangle
purposes,
bonding.
by 2pinx2chlorine
can
measuring
is very
abbreviate
2p
the
in
however, more
slightly
2pionisation
y following
1
zof) that there
the 2330/09/14
ne,
acel but not in
in carbon
bent molecule. Worked
Barking
Kinetic
Barking
Which complex
less,
is
1
temperature
Answer atom,
Sofrom
to
importantWorked
molecules.
electronic
the no
HCN
b
03_18
far,
form
at
Barking
of
2p So
Dog
4 Dog
the
need
trifl
we
Dog
119°, example
xArt
energy
the
lithium
how
uoride,
orbitals
Art2
Cam/Chem
have easier
called
bond.
factors.
example
Art
molecules,
owing
Dog
molecules
to many
H to CO
increases
2looked
3
Art
distinguish
configuration start ClF to it
Itthe
sodium AS&A2
is
the
?in
electrons
to such to3 as
absolute
at to
possible,
extra
Figure
5
ofbetween
become
C
separate
as
Cl
H
the
2 potassium,
covalent
δ–
are
oxygen ethane,
repulsion
3.29
(ethyne)
temperature
2 however,
4
left
doubly has
an
temperature
in
the
bonds
no
electron
2ionisation
vibration
the
tomolecule.
1sby
three the
dipole
where
for
valence
2s
occupied.
increases.
2 lone
from
4scale,
just
2pmoment? and each
pair.)
shell?
.orbitals,
For
it.
energies
one rotation
Cl
many
Chemists
andatom
of
δ–
and
theon
webecome
purposes,
use
this scale
decrease.
provides
atoms
can
a
toThe scale
one
the
abbreviate
themore
provide
however,
kinetic
larger
electron both
the
the
there
30/09/14 5:52
5:52PM
PM
δ–
a 1 2
energies
Predict
temperature
Barking
energy
Kinetic
Barking CClδ+
HCNa δ+
03_18 How
Dog the
is
δ– Art
energy many
(seeb2
shape
Cam/Chem
directly BF
calledH page valence-shell
CO
of
increases 3the c
32).
AS&A2
proportional 3
PF
sulfur
absolute
as C H
theelectrons
dioxide to(ethyne)
temperature
the
temperature does
temperature chlorine
increases.scale, use
(see for
andsection
Chemists bonding
on this
4.13).
use in
scale achlorine the
scale kinetic
of
nne, but not ingas to
bonding
So
Now
Answer
important atom,
form
far,
C we 4 Dog
try the Art
electrons.
have
this easier
bond. 2 3 looked it
It Thisis to
possible,
atom
at 5 separate δ– is
covalent
2 2 called an
however, bonds electron
the for
donor
where from
just one
atom,
each it. of
atom
δ– the
and atoms
the
provides two to provide
electrons
one electron both
it
cel
nes a diatomic
in carbon Which
O a Worked
electronic
is
δ–
Predict
Cl Figure
This
no cbof
δ+ Barking
δ+So the
need
trifl
O
how
process
δ–uoride,
factors.
3.19example
Dog many
configuration
molecules
to Art
Hcontinues
distinguish
ClF lone Cl
electrons Cl
?in Figure pairs
ofuntil Cl
between of
are
oxygen
δ+
CC2pair3.29 elementelectrons
lefthas in
the
Cl
the
tomolecule.
no1s The
2
number
threeare
valence
dipole valence
2
2s there 2p18, 4
moment? on
shell?
.orbitals, shell
argon. the Cl of
C chlorine
the
Withwe
and carbon
argon,atom
can the atom
in chlorine
abbreviate in
3p subshell CCl the
4
30/09/14
30/09/14 5:52
5:52PM
PM
is21/10/14 9:46 AM
C the shape ofproportional
energy 1ClKineticHCN is directly 2bond. CO 3the sulfur
3atom Hdioxide to(ethyne)
the temperature (see section 4.13).
nne, have butasnot
a diatomic though
ingas Otemperature
a bonding
Now
provides
to form
Figure try Othe energy
electrons.
this
come
3.19 called 2from can Itthe
This a
is be absolute
lone
possible,of three 2is called
on different
temperature
however, that the atom.
contains
The for types.
donor
valence scale,
The
justeight The
atom,
one other
shell andof
electrons,simplest
of andon
atom
the
the this
the
atomsin is
arranged
carbon two
the energy
scale to atombond the
electrons
provide
in due
four
in kinetic
is CCl to
calledit
both
nes Answer
δ– This
filled,
electronic δ+ δ+
trifl
cbBarking
So and Cl
the δ–
uoride?
how
process we Dog many
would
configuration
shapes
Artδ–lone
continues of Cl
Cl
electrons
the
Cl
expect pairs
until
of
following
ofelement
are
δ+
that
Coxygen electrons
left
the in
to
δ–
molecules.next
Cl
the
number
1s are
2
2s there
valence
electron 2
2pδ+18, 4
H. shell?onargon.
should the C chlorine WithHtoδ+
start argon,atomthe
occupy inthe chlorine
3p3d subshell 4
subshell.
30/09/14 5:52 PM
is21/10/14 9:46 AM
hich lets
as them Predict
translation,
energy Kinetic isOuoride? shape
energy
directly that of canis,the be sulfur
amovement of pair dioxide
three Cl
from molecule.
different place types.
to place. The Forsimplest monatomic istwo energy gases due (gasesto
nnes have
a diatomic though gas athe
Answer
O
Sulfur provides
bonding
filled,
But NowCl
02_04 Figure
This cacceptor
C trifl
here So try
shares
and Cl
Cam/Chemhow
processthe
come
electrons.
this
3.19
we two
manyatom.
would
expectation
fromofproportional
AS&A2
continues δ– lone
Cl
ClIt
This
its lone
mustatom
valence-shell
expectCl pairs
isuntil not δ+
contain
of
that
isto
what
element
onthe
called
δ– electrons
electrons
the δ–
that
next
temperature
an
happens.Cl the
number
atom.
empty
bonded
contains
Theare
electron
donor
valence
with
there
δ+
The
orbital
pairs.
Instead,
18,
H
eight
each
on
(see
should
argon.
other
atom,
shell
the of
the
in section
Itelectrons,
therefore
ofthe atom
its
and
the
chlorine
start
With δ+
valence
two
to
nineteenth
the4.13).
in
carbontakes
arranged the
oxygen
atom
occupy
argon,
δ+ overall
shell.
up
atom
in
bond
electron
the atoms,
chlorine
the3p
This
a regular
electrons
in four
in
3d
isCCl
in
called
kind
it4 of
forming
subshell.
subshell the nextis21/10/14 9:46 AM
oms lets
hich can themalso Predict
translation, theis shapes of the following C Cl molecules.
Cl C H H
ehave as though 1made
two
Answer
Sulfur
But
the
bonding
provides
02_04HCNKineticacceptor
double
here
up
shares
trifl Cl uoride?
Cam/Chem the
of
energy
come called
bonds.2that
single
two atom.
Hfrom
expectation 2CO
of
AS&A2
canis,
It
δ–
atoms,
dative
itshasamovement
It be must
lone
two
valence-shell
C is
offor
bonding
Clnot
three
3paircontain
Cwhat
electrons example
2H
from
on
δ–
different
or that
(ethyne)
2 electrons
an place
left
happens.
tetrahedral
helium
empty
bonded
co-ordinate
atom.
contains
over, towhich
types.
with The
Instead,
δ+
place.
and
orbital
pairs.
eight
each shape,
The the
It
bonding.
other For
in
electrons,
formof
the
just
other
simplest
its
therefore
the atommonatomic
like
valence
aexplain
lone
two
nineteenth
δ+
noble
Thein methane
isthe
takes
arranged
dipole
pair.
oxygen energy
shell.
up
apparent
Therebond
electron
gases
gases), a (see
in
atoms, due
This
regular
four
are in
(gases
all
iscovalencyto of
kind
called
forming
the next
hich
bond.
oms lets can themalso element,
filled,
Predict andthe potassium,
we
shapes would of occupies
Cl
theexpect following the
that Cl 4s
the subshell.
δ–
molecules.next electron
Figure
We H
3.19).
shall
should now start H to δ+
Hlike
overall
occupy why this
the is
3d the
subshell.case. 15/10/14 12:19 PM
1made
the
translation,
Barking
bonding
of
the HCN eachkinetic
acceptor up Dog
atomisof single
energy
Art
called2that
can
atom.
HAS&A2 CO is,atoms,
is
dative
increase in
Itmovement
mustthe bondingfor
as form Caexample
contain
3electrons 2result
Hδ– Cl
fromof or
(ethyne) an tetrahedral
helium
translational
place
co-ordinate
of dative
empty
bonded to and
place.
bonding.
orbital
pairs. shape,
kinetic the
bonding.
Itof For
in just
other
its
therefore aenergy.
monatomic
valence noble
The methane
takes For
apparent gases),
shell.
up a(see
molecules
gases This
regular all
(gases
covalency
kind of
A therefore three groups of electrons 2around the sulfur atom, and these will arrange
two double dipole
Sulfur
(Note shares
that a bonds. two
triple of
2bond, It itshas two
valence-shell
Clike Cla double C electrons
bond, left
Cl over,
can with be which each
considered form the lone
astwo a pair.
oxygen
single There
group atoms, areof forming
3.6 The covalency table
15/10/14 12:19 PM
bond.
oms can also element,
But 02_04 here Cam/Chem potassium,
the B
expectation
Cl occupies is not the what
ClCl 4s subshell.
happens. Figure
We Instead,
3.19).
shall now
the explain
nineteenth
H δ+ overallwhy electron this is inthe the case. next 15/10/14 12:19 PM
the
1
two Barking
containing
made of
themselves
bonding
therefore
electrons.)
(Note HCN each
For
03_28 kinetic
double
thatup Dog
atom
example, isof
three
Cam/Chem a energy
twoArt
single
called
bonds.2Cl
triple can
approximatelygroups
H or
AS&A2when CO is
more
atoms,
increase
dative
bond,It has in
of the
two
like atoms,
into
gaseous bonding
electrons for
aas
3 form
a C a
electrons
double example
result
triangular
ammonia
H of
however,
aroundor
(ethyne)
bond,translational
of tetrahedral
helium
dative
planar
co-ordinate
left
Cl theand
over,
can theresulfur
be and
gaseous
which is
bonding.
shape. kinetic
shape,
the
considered theThe
bonding.
atom, form boron just
other
andSO
aenergy.
possibility like
these
lone
as noble
molecule methane
trifluoride
The
a dipole
pair.
single For
of
apparent
will There molecules
vibration
gases),
is
arrange
group (see
therefore
react areof all
together,
covalency
Worked example C Cl 2 30/09/14 12:19
5:52 PM

3.6 The covalency tableshells


A B C 15/10/14 PM

2.10 Shielding by inner


2 2 2
bond. Answer element,
containing
bent,
themselves
and
the Barking
a
of For
white each asexample,
rotation
kinetic Dog
potassium,
shown
solid
atom two
approximately
energy
Art is inAS&A2
as
can orwhen
formed,
109.5°
Figure
well is
occupies
more
increase in 3.23
(see the
gaseous atoms,
into
with as
the
(remember
a
Figure
form
Cl athe Cl 4s subshell.
however,
triangular
ammonia
result of2.7).
formula of Figure
that
planar
Both
translational and
dative there
NH
We
lone 3.19).
these
shall now explain why this is the case.
shape.
gaseous
BF is3kinetic
pairs
bonding. . theforms
The are
The possibility
boron ignored
SO of
energy.
nitrogen molecule
energy when
trifluoride
atom For vibration
of involve the
is
molecules
in react shape
therefore
ammonia the
together,is 2515/10/14
15/10/14 12:19 PM
therefore
electrons.) 03_28 three
Cam/Chem groups of electrons around the sulfur atom, and these will arrange
A (Note Worked that example
C,a1,4-dichlorobenzene.
triple bond,
109.5°like a double C bond, can be considered as a single group of
Cl 3 2 30/09/14 12:19
5:52 PM

2.10 Shielding by inner


tableshells
Barking Dog Art
3.6 The covalency
PM
Answer
CompoundAs
described),
bent,
and explained aslone
arotation shown with ClBsections
in aor
inAS&A2
as O¬S¬O
Figure
well 3.4
3.23
(see and
bond (remember
Figure ClIn
3.5, compound
angle the
2.7). number
ofThe
thatabout
Both C,these
lone theofpairs
120°. C¬Cl
covalent
(In
forms are dipoles
fact, bonds
ignored
of the are formed
angle
when oninvolve opposite
is very
the by shape an sides
slightly atom is 25 30/09/14 5:52 PM
2 energy the
movement
containing
Which a white
themselves
b has For
Figure of
example,the
solid of
two
approximately
3.20 pair, atoms,
molecules
is formed,
and
when more the even
in atoms,
Figure
with
into
boron
gaseous Cl
though
a the however,
3.29
triangular
atom formula
ammonia the
has in molecule
no
planar
boronand there
NHdipole
valence BF
shape. as
is3moment?
trifluoride
3gaseous the
.shell
TheaThe whole
possibility
of nitrogen
boron SO
has
the may
molecule
an
boron atom
empty
trifluoride stay
of atom still.
vibration
in
is 2p inammonia
therefore
react In
orbital.
BF 3together,
electrons.) 03_28 Cam/Chem
WorkedBarking Dog
example
Art F
a bent molecule. of
of
the
Answer
Compound
Later
InAs
depends
less,
described),
movement
bent,
Which
diatomic
and
03_29
C¬Cl the
Later
Compound
b
ethene
In
has
The
a white
depends02_07
Figure 2.10 Shielding by inner shells
benzene
in
aexplained
aat
benzene
Barking
in
aslone
rotation this
nitrogen’s
Cam/Chem
dipoles
aexplained this
and
C,
single-electron
119°,
of on
shown
the
gases,
solid
C,Dog
Cam/Chem
single-electronon
3.20
are,
ring,
1,4-dichlorobenzene.
topic
with
of the
pair, inatoms,
owing
Artis
AS&A2
ring,
topic
inlone
molecules
as
more
1,4-dichlorobenzene.
carbon
the
sowe
asections
number
the
and
sowe
number
O¬S¬O
Figure
well
formed,
their
109.5°
to
or
their
dioxide
AS&A2
shall
atomthe
the
paireven
shall
atom
(see
dipoles
3.4
of
in3.23
principal
Clof
see
extra
Figure
boron
can
with
Fdipoles
less, seebyon
and
electrons
like bond
though
Figure
Cl
electrons
like
how
(remember
overlap
the
the
how
studying
oppose
In
3.5,
hydrogen,
repulsion
form atom
oppose
In
hydrogen,
compound
angle
3.29 wethe
available
the
2.7).
formula
same we
compound
has
of in
available
each
ofcan
number
by
that
The
with
each
can
the
about
molecule
no
contains
kinetic
Both
boron
side
their the
the
NH
other
C,
predict
for
lone
dipole
valence
this
of
other
C,
predict
the
potential
lone
these
bonding
for
of
120°.
six
energy
equally.
as
pairs
trifluoride
BF
3the
the
potential
empty
C¬Cl
bonding, the
covalent
pair.)
3moment?
.shell
ring.
equally.
bonding, the
C¬Cl
(In
aare
electrons,
forms
The
(see
shapes
energy
is fact,
whole
of
orbital,
shapes
energy
In
dipoles
and
In
dipoles
compounds
bonds
ignored
of
has
the
nitrogen the ofare
the
is
arranged
translation, energy
an
boron
compounds
section
and of
the
is are
molecules
due
asangle
may formed
number
when
empty
shown
atom
molecules
–number
onentirely
stay
on
3.15).
atomin
but is
involve
Avery
opposite
A
in2p
opposite
and
by
still.
the
threein
in of
in
and
of
such
shapean
more
Figure
ammonia
such
B,sides
valence-
to
slightly
Inthe
orbital.
BF
B,
the
atom
the
3 is 3.12.
the
sides
valence-
as25
as to
nzenesa bent molecule. 03_29 shell
less,
As
single
described),
diatomic
complex
movement
Which
b The
hasFigure orbitals
aat
Cl 119°,
electrostatic
of
nitrogen’s
Cam/Chem lone gases,with
molecules,
the 3.20 of itmolecules
owing
pair,
AS&A2
can
inatoms, asections
lone the
and O¬S¬Ouse
to the
attraction to
inF3.4
principal
such
pair
theeven put
extra
Figure
can
boron asand
bond the
between
though repulsion
form
ethane,
overlap electrons
3.5,
angle
3.29
atom the
of
the
has the
of by
number
kinetic
vibration
with
in
Clinto.
about
bonded
contains
molecule
The no
boron the
electron
dipole
this
valence For
lone of
120°.
pairs
six
energy
and
empty as many
pair.)
covalent
and
moment?
trifluoride shell (In
(no
electrons,
a is
rotation the
whole elements,
fact,
lone bonds
proton.
the
pairs
translation,
orbital,
of has
the asdue
arranged
become
may
an
boron shown
empty the
formed
angle stayentirely
When
see inisnumber
but
atom very
page
three
the 2p by
inwe
in
still.
in more tomove
an
slightly
47).
more
In
Figure
orbital.
BF
the
ofatom 3.12.
C¬Cl
of Barking
the
ethene
Latershell 02_07 dipoles
benzene
in
Dog
and
orbitals
Art
Cam/Chem
this are, ring,
carbon
topic more
it iscan sowe or
their
dioxide
AS&A2use shallless,
to dipoles
put by
see on 120° the
studying
how oppose same we side
each
their
can of
other the
bonding
predict ring.
equally.
the (see shapes In compounds
section of 3.15).
molecules A and such
3
B, the as 15/10/14
asthe electrons into. For many elements, the number isofthe 12:19 PM
single
bonds
depends
the electrostatic
formed
two-electron on Cl the athe
numberatom attraction
fixed quantity
ofextra
helium, between
electrons two and the
is with
termed
available
changes electron for
havethe bonding, and
covalency
occurred. the and proton.
of the the –number When
element. ofwe tomove
Itvalence- often to
In
Summary: the shapes of molecules
a03_19 single-electron atom like hydrogen, the potential energy isas due entirely
nzenesa bent molecule. 03_29 less, Cl
at 119°, owing to the Cl repulsion It Cl
bythus the lone
takes pair.)
up ais regular triangular planar
e (co-ordinate) C¬Cl complex
important
diatomic
TheBarking nitrogen’s
Cam/Chem Cam/Chem
Dogmolecules,
gases,factors.
AS&A2Artlone AS&A2 such
principal
pair can ethane,
form
overlap of bonded
vibration
contains
kinetic this pairs
and
six
energy
empty (no
rotation
electrons, lone pairs
translation,
orbital, become
arranged shown see in
but page
the
threein
in more 47).
more
Figure 3.12.
Barking dipoles Dog Art are, more or B
less, on 120° the same side of the ring.
nzenes
e (co-ordinate)
ethene
bonds
the
related
shell
1single
important
complex Now
02_07
The
Barking 03_19
Barking
Cl and
two-electron try
Cam/Chem
formed
Summary: the shapes of molecules
orbitals to its
electrostatic
nucleus
Dog
Cl
Cam/Chem this
carbon
Hfactors.
molecules,
Dog
group
itArt iscan
now
Art
aatom dioxide
AS&A2
fixed
number
use
attraction
AS&A2
contains
such quantity
helium,
toCl
B the
put byin
asF the studying
the
between
twoethane,two andPeriodic
electrons
protons,changes their
is vibration
termed
shape,
the
It
bonded Table.
into.
thus
Cl electron
and bonding
havethe
with
takesFor
pairs
has Ascovalency
and occurred.
all
shown
many
and
up
a(no (see
bond a the
charge
rotation section
angles
above,
elements,
regular
lone of
proton.
pairs
of the
triangular
+2.
become 3.15).
–being
Htheelement.
elements
ItWhen
see will equal
number
page
the we
planar
therefore
more It
Fat
in47). isof120°
Groups
move oftento 15/10/14 12:19 PM
Barking
Table Dog Art
3.2 summarises how 120° numbers ofthus bonded and non-bonded electron pairs
nea(co-ordinate)
diatomic gas 1 related
15
bonds
the
important Now
The to 17
two-electron totry
formedin its
Summary: the shapes of molecules
03_19
attract H
Cam/Chem
nucleusthe this
Clthe group third
is now
electrons
factors. F a atom number
fixed and
AS&A2
contains subsequent
quantity
helium,
more, in
F Cl the
two
and reduce two
F andPeriodic
protons,rows
is
changes (see
shape,
termed
It of Figure
Table. the with As
Periodic 3.20).
all
shown
covalency bond
the potential energy of the system, thatoften
and havethe
takes has occurred.
up
a a
charge Table
regular angles
above,of
of (Period
the being
elements
triangular
+2. H 3
element.
It will equal
and planar in
thereforeIt
F at
Groups
higher) is 120° is,can
15/10/14 12:19 PM
Now
Table
determine Barking
Predict
A Now
Barkingtry
3.2 this
theDog Dog
summarises
the shapesArt Art of how
shapes the
of B following
molecules. the numbers molecules. of bonded and non-bonded electron pairs
nhave as though
a diatomic gas
Now
15
1use
related
cPredict
toa 17
attract
make
TheFigure
HBarking try
totry
variable in
it
nucleusthe
this
the
its
H this
the
more
3.21
NDog
group third
number
electrons
shapes now Fstable. and
Bnumber
ofcontains
the
of subsequent
more, electrons
following
in
FCland the
two
B numbers
inrows
F Periodic
reduce
protons,
molecules.
F
C shape,
bonding.(see
The
of
Cl
the Figure
Table.
andthe with
They Periodic
potential
valence has Asall3.20).
a bond
can
shown
shell charge Table
therefore
energy
of the of(Period
angles
above, of+2.
H phosphorus
being
display
elements
the HItsystem,
N electron
3will and
equal
more inhigher)
therefore
atom
at
Fthatthan
Groups
Bpairs
120°
in is, PF5F
can
one
hich lets them determine
Tableuse 1
covalency.
15 HCN
to a 3.2
17variable in the
summarises
Table
the shapes
2 Art
number
third H3.1 CO of
how
shows
and of Fmolecules.
subsequentthe
electrons the 3 C
most H in (ethyne)
bonding.
usual
rows ofof
(see bonded
Figure
covalencies
Cl the They Periodic and
3.20).
can of non-bonded
therefore
some
Table common
(Period display 3 more
elements.
and higher)than one
can
have as though A
2cWhich make
However, it more the F stable.
second 2B electron Cl F 2 in 2 C
theinThe atom willten repel the
attract the electrons more, and reduce thevalence potential energy Hfirst ve(and
of the vice
system, versa). Bthat in Thisis,
cules
enhich as
a diatomic Answer
gas 1 Total
oms following
havelets
bonding can themalso
as though
Now
determine 1Predict
covalency.
use A(Note
H try
Figure
HCN a
number ofthe
variable
that
thisthe3.21
Nshapes
the Table
a
two
of
shapes
2 second
number
triple H3.1
compounds
2
of
NumberCO
bond,
the
of
shows of
ofB3A
following
Fmolecules.
90°
electrons
like the a double
and
C2Number
most Hin 2
FB,
molecules.
(ethyne)
usual
bonding.
bond,
contains
the
of worked
covalencies
Cl can
Shape
They
be
electrons:
shell
example
can
considered of
of the
some
therefore
fiphosphorus
above,
as common
a
fromNwill
Example
display
single
phosphorus,
have atom
elements.
more
group
the
ofthan
PF5F
one
cules as 2
Answer However,
makes
make itthe more the
decrease stable. B in electron
potential F in the
Inenergy C atom
inand ofdescribed
one will each repel in
from the
1ofabove
the first (and
veless
fifiphosphorusflExample
uorine vice
than versa).
it the
atoms would (see This
eoms following
bond. can themalso
Compound
clarger
1 electron
Total Which Figure
H number dipole
ofpairs the NC,moment,
3.21 1,4-dichlorobenzene.
two
of bonding
compounds
Number and F 90° why?
pairs
of B A and lone
Number FB,compound
pairs contains
Thethe worked
valence
Shape C, ten the example
shell C¬Cl
electrons: Hdipoles
the above, ve fromN are
will onhave opposite
phosphorus,
atom B in sides
PF 5F
hich
bonding
cules lets
as of2 1makes
(Note HCN
electrons.)
covalency.
otherwise
However,
the that
benzene theHTable
a thetriple
have 2ring,
decrease
F second
H3.1 CO
2bond,
been.so shows in
their like potential
electron Fa3 double
the
dipoles F120° C2in
most Hoppose (ethyne)
usual
2energy
the bond, page
atom covalencies
each can
described
48).
will be
other Theconsidered
repel in of1the
shape
equally. some above
willasficommon
first
In a(and
be single
less
compounds aH than
regular
vice elements.
group it
A
versa). Fof (see
would
trigonal
and B, This
the
eoms following
bond. 2
1 Answer
Compound
Work
larger
electron
2Total Which out
numberdipole
of pairs the
the C, 1,4-dichlorobenzene.
shapes
moment,
two
ofAS&A2 bonding
compounds
Number90°
2 of andPthe why?following
pairs
of A and loneIn B, compound
molecules
Number of linear
0 pairs
in and
contains
the one and
worked
Shape C,each
ten the
decide fromC¬Cl
electrons:
example the
which dipoles
fi
above, ve
veof fl
them
from uorine
are
will
Example
BeF on are atoms
opposite
phosphorus,
have polar.
the sides
can also electrons.)
03_29 Cam/Chem Habhave Fa double 2
bonding 22 C¬Cl
of a (Note
Work
Compound
This otherwise
the
C2H
makes
larger
electron has
that
dipoles
benzene
out
dipole
6 athe
pairs the triple
are, F 2more
ring,
CH
decrease
shapes
C,moment,
clear 1,4-dichlorobenzene.bond,
been.
Cl
bonding
effect
2 so2ofand or
their
in
Pthe
on
like less,
cthe dipoles
potential
why? CH
following
pairs Fon3OH
120°
Fionisation
the
lone
0 oppose
In energy bond,
same
molecules
compounddbipyramid,
pairspage
and each
SF can
side 48).
described
energies 4one and
linear
be
of
other
C,each The
of
considered
with
thedecide
the ring.
shape
equally.
in
from
the C¬Cl bond
1two will
above
which
the Inasficompounds
angles
dipoles aless
be
of
ve
elements. aHare
single
them
fl
BeF
of
uorine 120°
regular
than on group itAand
areopposite
atoms Fof90°
trigonal
and
would
polar. B,sides
(see the
bond.a
called 3 03_29 Cam/Chem AS&A2 3 0 triangular planar BF 3 2(see Figure 3.20) 25
C¬Cl
of
2 Later a electrons.)
WorkBarking
C
otherwise
the H dipolesDog
benzene
out H
03_20Art
b are,
have CH
ring, Cam/Chem
more
Cl
been.so or
their c AS&A2
less, F
CH
dipoles on OH the oppose same d(see
bipyramid,
page SF side
each Figure
48). of
other The3.21).
with
the ring.
shape
equally. bond angles
will
In be
compounds H of
amolecules 120°
regular and F
trigonal
Apolar. and 90° B, as the
called a 3This
2 The 2dative
in
has 6 this athe bond,
clear shapes
topic F effect 22we
3
once 2ofshall Pthe
on formed, the following 120°
seeFionisation3how is
0 (or
nomolecules
we different
can
energies and
4predict
linearfrom
triangular of decide any
the which
other
shapes
two of
covalent
elements.of BF them
BeF are
bond. such For
25
4 03_29ionisation
The Cam/Chem 03_20 AS&A2 energy
1
Cam/Chem F of an atom
AS&A2 3 ion)
(see isFigure
defi
linear ned 3.21). asplanar the energy required
HF 3 2(see Figure to remove 3.20)
C¬Cl
Later
ethene
This a Barking
The
example, C2dative H in
has dipoles
6 and
Dog
this
a when
Artare,
b
bond,
clear
Barking topic
carbon CH more
gaseous
effect
2 Cl
once
we dioxide
2 or
shall
on formed,less,
c
ammonia
the CH
see
by on OH
how isthe
studying
ionisation
F 3 no andwesame dbipyramid,
different SF
gaseous
can
their side
energies 4 predictof
from
bonding with
the
hydrogen
of thering.
any
the bond
(see other
shapes
two angles
chloride
section covalent
elements.of of 120°
react,
molecules
3.15). bond. the and 90° as 30/09/14 5:52 PM
For
white
such
called a 43 completely
The ionisation a mole 3Dog
energy
1 Artof an atom
of electrons from 0 (or
3 a mole ion) isof gaseous
triangular
defi
linear ned asatoms planar
the energy (or ions). BF3OThat
required
HF (see is,
to the
Figure remove 3.20) 25
4
ethene
Later The Lone
03_12pairs and
Barking
example,
solid
Summary:
ionisation
completely
02_07
The thedipoles
dative
in
Dog
ammonium
andthis
Cam/Chem03_20
when
shapes of molecules
Cam/Chem
ionisation
Art Cam/Chem
carbon
bond,
Barking topic
energy
a mole
2
gaseouschloride
once
we
AS&A2
Dog
is
AS&A2
energy
dioxide
of the
F AS&A2
shall
Art energy
electrons
of
ammonia
formed, is
an
byformed.
see
atom
how
change
from
2
studying
is no and
a
(or
we The
for
mole
(see
ion)
gaseous
their
different
can lone
the of
is
Figure
bent
predict pair
bonding
from
following
gaseous
defi ned
3.21).
hydrogen ofany
the
as atoms
electrons
(see
the
other
shapes
process:
chloride
section
(or
energy
ofon
covalent
ions).
H react,
the
23.15).
molecules
required That
(see Figure
the
nitrogen
bond.is,
to
white
such
the
remove
For3.18)
atom as 30/09/14 5:52 PM
Now
Lone try this 1 3 linear HF2O (see
Summary: thedipoles
pairs and
4
4 solid ammonium 2
3 chloride F
is 2
1 bent
triangular of pyramidal ofH
NH (see Figure
Figure 3.18)
3.18)
ethene of
example,
03_12 ammonia andCam/Chemwhen has gaseous
carbon formed
AS&A2dioxide aammonia byformed.
dative studyingbond and The with
gaseous
their lone the pair
bonding hydrogen
hydrogen electrons
(see
lone section
atom on
chloride
ofH 3.15).
the
the
react, nitrogen
hydrogen
the white atom
Polarity ionisation
02_07
completely
Now
Barking shapes of molecules
ofX(g) Cam/Chem
molecules
try Dog→
energy
Barking aXmole
this Art+ AS&A2 is
Dog
+isofthealso
− Art energy
electrons caused change
from byathe for
mole the
presenceof bentfollowing
gaseous of aatoms process: (or ions).
pair
3
That is, the
electrons on 30/09/1412:19
15/10/14 5:52PM
PM
4
Table
4 of
solidLone
Barkingpairs and
03_12
Summary:
ionisation thedipoles
ammonia 3.2
ammonium
shapes
Dog summarises
Cam/Chem
of molecules energy
Art
has formed(g) 2
3
4 chloride
AS&A2
is isthe
e how
− energy
a is the
dativeformed.
Thischange
2
1
numbers
0 bond The
for
of
with
inthe
lonebondedtriangular
the pair
tetrahedral
following
hydrogen and
of pyramidal
non-bonded
electrons
process:
atom on NH
ofCHthe 2 O
the
3 (see(see
electron Figure
hydrogen
nitrogen
Figure 3.18)
pairs atom
3.18)
Polarity
Double bonds and VSEPR
ofX(g) molecules also caused isby anthe B, presence of a charge lone pair ofso electrons haveon
4 15/10/14 12:19 PM
one side
02_07
Now
Barking
1Barking onCam/Chem
try the
Dog→ this central
Art+ two AS&A2
eatom. A area of negative and itwill forms thethe 49
Which of the 3+ compounds and the worked example above,
03_21 Cam/Chem X (g)formed AS&A2
Table
determine
4 of ammonia 3.2 Dog summarises
the Art
has shapes 4 how
of molecules.
a dative the numbers 1bond
0 of
with bondedtriangular
the
tetrahedral hydrogen and non-bonded
pyramidal atom ofNHthe
CH 3 electron
(see hydrogen
Figure pairs
3.18)
δ− 5end 2 3 linear XeF (see Figure 3.24)15/10/14 12:19 PM
Double bonds and VSEPR
one side on the central atom. This is an area of negative charge and so 4 it
Polarity
determine
Table 1Barking larger
Barking
Which of
03_21of
Barking X(g)
3.2
a dipole.
molecules
dipole
Dog
Dog
of
Cam/Chem

the
summarises
Dog
the X
Art
Art+ moment,
(g)
shapes
Art
In is
two+ compounds
AS&A2 theealso

of
how
ammonia
and caused
molecules. the why? numbers
molecule,
by
A and B, of the presence
in the this
bonded workeddipole of
and
a reinforces
lone
example
non-bonded
pair of the
above, electronelectrons
2
will havethe
forms
dipoles onduethe 49
pairs
δ− 54 When
5end of a molecule
a out dipole. In4
2 contains
the ammonia a double 0
3
2molecule, bond, the linear
this four
tetrahedraldipole electrons reinforces in this
CH
XeFthe bond(see
(see
dipoles count
Figure
Figure due 3.18) as
3.24)
Double bonds and VSEPR
¬
to
onethe N03_21 H bonds, resulting
3AS&A2 in afollowinghighly polar molecule.
T-shaped A similar situation
ClF 4 (see occurs
Figure 3.24)
ecules as 1side
2
Total
determine
Work
larger
Which
Barking
on
number the
dipole
of
Cam/Chem
the
Dog
the
the central
of
shapes
Art
shapes
moment,
two Number atom.
compounds
of
of and the of
molecules.
This why? Ais an area
and
Number B,molecules
inof of the negative
worked
Shape and decide charge
example which andabove, ofso 2it
3them
Example willforms are polar.
have thethe 49
bonding When
one group a molecule of electrons, contains
2bonding as a
far double as the
33lone bond,
VSEPR the
theory
linear four iselectrons
concerned. in this
For
XeF bond example,
(seeoccurs count
Figure the as
3.24)
ecules as δ− the
to
with 5end
5 2water
electron
Total a Nof
Work
larger ¬ 2H
Cnumber aH(see
out
6 bonds,
dipole.
dipole
pairs the bmoment,
Figure
of Inresulting
3
CH
shapes
4 the
Number Cl2of
23.30). ammonia
and the in
of cwhy?
pairs afollowing
CH highly
2
1 OH polar
molecule,
Number molecules
pairs d
ofmolecule.
SFT-shaped
this 4 dipole
‘see-saw’
Shape and decide Areinforces
similar which situation
ClF
SF the
of 2 (see
them dipoles
43(see Figure 3.24)
Example
Figure
are due
polar.3.24)
sbonding Electronic one
carbon
When a CConfiguration
Barking
group aH inmolecule Dog
ofFigure
carbon Art
electrons,
b CH 3dioxide,
contains 1as in far
which
ac adouble as2the isOH VSEPR
doubly
bond, d the theory
bonded fouristo concerned.
electrons each ofinthe For
this oxygenbond example, atoms,
count3.24) the as 30/09/14 5:52 PM Bilal Hameed
ecules as with
to the
5
5carbon 2water
electron
2Total N¬
Work 2H(see
number out bonds,
6pairs the ofshapes resulting
4
5 bonding
2Number
Cl2of
23.30). the ofpairs CH
followinghighly
03lone
1 Number
0 polar
molecules
pairs ofbonded
SF
molecule.
T-shaped
4 and bipyramidal
‘see-saw’
Shape
trigonal
linear decide A similar which situation
ClF
SF
PF of 43them
Example
BeF (see
(see(seeFigureoccurs
Figure
are polar.
Figure 3.24)
3.21)
sisbonding
a linear is
one surrounded
a C group
δ–2H(see
in carbon
of by
electrons,
b CH
dioxide,
just Cl2 two as which
electron
farc CH0 as is
the doubly
groups.
OH pairs VSEPR d SF It is
theory therefore isto each
concerned. of
predicted the For oxygen
5to 2example,
be a atoms,
linear the
er are highly with 52 water
electron 6pairs Figure 42
5 23.30).
bonding pairs 130lone ‘see-saw’
trigonal
linear
4 bipyramidal PF SFBeF 4 (see Figure 3.21) 3.24) 30/09/14 5:52 PM
sis are is3 surrounded
molecule
carbon (see by just
Figure two electron0 groups. Itδ–istriangular
3 3.22). δ–
thereforeplanar
predictedBF 3 2(see
5to
δ– in carbon dioxide, which is doubly bonded to each of the oxygen atoms, be aFigure 3.20)15/10/14
linear
Lone pairs 5and dipoles
a linear 12:19 PM
er highly 30/09/14 5:52 PM
5molecule
2
3 2 3.22).
3
(see Figure 00 δ–
trigonal
triangular δ–
linear bipyramidal
planar PFBF
BeF(see
(seeFigure
Figure3.21)
3.20)15/10/14 12:19 PM 5 32
103

Bilal Hameed Electronic Configuration 1


eame 323 nucleon How many protons, neutrons
HeLi nucleon
Li (mass)
2 519 519
370
(mass) numbers. numbers.
757 300 300
250 11 800
11 800 c 8O
number
his 4 Be b
15
N 900
3– 1 760 14 850 21 000
ber
m
n
his
with with
or
32
434 and electrons?
He
Li
Be
Be
Li
7 2 519 370
900
900
519
75 300
171 760
250
760
300
11 800
14 850
14
11 850
800 21 000
21 000 d 71 31Ga
3+

Cambridge
5
43Isotopes Isotopes
B 18 of
Li c of8aOparticular
Be 799
519
900 International
a particular 2
17 760 420
300 element AS
11 3 660 Level
have
800 the same the
25 Chemistry
000same chemical
32 800
of14 850 21 000chemical
2–
his
ment In a neutral atom 799 the number element have
positively 25charged protons
tn or
esent 545 properties BeB
B 900
799 because 212they 420
760
420 have 1433the660
850
660 same 21
25 000
000
number 32 800
32
of 800104
his
dn or
in order properties because they have the same number of
order 54in the
esent 6 BeB nucleus
C
electrons. d 71 31Ga
1 090
900
799 equals
They
3+
have
the 2
21 420 760number
350
slightly 14 4 of negatively
620
850
3 660
different 21 000 charged
25 6
physical
220 37
32 800800
properties,
47 300
n or 6 C 1 090 2 350 4 620 6 220 37 800 47 300
300
Electronic Configuration WS 2
esent 5 electrons.
6electrons B
C outside They 799 have
1 090 the nucleus. slightly
2 420
350 different
When 3 660
4 620an atom physical 256 220 000 properties,
gains or 32 800
37 loses 47
esent
otons 6 57Figure
such N suchN
B
Cas3.8 as
small small
1 1 400
799
090
Thedifferences shape differences 22
of a in 860
420
350 in
dz density.
2 orbital.density.
434 580
660
620 256 7 480
000
220 32
37 9 450
800 53
47 300
300 64 400
electrons, ions are formed, 860 which are electrically charged.
677 QUESTION N We
CIonisation can11 090 400
400 write
energies 22 350
symbols 860 for 44isotopes.
580
620
580 6We
7 7 480
480write
220 37 9 800
the
9 450
450 53 300
47
53 300 64 400
64 400
ed ons
plusplus 768For
Figure We example:
NO
C can The
3.8 write
1 1 400 310
090
shape symbols of
23 860 350
a dz
390 fororbital.
2
isotopes.
4 5 320
620
580
We 767write 450
220
480
the37 11 9 000
800
450 13
47
53 300
300 The 71
1st
64 300
ionisation
400 84energy
100 of an element is the energy
nown loses as Figure
8nucleon nucleon
O 3.8 number The 1number
310 shape at theatof 3 390 the
a dztop
390
top
2 orbital.
left left
of 5the of the
320 chemicalchemical 7 450
450symbol symbol
11 000
and and13 300 71 300 300 84 100100
n as 7
8 N
O 1 400
310 2
3 860 4
5 580
320 7 480 11 9 450
000 53
13 300 needed 64
71 to
400 remove 84 one electron from each atom in one
ged. Filling
Figure
879the
11the
ONF Write
proton Clthe
3.8
proton The
the
11 310
number 680
400 shells
shape
simpleof
number +at 323the 860
390
aand
electronic
at
370 dz
the
2
bottom orbitals
orbital.
– configuration
ebottom 546 320
040
580
left. left. 78 450 of the 11–000
410
480 Cl
119 000
450 15 300
53
13 200mole71 17
64
of300 900
400
atoms of84 92the 000element
100 106in 000 the gaseous state to form
989Filling
The chlorine
The OFF following
most The the
stable
symbol 11 680
symbol
atom
680
310 shells
atoms,
forelectronicfor133showing
the
370
the
390
370 and
electron
isotope isotope orbitals
the
configuration
of
principal
656boron
040
of boron
320
040
gained with 878quantum
(electronic410 5 protons
with
450
410 5 chloride
protons
shells
11 000
11 000 and15
ion
and
15 200
13 200
300 one mole
17 900
71
17 900
300 of gaseous
92 000
84
92 000
100 1+ ions.
106 000
106 000
1098Filling Ne
O only:
F nucleons the 12 680 080 shells 3 370 950 and orbitals 150
65 040 879 410
290 12 000
11 200 15
13 200 20 900
17 000 23 000
92 117 000
106 131 400
structure)
The 11
17 most protons stableof2is310 an is
atom written:
electronic
390
3is370 theconfiguration
one that 320
150has the (electronic
450
lowest 17 protons amount 300 71 300 84 100

10
10 9 Filling
11
The
nucleons
Ne
NeF
most a stable the 1
2
sulfur; the
080
680
080 shells
written:
electronic 3
atomic number
950
950 and orbitals
configuration 66 040
150
of sulfur, 8
9 9 410
290
290
Z = 16
(electronic
12 000
11
12 200
200 15 200
15 200 20 900
17
20 000
000 23 000
92
23 000 117 000
106
117 000 131 400
131 400
ber 11 of
to find109The17Ne energy.
structure) NaFelectrons The
of 21 080 an
494
680 orderatom in 4 is
3 950 which
560
370 the one the that
6 subshells
940
040
6 150 has the 9
98 290are
lowest
540 filled
41018 electrons amount
13
11 200
12 400
000 16 600
15 200 20
17 000
20 100
900 25
92 000
23 500 28
106 000
117 900 141
131 400 000 158 700
o find mostnucleon stable numberelectronic configuration
11 (electronic Ionisation energies25 are Chapter
measured 3: Electrons
under standard in700 atoms
BB
e ion 10 11structure)
11 of nucleon Na
energy.
Ne b of
magnesium,
The
number an
494
depends on their relative energy. The subshell with the
Na 2 494
080 order atom in 4
3Z4is 560
=
which
560
950 the
12
11 one the that
66 940 has
subshells
940
150 the 9 9 lowest
540
are
540
290 filled amount
13
13
12 400
400
200 16
16
15 600
600
200 20
20 100
100
000 25
23 500
500
000 11728
28 900
900
000 141
141
131 000
000
400 158
158 700
tons Table 10The
11 structure)
of energy.
3.2 Ne
Na proton
cSuccessive
chloride of
The 2their an
number
080
494
ion order atom =ina94is
ionisation is
3singlewhich
950
560 the one
5 energies
that
5the6 filled150
940 has
subshells
for the
the9first lowest
are
290
540 filled
11 elementsamount
12there
13 200 in the
400 conditions.
15 600
16 200Periodic 000
20Table.
100 The general
23 500
25 000 Chapter
symbol 11728 900 000 for 3: Electrons
ionisation131 000
141 400 energy in
158 700is atoms
lowest
dependsproton onfluorine,
number
energy, thehas Z1s,
relative therefore
energy. negative The charge
first,
subshell because
followed
with the by Chapter 3: Electrons in700 atoms
11
Table of
depends
are energy.
3.2
17
Na Successive
protons on The their494 order in18
ionisation
relative
(+)ionisationand
4 which
560 theThe
energies
energy.
electrons
6 subshells
940 for the
subshell 9 arewith
540
first filled
11 13
elements 400
theby inin theΔHin 16
the 600Periodic 20
i. Its units
100
Table. are kJ mol . 25 500 –1 28 900 141 000 158
ftrons
neutrons
utrons
Table
11 those
lowest 3.2
Na
Hydrogen
d
thatSuccessive
energy, are
potassium, 494 successively
the
has 1s,Zis
three 4 =560 19therefore
isotopes.
energies
higher 6 in(–).
filled
940
The
for the first
energy.
first,
atomic 9 As
followed
540
11weelements
structure noted
13 400
and 16 600
Periodic
20
Table.
100 25 500 Chapter 28 900 3: Electrons
141 000 158 in atoms
700
Table depends
Hydrogen
lowest 3.2 Successive onhas
energy, their three
the relative
ionisation
1s, isotopes.
is energy.
thereforeenergies
The The
atomic
filled for subshell
thestructure
first, first with
followed11 elements theby in the Periodic
and The symbol Table. for the 1st ionisation energy is ΔH . Using
Table those
Figure 3.2 that 3.6,carbon,
eSuccessive are
the successively
order Z = 6for
ionisationof the higher
subshells
energies in energy.
in
for terms
the firstAs of we noted
11increasing
elements in i1
there Table lowest
isotopic
those isotopic energy,
symbols symbols thefor 1s,the is therefore the
three three isotopes isotopes
filled number
first,
of of
hydrogen ofhydrogen
electrons
followed are byareinin2theDistance Periodicas
calcium Table.

an ofexample: outer electrons from the 35
QUESTIONenergy
Figure 3.2 that does
3.6,
Successive are
the not successively
orderfollow
ionisationof a the higher
regularsubshells
energies in
pattern energy.
in
for of
terms
the s As
first then
of we
11 p noted
then
increasing
elements d Proton Table.
in the Periodic Symbol Electronic configuration
those shown that in
are Figure
successively 2.8. higher in number
energy. of
As electrons
we noted in 22 Distance
Distance of
of outer
outer Chapter electrons
electrons 3: Electronsfrom
from the
the in atoms 4 35
35
of protons
rotons QUESTION shown
Figure
QUESTION
energy
after argon, in
3.6, Figure
does where the order
not follow 2.8. the of 3p the
a regular subshells
subshell pattern
is in
full. terms
number ofFigure of
s ofthen increasing
3.9
electrons p then
shows d nucleus number
Proton
1st ionisation Symbol
energy: Ca(g) Electronic Ca + configuration
(g) + e –
4
When writing generally about isotopes, chemists alsoalsod 2 Distance
nucleus of outer electrons from the
Proton Symbol Chapter 3:
Electronic Electrons configuration in atoms 35
2Figure
QUESTIONthe2When
energy aorder 3.6,
does
Write the
writing not
equations orderfollow thethat
of
generally athe regularsubshells
about
describe: pattern in
isotopes, terms
of of
schemists
then increasing
p shows
then nucleus
The number
force 1 of attraction between positive andconfiguration
negative
Cambridge
after
Evidence for electronic
argon,
structure
of filling
where International subshells.
3p subshell AS is Level number
full. Figure of electrons
Chemistry 3.9 2 Distance of outer electrons from the 4 35
1
H –1 Chapter 1s3: Electrons in atoms
QUESTION2
energy
2name
after
the
Cambridge
aname
aorder 1s
them
argon,
Write does
Write them
iprincipalthe
of
not
equations
by
where
equations
1st
filling
by follow
omitting omitting
the
ionisation
International the thatthat 3pathe regular the
describe:
subshell
subshells.describe:
energy
1
proton
1theAS
proton
pattern
calcium
Level
number
full. of
ofisnumber Figure sand then3.9
Chemistry
and placing
p shows
placingthen d The nucleus
2
charges
nucleus
ΔH
Proton
number
TheDistance
forcedecreases
force
1
number
i1
of
= 590
of attraction
attraction
of
kJ mol
outer
Symbol
rapidly
H
between
Chapter
between electrons
as the
Chapter
Electronic
positive
distance
3:1 Electrons
positive
1s fromand
2 3: Electrons in atoms
and
between negative
the
negative in them
atoms 4 35
nmber
mom
number QUESTION
atom Cambridge
2after
the
Cambridge
2Ionisation
athe
theaisotopes
argon,
nucleon
order
order
i nucleon
Write
quantum
ii of
iprincipal
Write
number
the
thefilling
of
equations
where
number1st
1st
3rd
equations
of
filling
number
International
energy,
hydrogen
the
ionisation after 1s
that
the subshells.
ionisation
ionisation
4dthecan that1s
3p after
can
subshells.
describe:
subshell
energy
the
energy
energy
∆H
describe:
name.
1 AS
bei called
name.
of
of is full.
calcium
For
Level
ofcalcium
potassium
For Figure
example,
hydrogen-1,
example,
Chemistry 3.9 theshows
Number
the
nhydrogen-2
The
charges
If
nucleus force
increases.
ofcharges
The
a
electrons
2 second
1 decreases
force
of
decreases
of
So, attraction
removed
electron
electrons
attraction
rapidly
rapidly
He
H in as between
is
between
as
removed
shells the
the 1s
Chapter
positive
distance
1s 1
further
distance from
21 3: Electrons
positive
and
and
between
each
away
between negative
ion
fromthem
negative
inthem a
the mole
in atoms
of
isotopes 4fiiiprincipal
quantumofthe hydrogen 1stInternational
ionisation beenergy 4p
called AS of Level
calcium
hydrogen-1,4s Chemistry hydrogen-2 =4 charges
increases. 21 decreases
gaseous So,
1+ electrons
ions, rapidly
Hwe
He in
call asshells
it the
the distance
further
1s 2nd ionisation between
away from them
energy, the ΔHi2.
2 a Write
By firing
and and 4f iii
hydrogen-3.
ii
iii
iii
the
the
hydrogen-3.
high-speed
principal
quantum
number the
the 1st
3rd
3rd
equations
2nd
3rd
2nd
ionisation
ionisation
ionisation
1ionisation
4d
ionisation
ionisation
1s
that
electrons
energy
energy
describe:1
energy
24p at atoms,
energy
energy
energy
of
of
ofof
ofof
potassium
potassium
lithium
calcium3 4sscientists4can
sub-shell
potassium
lithium
Number
n=4 of increases.
nucleus
The
5charges
force
electrons
increases.
nucleus
Again,
toelectrons
the
3
2nucleus.
are
2 decreases
are
ofSo,
6So,
less
less
using
electrons
attraction
removed attracted
electrons rapidly
attracted
calcium
Li
He 7 inas
in
betweentoshells
as
Chapter
the
shells
to an
further
nucleus
positive
1s
1s
theexample:
the
Chapter
2
distance
8nucleus
further
2 2s 3:
3:
1 away
Electrons
than
and
between
away
than
Electrons 9 those
from
those
negative
from
the
them
in atoms
closer
the10atoms
closer
in
n = 4 an ofnucleus
Number are
Elements less in
removed attracted
Groups He in3to tothe nucleus
18 (apart 2s2 from than He)those have outer closer
2 1
Proton 4f iii
iii
iv how
quantum
number the Name 2nd
1st
5th ionisation
ionisation
ionisation
4d (Symbol) energy
energy
energy4p toof of
of lithium
calcium
sulfur.
Electronic charges
■ 3 decreases rapidly
Li as the distance
1s between fromthem
he ∆Hi number
work / kJ mol
out iii
the
–1 the 3rd
2ndmuch
1000 1ionisation
3d energy
ionisation 2has
energy3p of
energy
2260 ofbe 3 4s
supplied
potassium
lithium
3390 3s
sub-shell to4540 4form
n=3
Number of
7010
increases.
5nucleus
to the

electrons 3 are
4nucleus. 6So,
electrons
8500 less
removedelectrons
attracted
a 27 pBe
Li7100
subshell. toshells
the 31
further
8670
nucleus
1s
1s 22 2s2s1 than away
36 9580 those the
10
closer
43 –140
iv 5th ionisation energy of sulfur. to the nucleus.
rical;
he H
ion Proton
■2p by b Helium4f number
iv
ii
The
knocking
iii
the
–1 the
2nd Name
has2nd 5th
3rd two 1 4d
ionisation
ionisation
out
3d (Symbol)
electrons.
one
ionisation energyenergy
2
electron
4p of
Both electrons
energy
3p
of
from
of
sulfur.
potassium
3
Electronic
nitrogen
lithium
4s
configuration
each
sub-shell
3s is can go into
atom. 4 n
n
=
=
4
the
3 5 Patterns in ionisation energies
increases.
1s nucleus

to
■The
the
2nd
3
4
Elements
are
nucleus.
Elements
ionisation
further
6
Elements
electrons
So,less the in
electrons Groups
outer
attracted
in
that
in Groups
a p
energy:
Li
Be7
add
in
subshell.
3
electron
to
3
to
shells
to
electrons
Ca
the
18
18
+
8(apart
(g)
further
shell
nucleus
1s
(apart
to
2
2s
is
the
2
1
from
from
from d than Ca
away 9He)
the
He)
subshells
2+ (g)
those
have
fromnucleus,
have
+
are
outer
e10
the
closer
outer
the
called
∆ / kJ mol 1000 2260 3390 4540 7010
Patterns in ionisation
Table energies
8500 27 100 31 670 36 580 43 140
iv the 5th ionisation energy of sulfur. ■
he Proton
i■number b orbital, The
2860kJmol
The 2nd
as Name ionisation
this 1 –1(Symbol)
can . The hold energy
3rd 2
ionisation
aenergy
maximum of Electronic
nitrogen 3
configuration
energy
sub-shell
of4stwo is of
electrons. 4 So, 5 ■ The The

nucleus
lower 5 further
are6
the
further less the
ionisation
the outer
attracted
outer B 7 electron
energy.
–1 to
electron the 8shell
1s
nucleus
shell 2 2s is
is 2 from
2p
from 1
than 9 the
the those nucleus,
nucleus, 10
closer the
the
/19 bThe
Helium iiienergy
–1 the 2nd
has 2nd
potassiumionisation
change
two 3d ionisation (K)
electrons. that energy accompanies
Both
3p of nitrogen
of[Ar]lithium
electrons 1
3sthisiscan process
go n = is
into
n = X.the
3 For 1s7010 to the

■ ΔH 4example
nucleus. = 1150 in kJ a27pBe mol 2
1s 2s from 2
rical; Table
he
rical; Table
∆Hi Proton
∆Hcalled
2p
2p
3.4
kJ
■number
3b
mol
Helium
the
3.4orbital,
/202s
The
iv
The
nitrogen
the
2860kJmol
ivelectronic
2860kJmol
successive
2nd
has
as
–1 successive
Name 5th 1000 ionisation
ionisation
two
thisis
–1(Symbol)
. The
ionisation
electrons.
4590kJmol
structure
3d–1
can .(Ca)
The (K)3rd
hold
3rd
2260
energyenergy
aof
–12p
ionisation
Both
.
helium
3p
ionisation
maximum
energies
of
Explain nitrogen
3390
ofElectronic
sulfur.
electrons
is why 2
of
2sisan
configuration
energy
1s4stwo
energy
of the can
.2 anelectrons.
3s1 of
element
3rdgo
ofelement
4540
into
n = X.
2
the 1s
3 For7010
So, ■ in the Periodic
Worked
Patterns

to thelower
The
lower 4
5
Elements
electrons
the 8500
in ionisation
nucleus.
6electronsenergies
i2
Elementsthe
further
thed-block 1.in
ionisation
the
ionisation that Groups
elements.
outer
in elements.
a27pC
add
Be
B
subshell.
100
energy.
subshell.
3 to
electrons
energy.
electron Most18
31 670(apart
ofto
shell
1s 2these
2s the
is2 from
2p d 36
1are
He)
580
subshells
the
haveare
transition
nucleus,
outer
43 140
elements.
called
the
rical; Table
19
i■number
2p
■19
kJ mol
borbital,
Helium
The
the nitrogen
The
2860kJmol
2860
ionisation
nitrogen
theionisation
2nd
has
kJ
as
potassium
5th
calcium
mol
this
potassium
1000
is
two
is
ionisation
4590kJmol
ionisation–1electrons.
can
energy . The
4590kJmol
energy.
ionisation
(K)is3rd
hold
2260
energy
–1 energies
energy
–1 2p
. Explain
Both
aofionisation
higher.maximum
. Explain
of nitrogen
3390
[Ar]
[Ar]
electrons
[Ar]
4sof
ofconfiguration
sulfur.
why
energy
of
why
4s
2s1 is
2two the
the can 3rdgo
ofelement
electrons.
3rd
4540 n = the
into 2 1s Worked
So, 3in the Periodic
■The5example
Patterns
■ Removal
lower
Shielding Table energies
8500
in ionisation
Elements
the further
thed-block
ofthe
1.that
a third
ionisation outer
effect
100
Badd electrons
electron
electron
energy.
of
Most
inner
31 shell
670
fromofto
1s
1s 22these
2s
2s the 22 2p
iseach
electrons
2p
fromd361are 580
2subshells
ion transition
the a are
innucleus,
43 elements.
mole
140
called
the
of
QUESTION
202s
21
19
3.4
b
Lithium
the The
orbital,
the The
electronic
ionisation
2860kJmol
nitrogen
electronic
has
successive
2nd
as calcium
scandium
this
potassium
three
is
structure
ionisation–1
energy
4590can .
4590kJmol(Ca)
structureThe
electrons.
ionisation
(Sc)
hold
kJ
(K) is3rdenergy
molhigher.
aof
The
helium
ionisation
maximum
.
energies
–12p of nitrogen
Explain
helium
1s is
[Ar]
is
[Ar]
orbital
1s
of
1s4s
energy
3d
why
4s
of
.
2s2
2two
.
1s 1
1 the
an
is
4s
can
of
2
electrons.
3rd
only n
n
hold
=
=
X.
2
So,
1
a
For ■
in the Periodic Table
Worked
levels.
■The
lower
gaseous
3 Shielding 5
Shielding
example
Patterns
6 Elements
the
In further
6QUESTION
any
thed-block
2+
1.
the
ionisation
ions
that
principal elements.
outer
across
effect C
B
is
add electrons
electron
quantum
energy.
called a
of inner
Most
the
innerperiod of
shell
1s
3rd
to
shell,
2 these
2s the
is2
electrons
from
2p
ionisation
d
the 1are
2 subshells transition
the
energy nucleus,
energy.
are
of called
elements.
the the
Again,
Table 3.4Lithium
maximumThe
ionisation successive ofthree energy
two ionisation
electrons is higher. so energies
the1s[Ar] third 4s2of2 an
electron element must = X.2goFora Worked
in the Periodic Table
3As example 1.effect of electrons
2s 2 2 3
e ■201s hascalcium –1.(Ca) electrons.
The 3rd –12p The orbital
2s can only n hold all
lower 7electrons
thethe d-block
ionisation are elements.N energy.
negatively
C Most 1s
of2these
charged,
1s 2s2 2p
2s 2pthey 2are transition elements.
repel each
■212s the Lithium
into
2860kJmol
nitrogen
electronic
ionisation
the hasscandium
next is
three4590kJmol
structure
energy
highest (Sc)
electrons. ofionisation
issubshell,
higher. . Explain
helium
The the 1s [Ar]energy
is2s.why
1s3d .21the
1s
orbital
So, 4s
the
2of3rd
can only
electronic = 1go a levels.
n hold electrons
3 Patterns
using
Shielding
Figure In in
any
calcium
3.13the subshells
principalacross
effect
shows as an how quantumincreases
a
example:
of period
inner
the first shell, in2 the
2electrons
ionisation the 32 order energy energy, s <of pthe <ΔH d. ,
se QUESTION 20 maximum calcium of two electrons
(Ca) –1 so the third
[Ar] 4s electron must As all

QUESTION
7 electrons
6electrons are negatively
N
C quantum charged,
1s 2s 2p they repel each
QUESTION
4 211scarbon
a Lithium
maximumThe
nitrogen
ionisation has
first scandium is
three
six
oflithium
4590kJmol
energy
two (Sc)
electrons.
ionisation
electrons is
nitrogen higher.
2
.
energies
so1
Explain
The the 1s [Ar]
of
third
why
3d
an 1s
orbital
1 the
4s
oxygen
element
electron
2
can 3rd only are n
must go =
hold 1 a other.
levels.
As
3 Patterns
all
Shielding
The
electrons 8Electrons
In
QUESTION
8 any
maximum
in
a the principal
An across
in
are
effect
subshells
element full
negatively
number
O inner
of
has a
increasesperiod
inner
ofthe shells
charged,
electrons
1s shell,
electronic
22 repel
electrons
in
2s 22
the
2p the
they
that
3 4electrons
energy
order repel
are
configuration s < of
allowedin
eachp the
< outer
d.
i1
hse 34 Three structure of issubshell,
21s 22s 3. order Figure7electrons
changes 3.13
across shows the N how first the
two first1sshell,
periods. ionisation
2s 2p We canenergy, explain ΔH – the ,

e QUESTIONFigure
211s
24 1s
carbon
into
2 2sfactors
maximum
into 1090,
2the
ionisation
3.92p
the
nextchromium
2Diagram
scandium
2350,
next ofsix that
highest
energy
two 4610,
highest
to (Cr)
(Sc) 1s
electrons
nitrogen influence
is
show
6220,
higher.
2s
subshell,
the
2p so
1 the
37800
the[Ar]
the and
2s.
third
2s.
ionisation
in So,
3dwhich
1s
So,
the
15 1s
4s
electron
oxygen
47300kJmolthe
2212s electronic
2 2p4
orbitals
electronicmust are
n .= 1go
–1
As
levels.
other.
in
all
other.Patterns
electrons
3 The
each 3rd
Shielding
shells.
Figure
Electrons
In Full
Electrons
QUESTION
any
ionisation
in3.13
maximum
subshell
87electrons the
inner1s
are
principal
shows
in
across
subshells
2effect
inshells
is:
2s
negatively
full
energy:
full
2number
s
2pO
N = 2
6 3s
how
inner
quantum
ofof
inner athe
3p of
electrons,Ca
2increases
inner
electrons charged,
shells
6period
2+
shells (g)
electrons
3d 10
first1s4s 2p 2s
repel
in
electrons
2prevent
repel
=
4p2 2p
ionisation the
6
they
the
6that
4d
electrons
Ca
order
10 the
electrons
43electrons,
repel
energy3+
are
5s 2 5p(g)
energy, s<
full each
of
+in
5.in
allowed
the
e
ΔH
outer
pnuclear
<outerd. , i1
hsergy Three Three
energies
4
241s a
Electrons factors
The
structure
factors
first
2are of
chromium that
lithium
that
ionisation
(Cr) is influence
1s
influence
2 energies
2s .
3 for[Ar]
of ionisation
an element
ionisation
3d 5 4s 1 are As
other.all
form
changes
shells.
electrons
8 of
Electrons
Full
89electrons
a
in the
inner
the
An
across element
are
graph
in shells
subshells thenegatively
full
Fthe mainly
first has
inner
of twothe
increases by
shells
electrons electronic
charged,
referring
periods.
1s 2 repel
in
2s prevent
2
the
2p they
We configuration
tothe
4electrons
5
order repel
the
can each
sfactors
explain
full<in <outer
nuclear
pnuclear d.that
the
i1
ofadded one by one successive
filled up 2 to shell =ionisation
nhighest 4.tothe 2elements, The maximum 2number of electrons 66that are allowed
4Figure carbon
251s 2 2s 3.9 2pfirst Diagram nitrogen
1s show 2 2s 2 the
2p 1. order in which oxygen
5 1s 222s orbitals
2pare 4
–1 are charge
shells. 8Fullbeinga=inner felt by
shells O outer
of –1 electrons electrons.
1s 2 2s 2 2p
2prevent This 10 the isenergy,
called
full
h s Three Figure 4ainto The
Which
structure
1090,
factors
the
3.12 nextmanganese
2350,group
When six
lithium
that
in
4610,
adding
(Mn)
subshell,
is6220,
21s
influence
2 energies
Periodic
22s 37800
electrons theTable
and[Ar]
of
to2s. 3d
aanSo,
does
47300kJmol
ionisation
4s
element
the
particular this electronic 4 . are
2 2psubshell, d
inAs
other. 10ΔH
Figure
all
=each
changes i3 3.13
electrons.
subshell
Electrons
4940
An
across
1s shows
2are
is:
2s
iionisation kJ
element
Which
in
mol
sfull
the
2p how
negatively
=mainly has
2block
6 3s
first the
electrons,
2 3p
inner twothe
6 3d first
inshells
theelectronic
charged,
10
periods.
4s pionisation
Periodic =2page
4p
repel they
4dWe configuration
electrons,
Table
electrons repel
can
5s 2 5p 5.each
explain
does in ΔH
this
outer i1,
the
energies
5 4s 212s
bitals
ergy energies 4filled 24
Figure carbon
1s
filling
Electrons
2 2s
25 aelectronsup The
1090,
structure
3.9
element
2 2p2Diagram
each
to first are
shellchromium
subshell
2350,
manganese
of added
sixn =4610,
lithium
belong
to
4. the
ionisation (Cr)
in
to?
show
nitrogen
1s
one 6220,
(Mn)
is 2s
order
1sby the
2pone
2 energies
Explain2s37
37800
3 order
1of.800 increasing
for
your and
[Ar]
of
[Ar]in 3d
an which
successive
3delement
47 5
300oxygen
1s
47300kJmol
decision. 4s energy.
2 orbitals
kJ2elements,
mol areThe
–1 . charge
charge
in influence
form
shells.
The
each
shielding. 9 Full
88being of
being
maximum
aThe
subshellthe
inner felt
An
felt
1s graph shells
bynumber
element
2sby
is:
greater
2 2
s2pF
Othe
the
= 6
2
the
3senergies
ofouter
has
outer electrons
of
electrons,
2 3p the by
shielding
6 3d (see
referring
electrons.
electrons
1s 2
electronic
electrons.
10 4s 2s
2p2s
2 prevent
=
of
4p 2p
66 This
that4
5
This
outer
4d to35). the
the
is 5p
are
configuration
electrons,
10 5sis
electrons
2 factors
full
called
allowed
called
5 nuclear
.inthis bythat
hergy Three the 241s up factors
Which group
are
chromium nthat
only in paired
(Cr) influence
Periodic when Table
no ionisation
does
more
[Ar] 3d 5 emptythis
1
4s22sorbitals orbitals d other.
= changes
1010
form Electrons
electrons. across
of inner
the i graphin
element
Which the
full
Ne first
inner
mainly
blockbelongtwoin bytheperiods.
shells
to?
1s
referring
Periodicrepel 2 2p We 6electrons
to
Table can
the explain
factors
does outer the
that
me
bitals 1 The
energies 25 size
Figure
Electrons
filled
filling
electronic
2 2s 1090, 3.12
3.9
2 2p are
to
each
2
of
shell When
Diagram
subshell
2350,
manganesethe
added
configurations =4610, nuclear
adding
4.toone
in
1s show 2
order
6220,
(Mn) 2s
by 2
electrons
the
2pone
of37800 charge
3
of
the
order
for to
increasing
and
first [Ar] a
in
18
particular
which
successive 5 1s
47300kJmol
3d 4sthis
elements
2
energy. elements, 4
2psubshell,
–1. are
areThe shown in shells.
■ We
The
shielding.
dcharge
=each
9Full
influence can
first
being continue
ionisation
principal
The
subshell felt
i1s greater shells
by
is:
2 2s
sFthe
2 2p quantum
6 theof
=tomainly
remove
3souter
2block electrons
energies 6 level,electrons
1s(see
electrons.
shielding
electrons,
2 3p 3d 10 4s
2
np2s2prevent
=of
4p
2
=2page2p
1, can 5
This
6outer
6outer
4d from35).
electrons,
10 the
is2an
hold
electrons
5s full
called
5p . nuclear
a5atom
maximum byuntil
ergy Three
1
energies The
Figure
are
the Electrons
filled factors
Which
element
size
belectronsDraw
available.
up 3.12
to of
are
shell
group
acopper
Whenare belong
the
sketch
added
n that
only
=
in
4.
the
to?
nuclear
graph
adding one
paired influence
Periodic
Explain
to show
electrons
by one
when charge
Table
your
forthe
no to ionisation
adoes
decision.
log 10values
particular
successive
more empty 1 elements,of
subshell,
orbitals the
shells.
charge
10
inner
shielding.
form
10
influence
9 electrons.
Full of
being
electron
The
the
inner greater
graph
ionisation
ii
felt
Which
shells
element
Which
by
shells,
Ne
Fthe
theof
group
outer
the in
electrons
belong
energies lower
shieldingby
doesthe referring
to?
1s(see
electrons.it 2 2s the
Periodic of
prevent
belong 2p
page attractive
65 to
This
Table
35).
to? electrons
the
the
is fullforces
factors
does
called
this
nuclearby that
The 1 As The size of the nuclear charge
29 (Cu) [Ar] 3d 4s of 2 electrons in an s subshell. n
bitals =only
The the
first nucleus
principal is left.
quantum We He call
level, 2this
= 1, sequence
can hold aof ionisation
maximum
5 2
me the filling
25QUESTION
in
Figure atomic
Table
electronic Which
elementeach
3.12 3.5. subshell
manganese
numbergroup
configurations
When belong in
adding in
(number
the
to? order
(Mn) Periodic
Explain
of
electrons of
theof increasing
protons)
Table
your
first to does10
decision.
18
a
4sthis
increases,
elements
particular energy. are The
theshown dshielding.
subshell,

the inner
1011electrons. The
electron
i greater
Which 2500
shells,
Na the
block shielding
the in lower
the 2
1sPeriodic the
2s of2 2p
2 2pouter
attractive
6
6 3s Table1 electrons doesforces this by
energies
1 the b the
electrons
Draw first a arefour
sketch only successive
paired
graph to ionisation
when
show no
the more
logenergies empty
values of a
orbitals
of between
the inner
10
influence

2 electrons the nucleus
electron ionisation elementshells,
Ne and belong
the
energies outer
lower to?
1s(see electrons.
the
2s page attractive 35). forces
bitals As The are
the filling
29 size
available.
atomic eachof subshell
number
copper the nuclear
(Cu) into?order
(number ofcharge
of increasing
protons) [Ar] 3d increases,
10 4s energy. The
the charge
The
of being
first iifelt
principal inbyan
Which the
quantum
s the outer
subshell.
group electrons.
level,
does it2nenergies.
=of
belong 1,outer
2n2p
This
=can to? isNe
hold called
a maximum
–1 –1

me electronic configurations ofwhen the first


10
18energies
elements
12
shown ■■ The
shielding.
energies, second The iii principal
successive Identify
greater quantum
ionisation
this He
element.
shielding level, 62, can
1 electrons hold a by
aare
element belong
hThe As positive the atomic
Anuclear
30QUESTION number
azinc charge (Zn) (number thisExplain
increases. of Theyour
protons) decision.
bigger
[Ar] 3d10 increases,
the 4s 1 positive
the the
betweeninner
11 electron
the nucleus shells,
2500Na and the lower
outer 1s the
electrons.
2s attractive3s aforces
mol

the in electrons
question
bavailable.
Table Draw 3.5. 2are
sketch only
about paired
graph type
to show of no
detailed
the more
log empty
notation
1010values ofof orbitals
will between 10first the nucleus element Ne and belong
the outer to? 2nelectrons.
me 1
As
positiveTheare
the 29
electronic size
atomic
Group
the
nuclear
first of copper the
element.
four
configurations
number charge nuclear
successive
(Cu)
(number
increases. of the
ofcharge
ionisation
first
protons)
The [Ar] 18
bigger 3d elements 4s
increases,
the positive are the shown ■ The
shielding.
of
The 2
12
maximum electronsThe
ionisation ii
principal
of 8 Which
greater
in an
energy 2500
electrons:
2000 quantum
Mg s group
the
subshell.
is lower
2 He level,
does
shielding
electronsas1s it the 2s =
belong
of 21,
n 2p
number
in can
outer
the 6 3s to?s2hold
electrons
ofNe
subshell full maximum
11by
and
/–1kJ–1

2 2 6 1
The 1
charge,
positive in QUESTION
Electronic
The 30 5
31Table Athesize
bavailable. a
Draw
nuclear Name
3.5.
greater of zinc
acopper the
sketch
2charge the
configuration
(Zn) three
nuclear
thesuccessive
attractive
graph
increases. types
to show of
charge
force
The orbital
the of
[Ar]
between
log
bigger present
ions
3d 1010values
10
10the 4s
4sthe
2 in
of1of
positive the
nucleus third the
■ The
inner
11 Thesecondelectron
b successive
iii principal
Which shells,
Identify Na
block quantum
ionisation the
this
in the lower
element. level,
energies
1s
Periodic the
2s 2p =
Table 2,
attractivefor
3s can the
does hold forces
first
the a
mol

h are the first four ionisation energies athe ■


between the nucleus and the outer electrons.
kJmol

bitals As the often


29 atomicquestion
be
Group stated gallium
number about
like
element. (Cu)this:
(Ga) this‘Use
(number type of 1s of detailed
2 notation
protons) [Ar] 3d notation
to
increases,
12give
4p will
the of
The
The 2 electrons
ionisation
second ii
iii Which
in an
energy
principal
Identify2500 s group
subshell.
is
quantum
thislowerHe does
element. as it
level, the belong nnumber
= 2, to?
can F of Ne full
hold a
The positive
charge, 30QUESTION
in 5Table nuclear
the 3.5.
greater 2charge
zinc thesuccessive
(Zn) increases.
attractive The
force bigger
between
[Ar] 3d 10
10the
4sthe2
positive nucleus ■ themaximum

betweeninner
electron
6Theelectrons
11
12 ionisation electron
the shells
of inthe
nucleus 8theenergy shells,
between
electrons:pNa
Mg subshell.
isin the
the
lower
2the lower
outer
electronsas1sthe 2 the
electrons
2s 2 2p attractive
number
in the 6 1
2
3ss2does and
of1 Table
subshell fullforces
the and
Aland the outer electrons.
5Athe a greater principal
Name the quantum
three types shell. of orbital present in1nucleus
athewill third elements inelement 2000
Periodicwith the electronic
Table are configuration
shown in 3.2.
kJ//mol

ehthe charge, the


question first four
about thisenergy type ionisation
of detailed energies notation of ■ b Which block Periodic Table the
and Electronic
the
31 Group
electrons. gallium configuration
element.
So,the more
attractive
(Ga) force2is of
needed
between
[Ar] ions
3d 10to 4sthe2overcome
4p 13second 1sthe 22 2s2s 22n 2p N662,3s 3scan 2F3p Ne
/ kJenergy

bitals As the electronic


often
Positive atomicbe stated
ions configuration
number are like formed this:
(number …’
‘Use
when of1s notation
protons)
electrons to
increases,
are 2give
removed thethe from
–1

electron
The shells
iii principalbetween quantum the outer5level, electrons =the and holdthe a and
kJ

positive 30 5 nuclear
a zinc charge (Zn) increases. The bigger
[Ar] 3d the 4s positive ■
between
The 12
maximum
nucleus
electron ionisation
the
third of
increases.
nucleus
principal
shells Identify
28theenergy
electrons:
22000
1500
between Mg and
quantum isthislower
2the2
the element.
electrons
outer
6level,
outeras1s n 1electrons.
= 3,
electrons in2p
number
can s
hold of
subshell
and a full
maximum
the
/mol

Name the three types of orbital present in the third 6 electrons b in


Which p
block subshell. in the Periodic Table does the
h Electronic configuration of ions
■ 6 3s
bitals charge,
and
and
these the
often
31
the A the question
electrons.
Group
be b
electrons.
attractive greater
principal
State
stated 2
gallium
forces about
So,
thethe
element.
like
So, more
quantum
maximum
more
ifthis:
(Ga) this
attractive
an Na type
energy
‘Use
energy
electron shell.
number
1s of
force2is
is detailed
between
needed
notation
needed
is biggerof
[Ar] electrons
3d
tonumber 10
bepresent notation
to
to
to
removed. 4s the
2overcome
give
4p
overcome 1 nucleus
that thewill ■
The data 1s
element 2s
in 2p
Table with 3.2 3p
the 3d
shows 4s
electronic us belongthat:configuration to?F
energy

12 Mg 2 2 6 2 1
bitals
e the charge, from ■■ 6maximum The13
nucleus increases.
ionisation of in8the energy Al is thelower as1s the 2s2in 2p
number N6 3s6Os2electrons3pof full
energy

positive electronic
Positive
atoms. 5 the nuclear
aThe ions
Name configuration
sodium arethe
charge formed increases.
ion,
three …’+shell.
when
types (proton
ofelectrons
The
2orbital are
10the removed
positive
22 = in11), thehas electron
electrons shells electrons:
2000
2between pquantum
subshell. 2the
the inelectrons
outer electrons the subshell
and the and
bitals Electronic
35attractive b greater principal bromine configuration
the quantum
ifattractive
(Br) force of
between
[Ar] ions
3d 4s the4p the2third
15nucleus of
The 18third
nucleus
14 bincreases.
electrons: Which
element
principal block
2electrons
1500 6 3s2in
Siwith Periodic
the snsubshell,
electronic
6level, 51s 2212s
=2s 3, Table
configuration
can
2p 3s 2Fdoes
hold 3pof12afull the in
maximum the
Subshells and atomic orbitals
10 1s2 2s
eo the and
these often
the
31
electronic be
electrons. stated
can
State beSo,
forces
gallium
configuration like
the found morethis:
(Ga)
maximum an ‘Use
energy
in electron
each
…’ 1s isis
subshell
number notation
is needed
toofofbe the
electrons to
to
removed. thirdgive
overcome that The13 ionisation energy 2pAl is H
3p
lower 3d as1s4s the belong
2 2p
number N6 3s to? 3p
energy

Positive ions are formed when electrons are removed from


ionisation

bitalsthe andthese
charge,
■ atoms. 10
Inthe attractive
the
electrons.
general, Thegreater
principal forces
sodium
ionisation So, the
its if
quantum
ion,an
attractive
electronic
energy electron
Na + shell. force
configuration
(proton
increases to be
between
number
as the removed.
proton the
is= 1s nucleus
11), 2 2s has 2p 6 .
■ 6
■ of p
■electron
The electrons
nucleus For
subshell
18 third shells
electrons:
in
increases.
each
principal
element
and
1s 2 the
element,
10
2s2
between
2 p
1500
1000
2p
electrons
subshell.
quantum
with
electrons6 3sthe2 the
the
3p in
in6 outer
successive
level, Be
electronic
3dthe
the 5
s d
4sn electrons
= 3,
subshell.
1
subshell, belong C
ionisation
can
configurationhold
6 to? and
electrons a the
energies
maximum in the
e the these 35 electrons.
b ions State
quantum bromine beSo,
the more
maximum
(Br)
shell. energy number isisneeded ofof
[Ar] 3d 10to
electrons
10 4s overcome
22 4p that
5 13
14 Al 6 2 Hthe6 outer
Si 1s212s 2 2 6
2pN6 3s2 3p O 2 1
2
energy

Subshells and atomic orbitals


electronic
attractive can configuration
forces found if an …’+increases
in electron
each subshell to be theremoved. third 6
bitals Positive
36general, are
krypton formed (Kr) when electrons [Ar] 3d are 4s removed
4p11), 2 from electron shells between =electrons and the 3
ionisation

■ atoms. QUESTION bThe sodium ion, Na (proton number = 5 2 has nucleus increases.
ionisation

o the ■ and In
10 the
number
Note 35 electrons.
that
electrons. ionisation
increases.
this So,
bromine isSo, the
its more energy
same
electronic
(Br) energy
as the iselectronic
needed
configuration as
[Ar] the
3d 10to proton
4s 2overcome
configuration
is4p1s 2s 2p 6
. ■ of The
p 18increase.
15
14
subshell third
electrons: 1s2This
principal
and 2s
10
1500
is
1000P because
quantum
2 2electrons
2pSi
electrons 3s H 3pin the
inlevel,
the
3d
the
51sBe
s4s
1s nsubshell,
dcharge
2 2s 2s 3,
subshell. 22 2p
belong 2pC on
can 3s
6 3s the
hold
6Oto? 3p
3p 23a
2electrons ion gets
maximum in the
bitals these
Subshells and atomic orbitals
In general,
attractive can ionisation
State
quantum forcesbe the found if energy
maximum
shell.an in each increases
electron
+ number
subshell is to as
of bethe
electrons
of the proton
removed. third that
You will
nucleus also notice
increases. from Figure 3.6 B that the order ofin theis
ionisation

o the Quantum atoms.


In 36
number
10 35 QUESTION
electrons.
general, The
increases. subshells
sodium
krypton
ionisation So,
bromine its ion,
(Kr)
electronic
energy
(Br) Na (proton
increases configuration [Ar]
as
[Ar]number
3d
the
3d
10
10 4s
proton
4s
2
2is=
4p
4p 1s 11),
6
5 2 2s has
2 2p 6 . pFilling
of
18 greater
subshell
14
15 electrons: the
and as each
102 orbitals
electrons
1000 electron
electrons
Si
500
P in
in is
the
the Be
removed.
s
1sd subshell,
2 subshell.
2s 2 2pC 6 As
3s 6O 2each
electrons
3p 2
3 electron 3
these
Subshells and atomic orbitals
of36attractive
number
Note neon,
6 that
increases.
the
can
this forces
element
be found
is theshell. if an electron
with
same in each10 the
as electrons
subshell is to
electronic be
ofinremoved.
the each third atom.
configuration H

quantum 10 2 6
ionisation

1skrypton (Kr) [Ar] 3d 4sofis4p Benergy


First

16removed Sfrom Be
1s
Liattractive 2 2s 22 2p
2pC 66the 3s2does2 3p34 Na 3
o the Quantum
■ 10 Table
In
number QUESTION 3.6
electrons.
general, Use Electronic
subshells
ionisation
increases.
2 notation
So, itsshell. electronic
energy to give
configurations the
increases electronic
configurationfor assomethe configurations
10 proton
the 2 2 2p6.
6 2ssplit
1sare thepsubshells
You will
15
subshell alsoand in
notice terms
there
10 1000 P isof
electrons increasing
Figure
a greater in the 1s3.6
d2subshell.
2s that 3s
force order
3p between notof the
The Note
of principal
36 neon,
QUESTION
that
Negative the thisquantum
quantum ions
element
krypton is the are same
(Kr)shells,
formed
with as
10 apartthe
when
electrons electronic
from atoms
[Ar] the
in
3d gain
each configuration
first,
4s 2 4p
electrons.
atom. You Filling
A useful
will also the
way notice of orbitals
500
representing
from Figure electronic
3.6 Bthat the configurations
order of remaining is a 3
First

Quantum subshells
First

In
elements general, of the
19 ionisation
atoms
to2 36, with
where energy the [Ar] increases
following
is the as
atomic
electronic the proton
numbers:
structure of the subshells
15
16 in terms P
S of increasing 1s 2 2s 2
energy 2p 6 3s 2
does3p 34
not

intoTable
The
Table
number
Note
of
The
6
neon,
subshells
principal
3.6
that
Negative
sulfide
Use 1s
Electronic
increases.
the this (sublevels).
quantum
ion,
notation
element
ions
is6 the
S 2–are shells,
formed
(proton
to
configurations
same
with Each
giveas
10 the
the
electrons
principal
apartwhen
number
electronic
for
electronic
from atoms
=
some
in
quantum
the
16),
configurations
each of
first,
gain has
the
configuration
atom. shell
are
electrons.
18 split
electrons.
follow
You Filling
A 17
will
useful
a regular
positively
also the
way notice
charged
of orbitals
pattern 500
Cl
from 0
representing
of
protonss
Figure
then Li in
1s p
3.6
the
22 2s
electronic
then
2sBthat nucleus
22 2p
2p d
66the
3s after
22 3p
3p
and
order
the
45 Naof
configurations
Na
the
3.11). is a is
try Quantum subshells diagram that places 5000of0electrons in5energy boxes (Figure
FirstFirst

66 3.6 Use Electronic 2


2pnotation to
configurations give isthe theelectronicfor someconfigurationsof the the 16
subshells inThe terms S increasing Li 1s 3s does 10not
Filling the orbitals
number 2 2 2 6
argon
elements 1s aincreases.
of 2s
the
19 161s atoms
to 36, 3swhere 3p
with . the [Ar] following atomic
electronic numbers:
structure of element
follow negatively
argon.
a regular charged
pattern order electrons.
of ofs then
subshells p2Therefore
then 2 after 6d3s
more
argon
after
2 3p54 the
energy
appears
n
try The
The
contains
into of
Table
Its
The
elements
argon Electronic configurations
neon,
principal
Negative
subshells
6
principal
a
3.6
electronic
sulfide
1s Use
of the
2
ab2 2s
the
different
19ion,
16
quantum
2
9quantum
element
2ions
(sublevels).
1s
Electronic atoms
to
2p notation
36,
6 2–
configurationare
number
S where
3s 2
with
shells,
formed
(proton
with
3p 6
shells,
Each
to
configurations
. the of
give10 apartelectrons
when
subshells.
principal
the
number
[Ar]following
is the
apart
2
1s from
from atoms
electronic
2sfor2 in
the
The
quantum
some
=2p16),
atomic
electronic 6
the
each
first,
gain
subshells
configurations
3sfirst, 2
hasof3p 18
numbers:
atom.
the
6
structure
are
electrons.
shell
,arewhich
split
splitis
electrons.
of follow A
the diagram useful
16
17
subshells
18
to overlap.
element aEach
neededregular
argon.
way
that
box
The next
The
of
intorepresents
terms
places
pattern
overcome
representing
S
Cl
Ar 0of0electrons
element
order
increasing
of of s then
these
an
Li
Atomic
atomic
after
subshells
electronic
1s in
p
attractive
1s
2s
22 2s
argon
energy
boxes
then
number
5orbital.
2s
2p
2p66d
22after 3s
is3s
configurations
does
(Figure
after
(Z
forces. ) 5610
22 3p
3p
potassium.
argon theNa
not 3.11). is a
appears
Electronic configurations
Negative ions are formed when atoms gain electrons. A useful way of representing electronic configurations 3.11). is a
■ 17 Cl 1s 2p
try – into into
contains
are argon The subshells
distinguished sulfide
a ofdifferent
the (sublevels).
ion, atoms S 2–
number
by3sthe (proton
with Each
the of principal
number
subshells.
following = quantum
16),
The
atomic has
subshells
numbers: 18 shellelectrons. diagram that places electrons in boxes (Figure 37
nnge elements 19 to 36, theletters
where [Ar] s, 1s
is pwith
the or2sd.2p
electronicThere are ,also
structure f is
of follow aThe regular pattern 0 0ofcan s then p2 2s then 6din after the
1s 2s 2 2p 6 2 3p 6 . element 2 2 6 2 6
the
Its same
electronic a as16 argon,configuration is 18 electrons
3s 3p in each
which element argon. The order of subshells 5number after argon 5610 appears
Electronic configurations There is a big difference Atomic
between (Z )
2some successive
2order
subshells b 9 (sublevels). 2– (proton Each principal
number 2 2s2= quantum
16), 2has shell to overlap.
17
18
Potassium’s
■ Each The
boxes
box
outer next (orbitals)
represents
electron element
Cl
Ar an is inafter
be
atomic 1s
the argon
arranged orbital.
54s,
2p is
not (Figure3s potassium.
in 3pthe of
3d, increasing
The sulfide 202ion, are18 electrons.
6 Snumber diagram thatThe Aplaces
nnge
try contains Representing a1s cdifferent 6. of subshells.
electronic The6 3ssubshells
configurations Figure 3.13 graph 0electrons
of the first inionisationboxes 2energies 3.11).of the 37
2 2s 2 3p 6, which ■
middle40– aresubshells Its
argon
the electronic
distinguished same for a elements
as16 2p configuration
by3s the with letters more is 1s
s, than
pwithor 5718
d. 2p electrons.
There 3p also Figure f is element argon. order of Atomic
subshells number
2 after (Z )first
argon 610 18 appears
QUESTION 9 argon, the element electrons in each
atom.
Electronic configurations Table
18ionisation 3.5 Electronic Ar configurations 1sargon2 2s for6isin
2p the
3s 3p elements in 37
bdifferent to overlap.
■ Each
energy
The box
The
boxes from represents
nextenergies. element
bottom
(orbitals) an
For
to
can atomic
after
nitrogen
top.
be arranged orbital.
this potassium.
occursorder between
of increasing
nnge contains
are
– subshells Its a
electronic
distinguished number
configuration
by the letters of subshells.
is
s, 1s
p 2 2s2 2p
or d. The6 3ssubshells
There 2 3p6, which is
are also f subshell.
Potassium’s
■elements The outerfirst
hydrogen element
electron to with
is
sodium in an
the
plotted electron
4s, notagainst in in thethe atomic 3d
3d, number.
middle 3.6 Representing
the
shows
A
■ detailed
atom. same
QUESTION for
Elements
Note
c
btheas 20
elements
920 way argon,
subshells inin of writing
Groups electronic
the
withfor3element the
to more the
18 first thanwith
four
electronic
(apart configurations
5718
from electrons
electrons.
principal
configuration
He) have quantum in each
Figure
outer of Figure
to overlap.18the
the
Table Each 3.13
Periodic
3.5 box
The
5th and
A graph
represents
next
Table.
Electronic 6th Ar
element of
ionisation
the
an
configurations
first
Atomic
atomic
afterenergies.
ionisation
1sargon2 2s number
2
orbital. 2p
for For
6
isin
the
(Z
2 energies
)
3spotassium.
3p
sodium
first
6
18the
of the
first
elements in 37
c that, bygeneral, electrons in the outer subshell ■
40– are Potassium’s The
energy
An outer
boxes
electron from electron
A(orbitals)
is bottom
represented can
toistop. in
be the
byarranged an 4s, not
arrow. in
order the 3d,
of increasing
nge
middle subshells
40 3.6 A
ing Representing
distinguished
the
atom.
shows
an
same
QUESTION
7
atom for
electrons
detailed
Elements Use
the as
elements
that 1s argon,
subshells
way in
2 notation
includes
a of p
Groups
the electronic
the
withfor
subshell.
writing
letters
3toelement
themore
give
information
to the
18
s,the
first
pwith
than or
four
electronic
(apart
configurations
d.
57
electronic18There
electrons
electrons.
principal
about
from the
configuration
He)
are also
configurations
have quantum
number
in
Figure
outer
f
each
of
of
■Figure
subshell
subshell.

elements
Table

Potassium’s
the The
big
is
The3.13
3.5
Periodic
energy
element
boxes first
hydrogen
difference
outer Electronic
from
graph
(orbitals)
Table.
21,
element
electron occurs
bottom
to of the
scandium.
canwith
sodium
configurations
between
tois
first
be
in
top.
an ionisation
plotted
arranged
the
electron
the
4s, for
1st
not
against the
in and
energies
in
order
in
the
first
2nd
the
atomic
18
of 3d
3d,
ofnumber.
elements
increasing
ionisation
the
in
41
Representing electronic configurations

middle subshells areQUESTION
■ removed
Note for c that,20
elements when
in general, metal
with ions than
electrons
more formin their
57 the positive
outer subshell
electrons. ions.
Figure subshell
■Figure
subshell.
elements
1
When AnThe is
There The3.13
electron
elementfirst
direction
hydrogen
high-speed
is a A graph
element
is
general of
21, the
to
representedof the
sodium
scandium.
electrons
increase first
with represents
arrow an
by ionisation
plotted
hit in anelectron
gas ΔH arrow. against
particles the
across energies
infirst
the
‘spin’ atomic
at
a 3d
low of
ofelements
period. the the
number. This 41
40 3.6 atom.
shows
A
an The detailed
7 electronic
Elements
Note
atom the
for
Use the
that,
that subshells
way
1s 2
in following
in ofpgeneral,
notation writing
aconfigurations
Groups
includes for to the
elements:
3information the
give
toelectrons
18 firstthe
(apart four
electronic
of theelectronic
somefrom
in principal
d the
about of configuration
He) configurations
the
outer
the have quantum
elements
number outer
subshell ofof
Table
the energy
energies.3.5
Periodic Electronic
from Table.
These bottom large configurations
to top.by
changes indicate for i1 that the for 18 the its second in
ing electrons

However,
are
■ Elements
electrons
removed in the inthat
each
2whend-block addsubshell
metal electrons
subshell. elements is shown
ions to
formbehave below
theirsubshells
slightly for
positive are
hydrogen. called
differently.
ions. subshell.
subshell
■elements An
The isThe
electron
subshell.
electron. elementfirst
hydrogen
direction So
(We element
is represented
scandium
21,
imagine
of to
scandium.
the with
sodium
arrowan has anplotted
electron the
represents anelectron arrow. against
electronic
rotating the in‘spin’
the atomic
around 3d
configuration
of the number.
own 41
ing 3.6 shows
A
an detailed
after
The 7Elements
Note
atom
electrons
argon
electronicthe
Use
for the
that,
that
ad-block subshells
way
1s
vanadium in
are in of
notation
Groups
following
inincludes writing
pgeneral,
aconfigurations
shown for
subshell.
(Zelectrons3toin the
to
elements:
23) the
give
18 first
electrons
=informationTable the
(apart four
electronic
electronic
3.6.
ofbehavesomefrom
in
about
In principal
the configuration
He)
this
of configurations
outer
the have
table quantum
number
elements outer
subshell
part of of pressure,
ofthe subshell
■1
When
the of
Anapplies
There coloured
high-speed
Periodic
these
electronis toa
two Period
general
Table. lines
ionisation are
1
electrons
increase seen
(hydrogen
energies hit through
in gas
anthe ΔHand particles
i1electron
an
helium),
across instrument
ata
beingPeriod
low
period. removed 2This
2is represented by arrow.
■ the elements. Most offormthese
are
electrons removed
Elements in 2when
that add metal ions to the dare
their transition
subshellspositive are elements.
ions.
called is element a21, scandium. 41
1seach subshell is shown below for hydrogen. The direction of the arrow represents theoccupy ‘spin’ ofthe the

ing However,

Reading
an The 7electrons
7atom electronicUse
for the
across
the
that in d-block
the
notation
following
aconfigurations
includes padd Periodic
subshell. elements
to give
elements:
information Table
the of from
electronic
some about slightly
of potassium
configurations
the
4d
differently.
elements
number to zinc,
of 1 ais
When

pressure,
called
axis
[Ar]
subshell.
There
electron.
applies 3d
colouredisa1to
either
high-speed
spectroscope.
(lithium
from
a4s
(We
to
in
So .neon)
general
Period
principal
This
lines
clockwise
scandium
imagine The 1is
electrons
are
and
quantum
because
increase
anseen
(hydrogen
letters
or
has
also hitanticlockwise
electron the
in
through
s,to
shell
electrons
gas
p ΔHand electronic
and
other particles
rotating
closer
across
an
i1 helium),
d
direction.)
at
around
instrument
come
periods.
to the
configuration
low
anucleus.
period.
Period
fromAs its
you own2This
go
are after
electrons
electronic
However,
■ removed
the argon
Elements ab in
d-block vanadium
thecopper are when
that
each
configuration shown
elements.
d-block (Z metal
subshell
=(Z electrons
29) = in 23)
elements ions
Table
of
Most is shown
eachof form
to 3.6.the
these
behave their
In
d
below
element this
subshells
are positive
slightly for
is table
transition are
hydrogen.
represented
5s partions.
differently.calledof
elements. the ■1
When Thesubshell.
electron.
There
[Ar]
When direction
high-speed
3d is
there 1 a So
(We
4s general
2 .
are of
scandium
imagine
This the
electrons
two arrowan
increase
is because
electrons hasrepresents
electron
hit the
in gas ΔH
electrons
in an electronic
rotating
particles
orbital, the
across ‘spin’
around
occupy at
the of the
configuration
a low
period.the
‘spins’ its own
of This
the
the
Reading
The 4s subshell
electronicfor across
the fills
the
following
configurations before
Periodic elements: the Table3d
of subshell.
somefrom of potassium
the But 4d
when
elements to atoms
zinc, pressure,
the For

terms orbitals
axis
applies either
coloured
used to with
to
in
Period a
lines the
clockwise 1lowest
are seen
(hydrogen or energy
anticlockwise
through and – i1 the an
helium), 3d subshell
direction.)
instrument Period is 2 just
electrons
after
However,
■ Elements
the
byQUESTION
[Ar].
electronic argon ad-blockin vanadium
the
This arethat
each add
shown
elements.
d-block
‘noble
configuration subshell
(Z electrons
gas =in 23)
elements Most
core’
of iseach
Table shown
of tobehave
3.6.thebelow
these
represents element dare
In subshells
this
slightly
the for
is table
transition are
hydrogen.
5spart
differently.
electronic
represented
4d calledof
elements. the called across
aelectron.
spectroscope.
(lithium
subshell.
axis
[Ar] either
3d a1 period
to
4s So
(Wein2describe
.neon)
a scandium
imagine the
The
clockwise
This and
is these
nuclear
letters
an
becausealso
has lines:
electron
or s,to
thecharge
pother
anticlockwise
electrons andsenergy
for
electronic
rotating ‘sharp’,
increases.
dperiods.
come around from
AspButfor
configuration
direction.)
occupy the you
its the
own goin
Reading bc across
copper
selenium the (Z =Periodic
(Z 29)
= 34) Table from potassium to zinc, pressure, example,
electrons
applies
When
above coloured
orbitals there towith
the arefor
Period
are
4s the
opposite,
lines two
subshell
the 5th
are
1lowest ionisation
so
seen
(hydrogen
electronsbut the through
below
energy two
in and
an arrows
orbital,
the dan
helium),
4p of
in
instrument
the
subshell.nitrogen,
this box
Period
‘spins’ point
of
This 2just
the
of
the athe d-block
4s subshell element fills lose
=before electrons
the 3d3.6. to
subshell. form But ions, when the 4s
of the called
atoms aaxis spectroscope.
(lithium toin neon) The and lettersalso s,to pother s–
and the 3d
come
periods. subshell
from
As you isthe go
after argon a d-block vanadiumare n =elements.
4shown (Z29) =in 23) Table
Most of these In2arethis table 4ppart ■
electronic
Reading
configuration b configuration
copper
across of the (Z argon:Periodic 1sof 2 2seach
Table
2 2p element
6 from
3s 6transition
.isThis
3ppotassium represented
5s
4d
method
elements.
toatoms
zinc,is the ‘principal’
terms electron
across
[Ar] and
used
either
3d ‘d
to
a1 period
4s 2for
removed
describe ‘diffuse’.
aopposite,
.neon) the
clockwise
This comes
isand these
nuclear
because from
lines:
orenergy charge
anticlockwise
electrons the for same ‘sharp’,
increases. shell.
direction.)
occupy pboxSo,
Butfor
the the
the
of by a [Ar].
4s
QUESTION subshell
d-block c This selenium ‘noble
element fills (Z gas
before
=
lose 34) core’ the
electrons represents
3d subshell.
to form the But electronic
ions, when the 4s called the

aWhen
orbitals
electron
opposite
electrons there
spectroscope.
(lithium
begins
above thea with
being
to are
directions.
are
pattern
4s thetwo
removed
The
subshell of
electrons
lowest so
letters
fillingalso
but is
the from
s,to
the
below
in
twop an
3d and
other – orbital,
the
arrows
the the
subshelld 2nd
4p 3d
come
periods. in the
subshell
subshell.
‘spins’
principal
this from
As
ending you isofjust
point
with
This
thein
go
electrons
electronic
by [Ar]. b are
This copper n lost
configuration=
‘noble4 (Z first.
=gas29) of2 each
core’ represents element
6 3s2 3pthe 6.isThis represented
4p
5s
electronic the terms
‘principal’ across
electron
force
When used
andof
there to
a attraction
period
‘d describe
for
removed
are thecomes
‘diffuse’.
two thesefrom
nuclear
between
electrons lines: charge
the
in an s orbital,
the for
positive same ‘sharp’,
increases. shell.
nucleus
the pBut forand
So,
‘spins’ the
the
of the2
the
the 4s
configuration
a shorthand subshell
c selenium nway fills
of argon:
4 of writing(Zbefore
= 34) 1s the 2s 23d 2p
electronic subshell. But when
method atoms is ■ electrons orbitals with
are the
opposite, lowest so energy
the two –arrows the 3d in subshell
this box is
point just
10 4sin
instructures of atoms
of 8
aQUESTION
d-block a An element
element= frequencies has
losecore’ the
electronselectronic to2 formconfiguration ions, 3d
4pthe 4s the quantum
terms opposite
above
across used the
shell.
aa‘d directions.
to
period 4s For
describe subshell the
the 6th
these
nuclearbut below
ionisation
lines: charge sthe for 4p
energy subshell.
‘sharp’,
increases. of[Ar]pnitrogen,
Butfor3d This
the
Figure
electrons
of
by Forc3.3
[Ar].
configuration
QUESTION
a8d-block
are
This
example: The
selenium
1s
lost
‘noble
element
2n2s = of
242p first.
argon:
6(Z3s
gas=
lose 2 34) 3p 1s 2of 2s
electrons
6 3d
the
10represents
2 2p
4s
lines
6 3s
2 4p 3p
to2 form
6 4d
an
10the
6. This
5s
atomic
electronic
ions,
2 5p 53d4s
method
. the 4s is ‘principal’
Atomic
zinc.
begins
electron
outer
electrons
force
opposite

electron above
andZinc
orbitals
negative
of the are has
pattern
for
removed
attraction
directions.
4s
the
‘diffuse’.
electrons
opposite,
subshell
2p
electronic
ofcomesfilling
between so
but
from
the the
increases
below two
the
configuration
3d the subshell
arrows
positive
the
same
across4p in theending
shell.
this
nucleus
subshell.
So,
box with
the
point
and
This thein.
awith shorthand
electrons
emission many a spectrumAnelectrons.
are way
element
lost ofcan
first. writing
has However,
be the
used electronic
electronic
to incalculate
an exam
structures
configuration
a you should
value
4p of atoms
for the be ‘principal’ the begins
electron
zinc. andZinc aattraction
‘d pattern
beingfor
removed
has ofcomes
removed
‘diffuse’.
the fillingisfrom
electronic the
from 3d the
configurationsubshell
the same 1st principal ending
shell. [Ar] So, 3d with
the10 4s2 .
For
configuration example: of
2 argon: 2 3p1s
2
6 2s
2 6
2p2 3s6 3p 6 . This method is ■ oppositeforce of directions. between the positive nucleus and the
awith
electronsOrbitals and the Periodic Table
shorthand
8 many
prepared a are An
1sto
ienergy. way
2element
2lost
n2s
write
electrons. =2s32p
Which ofout
2 first.
6 3s writing
has
block the the
2 in3d
However, full
6the
electronic
electronic
10 4s 4p
electronic
2 in
Periodic 2an4d
structures
configuration
10 5s
exam
Table 2 5p54s
configuration.
you
does 3d
.3pshouldof atoms
this be AtomicEach subshell
quantum
Chromium
period
outer
begins
zinc. orbitals
Zinc because:
negative
aattraction
pattern
contains
shell.
and2pcopper
has electrons the ofbetween
one filling
or more
electronic increases
the 3dpositive
atomic
configuration across
subshell orbitals. theendingand
the[Ar] 3dwith10 4s2 .
energy

ionisation
Ti8For atom: example: 1s 2p 6 3s
2 3p3p 3d
10 4s4s 10 5s2 5p54s force of the nucleus the
awithshorthand
preparedFor
a An
Orbitals and the Periodic Table
many 1s
to
i
example:
way
2element
2s
electrons.
write
2 2p
element
Which
of 6 3s
out
writing
has
block belongHowever,
the
6 3delectronic
the
in full
the
electronic
to?
2 4p6 4d
in
electronic
Periodic an structures
configuration
exam
Table you
configuration.does
3d
. of
should
this
atoms be Atomic ■ outer
The
Chromium
period
izinc. orbitals
the
negative
electronic
Zinc because:
nuclear has and electrons
configurations
2p copper
charge
the electronic
increases
increases of
configuration
across
chromium and3d
[Ar] copper
10 4s2 .
energy

n = 3 Each subshell contains one or more atomic orbitals.


energy

2 2 6 2 6 2 2 3p
You Ti should
atom: 1s note 2s 2pthe 3s following:3p 3d Ti 4s
2+ ion: 2
1s5s2s5p 2 4s 6
2p. should 2
3sreflects
3p be 6 3d Atomic
2 outer orbitals
negative electrons
2s increases across the
Orbitals and the Periodic Table ■ period Chromium because: and copper
2 2 6 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 5 2p
The with arrangement
many 1s 2s= 32p
electrons. of 6elements
3s 3p
However, 3d in
4s in the
4p2an Periodic
4dexam you Table do the not follow the expected
prepared to
iii1s write
n2Which outblock the in full
6the electronic
itPeriodic Tableconfiguration.does 3p6 this 2 3p6 3d 2 Each iiiThe
subshell electronic
nuclear
contains configurations
charge
one orincreases
morethepattern. of chromium
atomic Chromium
and theand
orbitals. has
copper
energy

element belong to? the distance 2sbetween nucleus outer


Increasing

Ti atom: 2s2 2p
Which group3s 2 3p does 3d 2 4s
belong to?
The
the You Orbitals and the Periodic Table
prepared should
arrangement
electronic to
i note
write structure
Which the
ofout elements
block following:
the ofin the
full
the Ti
in 2+
the
elements.
electronic
Periodic ion: 1s
Periodic
Table
2 2s2 2p3s
The
configuration. Table
Periodic
does 3s
thisreflects
Table Each
■ period
i
subshell
Chromium
The
the the because:
electronic
nuclear
contains
electronic
and copper
configurations
charge
one
configuration or increases
more of
atomic
[Ar] chromium
3d 5 orbitals.
4s 1 (rather andhas copper
than
energy

Electronic
Ti atom: n 2 = 3
element
configuration
2s 2p 2 6 belong
3s 2 3p 6 to?
3dTiof 2
it 4spotassium
2 3p An atomic do not follow
orbital is the
a expected
region of space pattern. around Chromium
the nucleus
iii1snote
Increasing

You should the following: 2+ 2 2 6 2 6 2 ii electron


the distance remains 2sbetween reasonably the nucleus constant and the outer
Increasing

The

arrangement ii Which
Identify of group
this
elements does
element. in belong
the ion: 1s
to? 2s Table
Periodic 2p 3s 3s 3p
reflects 3d The
iiido electronic
not
the follow
nuclear theconfigurations
charge expected increases pattern. of chromium Chromium and copper
has
can
the You be
Crelectronic
atom:
Potassium
should split ii 1s into element
2structure
note 2s
has blocks
2 2p6 belong
thethe 3s of2of
3p
electronic
following: elements
the6to?
3d elements.
52+ 4s 1 (Figure
structure 2 2s3.10).
The 2Periodic 3pTable of an
An atomic atom
the that
electronic
expected
the distance
orbital can is[Ar] be occupied
aconfiguration
3d4reasonably
1sbetween
region of2).
4s the
spaceby
Copper one
[Ar]
nucleusaround or
3dhas 5
two 4s
and 1
the
the electrons.
(rather
electronic
the
nucleus outer than
Increasing

The ■
Electronic Electronic
arrangement iii
configuration
Which
Configuration of group
elements does
2 of
Ti
it
in potassium
belong
the ion: 1s
to?
Periodic 2p
Table3s6 3s2reflects 6 3d 2
iii
do electron
the
not shielding
follow remainsthe
2s
by inner
expected shellspattern. constant
remains
Bilal Hameed
Chromium has
the electronic b Which structure
Identify block this in of the
element.
the Periodic elements. Table The
does Periodic
the Table Anan atomic iithe electronic
orbital is[Ar]aconfiguration
region 10of4s [Ar] 3d 5 4s 1 (rather than
the distance 1sbetween 4s2).space
the nucleusaround the
and nucleus
the outer
Increasing

can ■ Electronic
be split2ii into 6Which
2 2sconfiguration
2blocks
2 2p group
664s 1of 2 3p elements
does 6 3d of
Crit5potassium
belong
3+ 1ion: (Figure to?
1s 2 2s3.10). 2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d3 of atom
configuration that can be
[Ar] occupied
3d4reasonably 1 by (rather one or thantwo electrons.
■ Cr atom: 1s 3s 4s the expected
electron remains 3d Copper constant has 1the
the expected
electronic
1s 2 2s 2p 3s 3p .of
The outer electron goes into
the Potassium
Elements
electronic iii in has
Groups
Identify
2structure
the this 1electronic
and element.
the2 have structure
elements. outer electrons
The 3s
2pin
Periodic an the Table iii reasonably
the shielding constant.
by inner shells remains 5 4s
can ■ Cr be
Electronic
atom: b split element
Which 1s into blocks with
configuration
2s block
2 2p 6 3s in theof
2the
3p electronic
elements of
Periodic
6 3d 5potassium
4s configuration
(Figure
1 Table does 3.10).the An
of atomic
an
Figure the
atom
the electronic
orbital
that
expected
3.11 The can is a
[Ar]configuration
be
1s
electronicregion
occupied
3d 4 4s of 2).spaceby
Copper
configuration [Ar]
one around 3d
or has two
of the
the (rather
nucleus
electrons.
boron electronic
in than
■ Elements sPotassium
1s
4s 2
b2s
subshell
subshell. 2 iii2pinto 2in
6
23s
has
Identify2
Groups23p
rather the4s
6 this 21
electronic
1
than .2the
and The
element.
the
6253d Cr
outer
4s3d
have 3+ structure
1ion:
electron
subshell
outer 1s 2 2s
electrons 2
goes
because2p 6
2p6in 3san
into 2
the3pthe 6 3
4s3dis3 As of aniii [Ar] electron
3dthat
configuration
the
9 4s
shielding
2 ).remainsYou [Ar] by will
3d reasonably
10
inner have
4s 1 toone
(rather
shells learn constant
orthan
remains that the these two
expected
can Cr be atom:
Potassium split Which
1s
element1s n62s =2s
has blocks
22block
2p 2p
6 3s
with
the 6 3s in 3p
the of
electronic elements
6 3d
3p Periodic
electronic 513+
4s
Cr1energy.belong (Figure
Table
ion: to? does
configuration
structure 1sdoes2 2sgoes 3.10).
2 the
2p 2
3san3p 6 3d each
2
box
Figure theorbital
atom
There
form. reasonably
expected
3.11
configuration is a can can
rapid only
[Ar]constant.
be hold
occupied
1sdecrease
[Ar] 3d 3d
4 10
4s a maximum
2).
in
1 by
Copper
4stoshells ionisation
(rather has
than of
two two
theelectrons.
energy electrons,
electronic
between
The electronic configuration thatthe
of boron expected
in
2 2 2 6 1
■ QUESTION 1s b2s Which 2p 2in3s 3p6 terms 4s .theThe outer electron into
Elements
s4s subshell.
below subshell the 3dGroups
ratherin
2 block 2in1than and 6 of 25its
the have
Periodic 3d outer Tableelectrons
subshell because the2pin thethe 4s is iii
[Ar] the
elements 3dshielding
9 4sare 2). You exceptionsbywill inner have to
thelearn remains
pattern. these two
on TheTheElements
are electronic
removed
first whenconfigurations
metal ions of the
form some their of the
positive elements
areions. 1 The direction of the arrow represents i1 the ‘spin’ of the
electrons forionisation
in that
theeach add energy
electrons
subshell isdecreases
to
shown dassubshells
below you forgoelements
down
hydrogen. a
called When There high-speed
subshell. is a(Wegeneral
So electrons
scandium increase
an has hitinthe gas
ΔH particles
across
electronic at lowits own
a period.
configuration This

However,

TheElements
electronicthe d-block
following
that configurations
add elements
elements:
electrons ofbehave
to some
the das slightly
of the
subshells differently.
are called pressure, electron.
coloured
applies to(WePeriod imagine
lines 1are electron
seen
(hydrogen through androtating around
an instrument
i1 helium), Period 2
electrons
The
after first
However,

the argon
a in
the each
ionisation
are
vanadium
d-block d-block subshell
shown
elements. energy
(Z in
elements
= 23) isdecreases
Table
Most shown
of 3.6.
behave
these below
In are you
this for
slightly go
table
transition hydrogen.
downpart aof
differently. the
elements. subshell.
electron. So scandium
imagine an has
electronthe electronic
rotating configuration
around its own
group
Reading
after in the
across Periodic
the PeriodicTable. For
Table example,
from in
potassium Group4d 1
toofthe
zinc, pressure, axis
[Ar]coloured
applieseither
3d to
1 4s in2 .alines
Period 1are
clockwise
This is seen
(hydrogen through and
or anticlockwise
because electrons an instrument
helium), Period
direction.)
occupy the 2
theargon
ad-block areelements.
vanadium shown (Z =in 23) Table
Most of 3.6.
these Inare this table4d
transition part the
elements. called aaxis spectroscope.
(lithium
[Ar] either
3d toin2.neon)
1 4s aThis The
clockwiseand
isandletters
also s,toelectrons
pother
or anticlockwise
because and dperiods.
come from
As you go
direction.)
occupy
uclear charge. group
electronic
Reading
values
the
in
of the
b across
ΔH
4s subshell
electronic
copperPeriodic
configuration
i1 are:
the
fills
configuration
Table.
(Z =Periodic
29)
(Z =before
29) ofthe
of eachFor
Table
each
example,
element
3d element
from potassium
subshell.isBut
isinrepresented
Groupto
5s
when
represented
5s
1 the
zinc,
atoms called
■ aWhen spectroscope.
(lithium
orbitals there toare
with neon) two
the The letters
lowest also
electrons s,toin
energy pother
and
an dperiods.
–orbital,
the come
3d the Asthe
from
‘spins’
subshell you go
isofjust
the
uclear charge. values
byQUESTION
the [Ar]. b copper
of ΔH
This
4s subshell are:
‘noble
fills gas
before core’the represents
3d subshell. the Butelectronic
when atoms the ■termsWhen used
across
orbitals a
thereto
with describe
period
are two
the the lowestthese
nuclear
electrons lines:
energy charge
in an s
– for
the ‘sharp’,
increases.
orbital,3d the pBut
subshell forthe
‘spins’ ofjust
is thein
beryllium of c selenium (Z = 34) 4pthe 4s 105 the terms electrons
usedathe
across
above are
to4s
period opposite,
describe
subshell so
these
the nuclear the
butfromlines:
below two
charge arrows
sthe
for in
‘sharp’,
increases.
4p this box
pBut
subshell. point
forThis
the
■ byaQUESTION
Li d-block
= c519
[Ar]. kJelement
This ni1
mol
selenium
= 4–1 gas
n‘noble
lose
(Z lose
= 34) electrons
core’2 2srepresents
to form
2 2p6 3s2 3pthe 6. This
ions,
electronic ‘principal’ andthe
electron
electrons
above ‘d foropposite,
removed
are4s ‘diffuse’.
subshell comes so
butthe below twothe same
arrows
thesame4p in shell.
this box
subshell. So,This
the in
point
beryllium
proton than configuration
of a d-block
Li ==519 kJ =of
element4–1argon: 1selectrons to form ions, method
4p the 4s is opposite
‘principal’ and
electron
begins a directions.
‘d for
removed
pattern ‘diffuse’.
of comes
filling from
the the
3d subshell shell.
endingSo, the
with
■■electrons
Na
configuration494 are kJmol
lost
molof first. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6. This method is
–1
argon: opposite
force directions.
ofaattraction between the3dpositive nucleus and the2
proton than a shorthand
electrons
8 =a494
8K are way
lost
AnkJelement of writing
first. has the electronic structures of atoms
electronic configuration 3d begins
force pattern ofbetween filling the subshell endingand with
on removal ■ Na
8For aexample:
= 418
a shorthand kJ 2mol
mol
way –1–1 zinc. of Zincattraction
has electrons
the electronic the positive
configuration nucleus
[Ar] 3d10 10 the
4s .
An element 2pof6 3swriting
has
2 3pthe6 3delectronic
electronic structures
10 5s2 5p53d
configuration 4s of atoms Atomic zinc.orbitals
outer negative increases across the

on removal with For manyexample: 2s2–1
1selectrons. However, 10 4s2 4p6 4d
in an exam you . should
4s be Zinc 2p
has electrons
the electronic configuration [Ar] 3d 4s2.
ctronic ■
■with K =
Rbmany418 kJ
= 4031skJ 2molmol
2s 2
electrons. –16 2
2p 3s However, 6 10
3p 3d 4sin4pan4d 2 6 10
exam 5s 5p2
you 5 . should be Atomic outer orbitals
negative 2p increases across the
ctronic
nic Orbitals and
prepared
Orbitals
■ Ti and the
Rbatom:
prepared
the Periodic
Periodic Table
to
i
energy
= 403i 1s
to
n Table
write
Which
2 =
kJWhich
mol
write
3 2
2s32 2p–1out
block
out
6 the
3sthe
block
2 in
3p full
6the
infull
6the
electronic
Periodic
2
3delectronic
4s 2 configuration.
Table does
configuration.
3p this
Chromium
■ period
Each■ subshell
Chromium
period
The
Each subshell
because:
contains
because:
electronic
and copper
and copper one or more atomic orbitals.
containsconfigurations more atomic
one orincreases of chromium orbitals.and copper
to?Periodic Table does 3p this
energy
As Tiyouatom:go 1s
down n2element
=2s 2p
the 6 3s
group, 2 3p
belong 3d
the 2 4s2
outer electron removed iThethe nuclear charge
nic
oron must Youarrangement
The should note theelements
of following: Ti2+
in
2+ ion:
the 1s22 2s22 Table
Periodic 2p 6 3s2 3p6 3d 2
ido the electronic
nuclear configurations
2s
charge increases of chromium and copper
element belong to? 6 3s2reflects not distance
follow the expected
As
is You you
from go
theiidown
should note
same thethe
type group,
following:
of orbital theTi itouter
theion:
but electron
from 1s
to?a2s removed
2p
successively 3p6 3d2 ii the 2sbetween thepattern. Chromium
nucleusChromiumand the outer has
Increasing

oron must The arrangement Which of elements


group does in belong Periodic Table
3s reflects
her away the electronic structure of theofitelements. The Periodic
3s 3s Table iido notorbital
thethe
followisthe
distance expected
between thepattern.
nucleus and the outer has
Increasing

ii Which group does belong to? electronic configuration [Ar] 3d 5 4s 1 (rather than
is from
higher
■ the
Electronic
principalsame type
configuration
quantum of orbital
level but from
potassium
– 2s fromThe a successively
lithium, An atomic electron a
remains region of space
reasonably around
constant the nucleus
her
e isaway the
■ electronic structure
iii Identify this2of the
element. elements. Periodic Table An the
atomic electronic
orbital is aconfiguration [Ar] 3dtwo5 4s 1 (rather
nucleusthan
less canCr
higher Electronic
be split
atom:
principal
Potassium into
2 configuration
1sIdentify
iiiand 2s
has blocks
2 2p
quantum6
the 3s of
electronic
this 6
3plevel
element.
of
elements
3d5–4s5 potassium
1
2s (Figure
from lithium,
structure 3.10). 3s of an the electron
atom that can
expected remains1sregion
be
[Ar]
of space
3d44reasonably
occupied 4s22). by
Copper
around
one constant
or the
has the electrons.
electronic
for
can sodium
be split into 4s for
blocks potassium.
of elements Although
(Figure the
3.10). nuclear of aniii the shielding by inner shells remains
pe1isand
lessthe
on CrPotassium
atom:
b Which 2
1s6 2s has 2 2p
block 6
the 2
3selectronic
in 6
3p 3d 3+
the Periodic 4s 1 Table
structure does the
2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d3
atom that can
the expected [Ar] 3d 10 be
1s occupied by one or two
4s ).1 Copper has the electronic electrons.
for
■ sodium
charge 1s22b2s
Elements 2 2p and
Which in
is 2increasing 3s 4s
2 3p
Groups
blockfor
6 4s
1potassium.
in 1. The
and Cr
outer
2 have
theelectronic
Periodic ion:
Although
electron
3+outerTable 1s the
isgoes
electrons
does the nuclear
into
6in an the iii
configuration
the shielding [Ar]by3d inner 4s (rather
shells than
remains the expected
on and the
p 1
1s 2s element
2p 6 3s2 3p 6down
with4s the
1. The the Crgroup
outer ion: there
configuration
electron 1s 2 2s 2less
2p2p
goes
2p attraction
2 3p
3san
into 6 3d3
the Figure reasonably
configuration
3.11 The constant.
[Ar] 3d10configuration
4s1 (rather than the expected
■ Elements in Groups 1 and 2 have outer electrons in [Ar] 3d 9 4s 2). electronic
You will have to learn of boron
that these intwo
charge
between s is
subshell.increasing
4s subshellelement
the1s 2outer
n 2s= rather down
6 3s2than
with
222pelectron the
3p the
6 3d the
and group
5 4s3d
electronic 1the there
subshell
configuration
nucleus
belong to? is less
because
because: attraction
the 4s is As each
Figure reasonably
orbital
3.11 can
The
9 4s 2). only
constant.
electronichold a maximum
configuration of
of two
boron electrons,
intwo
s4s subshell
subshell.
QUESTION =rather
222p6 3s2than the
5 4s3d subshell to? because the 4s is 2
box [Ar]
There
form.

elements 3dis a rapid You will
decrease have in to learn
ionisation that these
energy between
pe5 outer As each orbital can only hold a maximum of energy
two electrons,
2n2s 3p6 3d 1 belong
1between below
the
1s
thetheouter
distance 3d inelectron
terms ofandits theenergy.nucleus
and thebecause: 2number
the box There
form. is
of a are
rapid
orbitals exceptions
decrease
in each to
in
subshellthe pattern.
ionisationmust be: between
e5 outer
pemistry
QUESTION
below the 3dbetween in termsthe nucleus
of its energy. outer
2s elements
the
the Electrons
number last are exceptions
element
ofinelement
orbitals in each
in one period to theand
subshell pattern.
the first element in
must
p6 1s-block
the
■ electron distance
Filling increases
the 3d between
subshell the
9 Write electronic configurations for the p-block nucleus and the
p-block 2s
outer
following ions: the last
Gallium
sElectrons
■– one orbital thekrypton
to same in region
one period of space and the be:
repel each
first other in
element
s-blockFilling the 3d subshell the next
Gallium
sbecause
■– one in
orbital period.
the
to same
krypton The ΔH
region for
of lithium
space repel is much
each other smaller
ightly
p6 ■ 9 9
electron
AfterWrite increases
electronic
calcium, configurations
acomplete
new subshell for the following ions:
becomes
2+ (Z = 29) occupied. The p – the
The
three they
next haveadd
period.
electrons
orbitals theThe same
to ΔH
the charge.
i1
4p forsubshell So wherever
lithium is muchthis
because possible,
smaller
is the
2Filling
the ashielding
Al
the
3+ (Z =by13) d innerCu shells increases than the ΔH for
thehelium. Helium Sohas two electrons.
=orbitals
ightly because they
The electrons have i1 add same
to the charge.
i1
4p subshell wherever
because possible,
dhe 2Filling
After
next
the
calcium,
ashielding
Al2–
the
3+n(Z
electron 1=by 13)
orbitals
ad-block
goes
new subshell
into ade3d
complete innerCu becomes
2+ (Z = 29) occupied.
subshell
shells rather
increases 1s
than a 4p
The p
d
– than
three
electrons orbitals
will
the
nextorbitals.
– These
five highest occupy
ΔHi1energy separate
for helium. level orbitals
Helium
above thehasin
3d. two electrons.the
the same this is
subshell
3A useful
these b O
two n (Z d-block
1=representing
factors
= 8) outweigh theCu + (Z
increased= 29) 1s
nuclear charge. electrons are
will
nextorbitals.
highest in the
occupyenergyfirst quantum
separate orbitalsshell. inBut
the lithium has
same subshell
ducture
he of next electron
way
bprincipal2– of
(Zquantum
O 3+factors goes
= 8) outweigh into a 3d
e the subshell
electronic+
Cuincreased rather
configurations
(Z = 29) nuclear than a 4p
is a dto–minimise
five
These arethisin the first level
repulsion. aboveelectrons
These
quantum the 3d.
shell. But havelithiumtheir has
ucture of a3A these
useful
diagram
Boron c two
way
Fe
that
trifluoride of
(Z
places
representing
= 26) electronic
electrons in boxes (Figure
sub-shell charge.
configurations
3.11).
is a three electrons. The third
to minimise this repulsion. These electrons have their
‘spin’ in the same direction.
electron must go into the
itrogen diagram cprincipal
Fe3+shell
that
quantum
(Z
places= 26)electrons in boxes (Figure 3.11).
sub-shell three electrons. The thirdElectrons electron must are only paired
go into the
shell
next
‘spin’ in quantum
the same direction. shell further away from
Electrons the nucleus.
are only paired So,
itrogen
H
han H Each box represents an atomic orbital.
■ QUESTION F F when there are no more empty
next quantum shell further away from the nucleus. So, orbitals available within
Figure
■ 3.6 Each+The boxsubshells
represents foranthe atomic orbital.
firstB four principal when thethere
forceare of attraction
no more empty between the positive
orbitals available nucleus
withinand 5
han
same 2p 3
Figure
■ QUESTION
The
F boxes
3.6shells. (orbitals)
B can Fbe
The subshells for the first four principal arranged F in order of increasing
B a subshell.
the forceThe of spins
attraction are then betweenopposite to minimise
the positive nucleus and
quantum The boxes (orbitals) can beenergies
arranged the outer negative electrons
a subshell. The spins are then opposite to minimise decreases because:
uldsame 2p ■10
Figure
quantum 10 a3.10
energy
shells. The
from
Somefirst
bottomionisation
of the toblocks
top. of elementsof infourorder of increasing
consecutive
in the repulsion.
the outer Figure
negative 3.12 electrons
shows thedecreases electronicbecause: structures of
Figure
10 a3.10
energy from
The Some bottom
first
elements ofinthe toblocks
ionisation
the top. of
energies
Periodic elements
F Table of are: in the F
four consecutive repulsion. Figure 3.12 shows the electronic structures of
uld
lectrons Periodic Table.
■ An electron is represented by an arrow. carbon, nitrogen and oxygen to illustrate these points.
gurations Periodic Table.
elements in
■ An electron is represented –1 the Periodic Table
by an arrow. are: carbon, nitrogen and oxygen to illustrate these points.
lectrons
gurations
3.12,H you ■ three sodium
The direction boronof = 494 kJ mol
the arrow represents
boron trifluoride the ‘spin’ of the
The
■ fluorine direction
sodium
atom of
=
(2,3) the arrow
494kJmol represents
–1
molecule the ‘spin’ of the
3.12,
nitrogenyou electron. (We imagine
magnesium = 736ankJ electron
mol–1 rotating around its own
atomselectron.
(2,7) (We
magnesium imagine an electron –1 rotating around its own
axis either ==577
in a clockwise 736kJmol
or anticlockwise direction.)
C
Hnitrogen H –1
d electron. aluminium
axis either in a clockwise kJormol
anticlockwise direction.)
dom electron.
H When
b■ Sulfur there
aluminium
hexafluoride are two electrons
= 577kJmol in an orbital, the ‘spins’ of the
–1
the ■ When there silicon = 786
are twokJ mol–1F in an
electrons orbital,inthe F‘spins’ of thein
om the electrons are
silicon opposite,
=opposite,
786thekJmol so the
–1 twoF arrows this boxFpoint
extra electronsi are
Explain
opposite directions. so the
general two arrows
increase in in this box
ionisation point in
extra
his orbital F + i directions.
6 opposite Explain
S
energies the
fromgeneral
Fsodium Sincrease F in ionisation
to silicon. F S F
his
ve an orbital energieswhy
ii Explain from
2p
sodium tohas
aluminium silicon.
a lower first
F F F F
ve an ii ionisation
Explain 2pwhy aluminium has a lower first
Table
use of
Table
use of six sulfur
ionisation
energy than magnesium.
sulfur hexafluoride
energy than magnesium.
fluorineb Theatom first ionisation energy
2s–1 moleculeof fluorine is
able Oreflects b 1680kJmol
atoms (2,7) The(2,8,6)
first ionisation
2s whereas energy of fluorine
the first is energy of
ionisation
dable
period.
reflects –1 whereas
eriodic
d Period
period.Table 1680 kJ mol –1 the first
iodine is 1010kJmol . Explain why fluorine ionisation energy
has aof
n
eriodicHTable 4 –1. Explain why fluorine has a
0). Figure 4.10 iodine
higher is 1010
Dot-and-cross kJ mol
diagrams
first1sionisation energyfor a boron
than iodinetrifluoride,
despite it
n
rstPeriod 4
0). higher
BF3, and b havingsulfurfirst 1sionisation
ahexafluoride,
smaller nuclear energy
SF . than iodine despite it
6charge.
drstfairly
ns in an high. having
ns in an high. Figure 3.11 The aelectronic
smaller nuclear charge. of boron in
configuration

d fairly Figure 3.11 The electronic configuration of boron in


box form.
box form.
QUESTION
Bonding
k Electrons in the same region of space repel each other
k Electrons in the same region of space repel each other
N because
2 Draw they have the same
dot-and-cross charge.
diagrams forSo wherever
the followingpossible,
because they have the same charge.ShowSo wherever possible,
electrons will occupy
covalently bonded separate orbitals inonly
molecules. thethesame subshell
outer
H H electrons will
electron occupy
shells. separate
Note that orbitals
in part d in
the the same
beryllium subshell
atom
H to minimise this repulsion. These electrons have their
to minimise this repulsion.
is electron andThese
in partelectrons
e the have their
‘spin’ in the samedeficient
direction. Electrons arephosphorus
only paired
‘spin’ in
atomthehas
same direction.octet.
an expanded Electrons are only paired
when there are no more empty orbitals available within
when there
Cambridge are no more emptyCCl orbitals available within
TheInternational
a Tetrachloromethane,
a subshell. spins areChapter AS
4 Level
then opposite
4: Chemistry
to minimise
Chemical bonding
e
Cambridge
a subshell. TheInternational
3.12 shows theAS
spins arechloride
b Phosphorus(III)
repulsion. Figure
then opposite Level Chemistry
to minimise
electronic structures of
e repulsion. Figure
c nitrogen
Bromine,and3.12
Br2 oxygen to illustrate these points.of
shows the electronic structures
carbon,
carbon, nitrogen and oxygen to illustrate these points.
d Beryllium chloride, BeCl2
temperatures two molecules of AlCl3 combine to form a
H Cl e Phosphorus(V)
QUESTION
temperatures chloride,AlCl
PCl5 combine to form a Bond Bond energy / kJ mol–1 Bond length / nm
molecule withtwo
the molecules
formula Alof 2Cl6. The3 AlCl3 molecules
molecule with the formula Al Cl . The AlCl Bond Bond energy / kJ mol–1 Bond length / nm
are able to combine because lone 2 6pairs of 3 molecules
electrons on two
are 3able
Drawto dot-and-cross
combine diagrams
because lone for the
pairs offollowing
electrons on C C 350 0.154
O O of the chlorine atoms form co-ordinate bonds
covalently bonded molecules; show only the outer with thetwo C C 350 0.154
Multiple
of the chlorine
aluminium
electron covalent
atoms,atoms
shells:
formbonds
as shown co-ordinate bonds with the
in Figure 4.14.
Cambridge
aluminium International
atoms, as shown in AS Level
Figure 4.14. Chemistry C C 610 0.134
Some atoms can bond together by sharing two pairs of C C 610 0.134
a ethene, CH2 CH2
electrons. We call this a double covalent bond. A double C O 360 0.143
alent b carbon disulfide, CS2.
QUESTION
water, H2O,
covalent bond is represented by a double line between the C O 360 0.143
QUESTION
atoms:
■ 4 for
Ammonia example, O. Thepairs
Obonding
hasdot-and-cross
three dot-and-cross
of electrons diagrams
and one lone C O 740 0.116
a Draw diagrams to show the
for pair.
oxygen, carbon dioxide and ethene, all of which
than have C O 740 0.116
4 aAsformation
lone pair–bond
Draw pair diagrams
dot-and-cross repulsion
of a co-ordinate bond is between
to greater
show the bond
Co-ordinate
double covalent
pair–bond pair
formation
the bonding
bonds, are the
repulsion, shown
of a co-ordinate
following: in
bonding Figure
bond pairs 4.11.
of
betweenelectrons are O
Table 4.1 Examples C values for
of O and
O bond energies C O
C O Tablelengths.
4.1 Examples ofElectronic
values for bond energies and
(dative
■ In ordericovalent
pushed
Bilal Hameed closer
the together.
following:
to boron
form an bonding)
This gives the ammonia molecule
oxygen molecule,
trifluoride, each oxygen
BF , and ammonia,
3 H N H bond angle
3 NHatom
, to
bond
bond lengths.
Configuration 2
a triangular pyramidal shape. The is
A co-ordinate
i gain
needs to bond
boron
formtwo (or dativeto
trifluoride,
electrons
the compound covalent
BFF, and bond)
BNHammonia,
complete isNH
its outer formed
3, to So
shell.
about 107°.form the compound 3F3 BNH3 Figure 4.19 Carbon
Bond strength dioxide. the reactivity of a compound.
can influence
twoone
when pairs of
atom electrons
provides are shared
both the and two
electrons
ii phosphine, PH3, and a3hydrogen 3 covalent bonds
ion, H , tofor a
needed+
■ Water has two bonding pairs of electrons and two lone Bond strength can influence the reactivity of a compound.
106

Electronic Configuration 2 Bilal Hameed


in
InIn theb) Periodic
energy
energy
electrons
electrons level
level
are
sulfur,
are Table.
diagrams
Sdiagrams
shown By
such
by drawingsuch
drawing noting thewhere
asasFigure
Figure 1.20,
1.20,
arrows the the
inthefirst big directions.
opposite
opposite
opposite jumpspinscomes
spins
directions. ofofthe in
thepaired the
paired atom.
which
on theThanks
reduces
electrons totothe
shielding,
in pull
the of
outer the
the electrons
nucleus
theshell of an
is shown
2by the arrows in opposite atom.
in the Thanks
outer shell shielding,
are attracted electrons
by an
charges.
The
in 16the quantum
What
c) Periodic
ethanol, theshells8relative
Table. of
CCl2H5energies
OH By electrons
molecular
noting correspond
mass
where of:
the toopposite
first the
big periods
jump comesoftheelements
in the Shielding isshell
anto effect of inner electrons
in
In the a)
energy
successive
electrons
electrons
b) Periodic
chlorine,
level
are
areionisation
sulfur, shown
shownS Table.
diagrams byby By
such
drawing
drawing noting
as ofFigure
the
thean where 1.20,
element,
arrows
arrows the
inthe
in first
it
opposite is
opposite big jump
possible spins
directions.
directions.to comes
of predict in
paired the
the atom.
which
in which
on
on the
atom. the
the Thanks
reduces
reduces
electrons
outer
in the outer electrons
Thanks the
to theshielding,
in
are
in pull
pull
the
the ofof
attracted
shielding,
shell charge’ outer
are attracted the
outer the
the
the electrons
nucleus
nucleus
shell
by
shell an of an
of
electrons an
in 16
The c)
thea)
successive
The What ethanol,
Periodic
quantum
quantum is the
ionisation Table.
8
shells
shells
2
Crelative
2H5energies
OH
of By
ofdrawing noting
electrons
molecular
electrons of an where
correspond
mass
element,
correspond the
of: first
it big
toopposite
to is the
the jump
periods
possible
periods to comesof in
elements
predict
of elements the
the ‘effective nuclear which by an
is less 9
successive
electrons
In d)
energy
group b)to chlorine,
are ionisation
level
which
sulfur, shown Cl
diagrams
tetrachloromethane,
the
S8C H OH by energies
element such as
CCl of
the
belongs. an
Figure
? element,
arrows
For 1.20, in the
example, it
oppositeis possible
the directions.
spins
first bigto of predict
jumpthe paired
in the onShielding
which
inon the
atom.the
‘effective
atom.
in the reduces
outer
Thanksisshell
electrons
electronsanto
nuclear
Thanks
outer the
to
shell effect
in inpull
are
the
the ofouter
of
attracted
outer
shielding,
charge’
shielding,
are the
inner
which
attracted nucleus
the
the electrons
by
shell
shell an
ofof
electrons
is less
electrons
by an an
an
The
The c)
successive
d)
quantum ethanol,
quantum ionisationshells
shells
tetrachloromethane,
2
energies
of electrons
ofdrawing
electrons
CCl
4
of4the
?an element,
correspond
correspond ittoisthe
to possible
the periods
periods tocomes
ofpredict
of elements
elements ‘effective
than the fullnuclear
chargecharge’ on thewhich nucleus. is less 9
in the
group
in
group the
a)to
toPeriodic
which
Periodic
chlorine,
which theTable.
the Cl22element
Table. 5
element By
By noting
belongs.
noting
belongs. where
For
where
For the
example,
the first
first big
big jump
first
jump big comes
jump in
in the
in the
the on
which
‘effective electrons
reduces totothe
nuclear inshielding,
the
pull
charge’ outer
of which
the shell is of
nucleus
is anan
less
electrons
The 17 b)
successive
What
c)
quantum
are
sulfur,is
ethanol, shown
ionisation
the S 8 by
relative
C
shells H energies
ofOH formula
electrons for mass arrows
sodium of:example,
correspond
in opposite
comes to
the
after
107
the
first
the
periods
big
directions.
first jump
of electron
elements
the
is atom.
atom.
in the
than
in
‘effective
than Thanks
thethe Thanks
outer
full
outer
the full shell
charge
shell
nuclear
chargeshielding,
are
are on
onattracted
the
attracted
charge’ thewhichthe
the electrons
nucleus.electrons
by
by
nucleus. an
less
group
inin the
the
successive
successive
17 b) d)
successive to
What
successive which
Periodic
Periodicionisation
is theS
ionisation the
Table.
tetrachloromethane,
ionisation
ionisation Table.
2 element
relative ByBy
energies
energies
energies
5 formula
energies belongs.
noting
noting
CCl of
for ?
of4mass
for where
an
an For
where
sodiumelement,
sodium example,
the
element,
of:justthe
comes
comesfirst
first
it
it is is the
big
afterbig first
jump
jump
possible
the
possible
after the big
firstcomes
to jump
comes
toitspredict
first in
predict
electronin
electron the
the
the
isis atom.
inon
than
inthethe
the Thanks
the electrons
outer
‘effective full
outer to
charge
shell
shell
nuclear shielding,
in
arearethe
on outer
the
attracted
attracted
charge’ the electrons
shell
nucleus.
which by
by isanof
an an
less
removed.c) sulfur,
This
ethanol, suggests
C H OH that sodium has one electron in outermost ‘effective
than the full nuclear
charge charge’
on thewhich nucleus. is less
in
The thea)
successive
successive
group
removed.
group
17 d) to
to
What
magnesium
Periodic
quantum
successive ionisation
ionisation
ionisation
tetrachloromethane,
which
This
which is the
8
Table.
shells
the chloride,
2 element
suggests
the 5 ofBy
energies
energies
element
relative electrons
energies
that
formula
MgCl
noting
CClfor
ofof4an
belongs.
sodium
belongs. 2where
masscorrespond
sodium
?an element,
element,
For
has
Forof: the
comes
example,
just first
itittoisis
one
example, big
the
after
the
electron
the jump
periods
the infirst
possible
possible
first
first big
big comes
toto of
jump
itsjump in
elements
electron
predict
predict
outermost
in the
inthe is
the
the in the
atom. outer
Thanks shell
to are attracted
shielding, the by an
electrons
removed.a) This
magnesium suggests chloride,that sodium
MgCl 2 has1.just one electron in its outermost
‘effective
‘effective
than the nuclear
nuclear
the full
full charge charge’
charge’
on thethe which
which isis
nucleus. less
less
Electronic Configuration WS 3
shell
in theand,
c)
successive
d) therefore,
ethanol,
ionisation
Periodic
tetrachloromethane, C
Table.H it must
OH
energies
By be
noting
CCl in
of Group
?an element,
where the it
firstis possible
big jump to comespredict in the
the
than charge on nucleus.
Highest energy 9
removed.
group
group
shell b)
successive
17
shell b) to
successive
and, to
What
and, This
which
which
iron( ionisation
therefore, )
ionisation
is the
iii
therefore, suggests
the
the
oxide,2 element
itelement
relative 5 that
energies
Fe
must
energies
itchloride,
must 2 O be
formula
3 sodium
belongs.
belongs.
in
beMgCl for
for4Group
in Group has
For
sodium
mass For
sodium 1.
of:
1.just
example,one
example,
comes
comes electron
the
the
after
after first
first
the
the in
big
big
first
first its
jumpoutermost
jump in
electron
electron in isis ‘effective
in
than
thanthethe
the nuclear
outer
full
full shell
charge
charge charge’
areon
onattracted
the which
Highest
the
levelnucleus. isenergy
by
nucleus. less
an
– electron
a) iron(
magnesiumiii) oxide, Fe O3be Highest energy 9
group
successive
shell d)
17 and,
successive
removed.
removed. to
What
c) which
ionisation
This
This
is
hydrated the the
tetrachloromethane,
therefore,
ionisation suggests
suggests element
it
relative
copper( energies
must
energies
2that
that
formula belongs.
CCl of
in
forfor
sodium
sodium
ii) sulfate,
? an
mass
2 For
Group
sodium
sodium
has
has 1.
of: example,
element,comes
justcomes
just one
one it is the
after
after first
possible
electron
electronthe
the big
in to
first
first
in jump
its
its predictin
electron
electron
outermost
outermost the
the
isis than the full chargecharge’ on the level
easily
Highest ––removed
electron
nucleus. energy
Testc) a)
b)toyourself
magnesium
iron( iii) oxide, chloride,
Fethat O MgCl2CuSO4.5H2O?
4 ‘effective nuclear which
level
Highest
easily
is
removed
less
electron
energy
successive
group
removed.
Test
removed.
shell
17
shell and,
and,
What hydrated
ionisation
which
This
yourself
This
therefore,
therefore, thecopper(
suggests
suggests
is the relative it
it energies
element
must
must )
that
ii
2 sulfate,
3be for
belongs.
sodium
sodium
be1.15.
formula in CuSO
sodium
Group
in mass
Group For
has
has 1.
1.
of: .5H
comes
example,
just
just oneO?
one after
the
electron
electronthe
first infirst
big
in its
its electron
jump in
outermost
outermost is
the than the full charge on the
level
easily
level
Highest –
– electron
removed
electron
nucleus. energy
Test
18 a)
removed.
Look
b) yourself
magnesium
iron(carefully
This iii)suggests
oxide, chloride,
at Figure
Fethat
2iiO
MgCl
sodium 2
4
has1.1.just
2
one easily
Highest
Intermediate
easily removed
level ––removed
energy
successive
Test
shell
1 and,
shell
18
19 c)yourself
and,
Look
Write
a)
ionisation
hydrated
therefore,
therefore,
carefully
equations
magnesium
copper(
at energies
ititchloride,
must
tomust
Figure ) be
be
represent:1.15.for
3sulfate,
ininGroup
MgCl
sodium
GroupCuSO 4.5H 2O? electron
comes after the infirst its electron
outermostis Intermediate
level
energy
Highest
Highest electron
electron
Intermediate level
energy
energy –
19
shell
removed.b)
a)
Write
and,
c) iron(
What iii)isoxide,
equations
therefore,
This the
suggests it toFerepresent:
relative
must O
2that 3bemolecular
in
sodium 2
Group mass
has 1. ofonetheelectron
hydrocarbon? easily
energy
easily removed
level
removed ––
hydrated copper( ) sulfate, CuSO 4 of2 the hydrocarbon? outermost
just
.5H O? in its
Test yourself electrons
Intermediate
level
level – –electronharder
electron
Test
19
18 a) Look
b) yourself
WriteWhat
the
iron(
equations
carefully
iiiis
second) the at
oxide,
toFigure
relative represent:
ionisation
Fe
ii
O
1.15.
molecular
energy ofmass
calcium
energy level
Highest
Intermediate
electrons
to
easilyremove
energy
energy
levelharder
––
19
19
shell Write
c)
and,
Write
b) equations
hydrated
therefore,
equations copper(
it to
to represent:
must )
thebe sulfate,
represent: in Group CuSO 1. .5H2O? easily
level
energy –removed
electrons removed
electron
level harder
Test
Test
18 a) yourself
Look
a) yourself
The
the
the
What
fragment
secondis theionisation
carefully
second at of 2
ii
Figure
ionisation
relative
3 hydrocarbon
energy
1.15.
energy
molecular of 4with
calcium
ofmass
calcium
relative mass 15 is a CH3
of the hydrocarbon? to Intermediate
Intermediate
Highest
remove
electrons
energy
harder
19 b)
Testc) The
the
Write fragment
third
equations
hydrated of represent:
ionisation
to
copper( the hydrocarbon
energy
represent:
ii) sulfate, of with relative
aluminium.
CuSO 4.5H2O?
mass 15 ismasses
a CH3 to
easilyremove
electrons
energy removed harder
level ––
a)yourself
19 Write equations
group. What to
do you think the fragments are with relative energy
level – level
electron
18 a)
Look
a)
b) the
the
What
second
carefully
the second
third ionisation
at Figure
ionisation
ionisation
isWhat
the relative
energy
1.15.
energy
energy of
molecular
of calcium
ofmass
calcium
aluminium.
ofrelative
the hydrocarbon?
Intermediate
Intermediate
to
to remove
remove
Lowest
electrons energyharder
19 b)
19 Writegroup.
Writethe
The third
fragment
equations
equations do
ionisation
to
toofyou
the think
energy the
of fragments
aluminium.
hydrocarbon
represent:
represent: with are with relative
mass 15 masses
is a CH3 electrons
easily
energy
energy removed
level
levelharder
– –
Test
20
18 The
a)
b)
a)
b) yourself
Look
a) successive
of
the
the
What
the
29 isand
second
carefully
second
third
third
43?ionisation
ionisation
at Figure
ionisation
ionisation
the relative
ionisation
energies
energy
1.15.
energy
energy of
molecular
energy of
of of beryllium
calcium
calcium
of aluminium.
mass are 900, 1757,
of the hydrocarbon?
aluminium.
Intermediate
Lowest
level
to
Lowest
electrons
energy
– electrons
to remove
remove
electrons energy
harder
harder
20
19
20 a)The
b)
Write
The
14 of
849successive
The29and
group. and
fragment
equations
successive What21 43? ionisation
do
to
007 ofrepresent:
the
you
ionisation
kJ mol energies
hydrocarbon
think
−1 . the
energies of
fragmentsberyllium
ofwith are are
relative
beryllium withmass
are 900, 15
relative
900, 1757,
ismasses
1757, a CH3 energy
level
hardest
level
––electrons
Intermediate –
to remove
a)
c) the
b) 849
a)
b) the
Draw
the
What
the second
second
a
third
thirdis possible
the ionisation
ionisation
ionisation
relative
ionisation structure energy
energyenergy
molecular
energy for
of
of ofof
thecalcium
calcium
hydrocarbon.
aluminium.
mass
aluminium. of the hydrocarbon? toLowest
level
Lowest
toremove
remove
electrons
energy
electrons
energy
harder
20
2
20
19 a) The
b)
14
The
Write
c)
14 the successive
The
group.fragment
and
successive
of equations
Draw
849 29 and What
aisand 21 007
43?
possible
21 ionisation
do
007 of the
kJ
ionisation
you mol
to represent:
structure
kJ mol
−1
thinkenergies
hydrocarbon
−1.
energies
the
. for of
of
fragments
the beryllium
with relative
beryllium
are
hydrocarbon. are
mass
are
with 900,
900, 15
relative 1757,
is
1757, a CH3
masses hardest
energy
level
hardest – totoremove
level
electrons –
remove
a)
b)
b) What
the
the second
third
third the ionisation
atomic
ionisation
ionisation number
energy energy
energy−1 of of calcium
ofaluminium.
of beryllium?
aluminium. Figure 1.20 The energy levels level
to Lowest
Lowest –
of
remove
electrons
electrons
energy
electrons
energy
harder
20
20 a) 14
b)
The
The
14 849
group.
The and
successiveWhat
fragment
successive
849
of 29 and 21
2143? 007
do of kJ
ionisation
youthe
ionisation
007 kJ mol
think
mol .
energies
the
hydrocarbon
−1
energies
. for of
fragments beryllium
with are
ofhydrocarbon. are
with 900,
relative
beryllium are 900, 1757, CH3
relative mass 15 1757,
masses
is a hardest to remove
c) What
a)
b) Draw
the
What
the is
second
third aand
is the
possible
the atomic
ionisation
atomic
ionisation number
structure
number
energy energy ofof beryllium?
the
of calcium
ofaluminium.
beryllium? Figure
Figure
in 1.20 The
Theenergy
1.20atom.
a sodium
hardest
energylevels levelof
level
levels
Lowest
Lowest
to of
remove
to
––electrons remove
electrons
electrons
electrons
energy
energy
Notice
20
20 b)
The
The Why
14that,
849
of do
by
successive
successive
29and
group. and
and successive
carefully
21 43? ionisation
ionisation
007 kJ ionisation
interpreting
mol −1
energies
energies
think.. the energies
of
of dataalways
thehydrocarbon.
beryllium
beryllium from
are get
are massmore
900,
900, spectrometers,
1757,
1757,
aWhat do you fragments are with relative masses
14
a) 849
What is 21
the 007
atomic kJ mol
number −1
of beryllium? Figure
in a 1.20
sodium The
atom. energy levelshardest
hardest of to remove
electrons
to remove
Notice a)
c)
b)
b) What
Draw
Why
that,
the doby
thirdis the
possible
successiveatomic
carefully
ionisation number
structure
ionisation
interpreting
energy ofaluminium.
for
of beryllium?
the
energies
the data always
from get
mass more spectrometers, Figure 1.20 The
in a sodium atom. energy level
levels
level –
of–electrons
Lowest energy electrons
electrons
20 The
chemists
14
14 Why
849
of 29 do
successive
endothermic?
849can deduce:
and
andand successive
2121 007
43? ionisation
007 kJ kJ mol
molionisation
−1energies
−1. . energies
of always
beryllium areget more
900, 1757, in aa sodium
Figure 1.20atom.
The energy hardest
hardest
level
energy levels
levels to to
–ofelectronsremove
remove
electrons
a)
c)
a)
b)
b) What
Draw
What
Why a
do
endothermic?
Why do is the
possible
is successive
the atomic number
structure
atomic interpreting
successive number
ionisation
ionisation for oftheberyllium?
of energieshydrocarbon.
beryllium?
energies always
always get
get more
more Figure
in 1.20
sodium The
atom. Lowest of electrons
energy
chemists
Notice
20 a)14 can
that,
849
TheWhat deduce:
andby
endothermic?
successive carefully
21 007 kJ
ionisation mol −1 . for
−1energies the
of data
beryllium fromare mass spectrometers,
c)
a)
b) Draw
What an
isa
endothermic?
Why do is theenergy
the
possible atomic
atomic
successive level numberdiagram
number
structure
ionisation of
of for the
beryllium?
beryllium?
the electrons
hydrocarbon.
energies always in900,
get more
1757, and
beryllium, Figure
Figure
in 1.20
1.20The
in aa sodium
sodium Theenergy
atom.
atom. energylevels hardest
levelsofofelectrons
electrons to remove
level – electrons
thec)
Notice b)
chemists

14isotopic
Why
can
Draw
849 do
endothermic?
that, by composition
deduce:
an
and successive
carefully
energy
21 007 level
kJ of
mol elements
ionisation
interpreting
diagram
−1 . energies
for the
the dataalways
from
electrons get
inmassmore spectrometers,
beryllium, and hardest to remove
c)
a)
● the isotopic Draw
What
predict an
is energy
composition
the
its atomic level
electron ionisation of diagram
numberelements
structure. of for the
beryllium? electrons in beryllium, and Figure 1.20
ininaasodium The
sodiumatom. energy
atom. levels of electrons
theb)
Notice
chemists
● b)relative
c)
c) Whycando
Why do
endothermic?
that, by
endothermic?
Draw
predict
Draw successive
atomic
deduce:
an
an itssuccessive
carefully
energy ma

You might also like